Final EIA Report of - environmentclearance.nic.inenvironmentclearance.nic.in/.../EIA/1711201589YO9AT2EIAreport.pdfSan Envirotech Pvt. Ltd., Ahmedabad EIA Report of Karan Intermediates

Final EIA Report of

M/s. Karan Intermediates Pvt. Ltd. Survey No. 455 & 456, Village: Neja, Taluka: Khambhat, District: Anand

(Period: August, 2015)

San Envirotech Pvt. Ltd. 424, Medicine Market, Nr. Paldi Cross Road,

Paldi, Ahmedabad Email id: [email protected]

Prepared by

(Accreditation no. 133 as per MoM of QCI, dated 05.11.2015)

mailto:[email protected]

San Envirotech Pvt. Ltd., Ahmedabad

EIA Report of Karan Intermediates Pvt. Ltd. 1

Contents Particulars Page No.

Contents 1-8

List of Tables 9-11

List of Figures 12-13

List of Annexures 14

Index Sr. No. Particular Page No.

Chapter 1 Introduction

1.1 Preface 1-1

1.2 Purpose of the report 1-1

1.3 Identification of project & project proponent 1-3

1.3.1 Identification of project site with site specific

criteria

1-3

1.3.2 Project identification with respect to category 1-3

1.3.3 Project proponent 1-3

1.4 Brief Description of Project 1-4

1.4.1 Nature of the project 1-4

1.4.2 Size of the Project 1-4

1.4.3 Location of the project 1-5

1.5 Regulatory Framework 1-5

1.6 Scope of the Study 1-5

1.7 Compliance to Terms of Reference 1-6

1.8 Objectives of EIA 1-23

1.9 Methodology for EIA 1-24

1.10 Details of industries 1-25

Chapter-2 Project Description

2.1 Introduction 2-1

2.2 Type of Project 2-1

2.3 Need for the Project/Justification of the project 2-1

2.4 Project Cost 2-2

2.5 Land Requirement 2-2

2.6 Details of the Site 2-2

2.7 Size or Magnitude of Operation 2-3



2.8 Machineries and utility for each Plant 2-4

2.9 Proposed schedule for approval and

implementation

2-5

2.10 Description of Manufacturing process 2-5

2.11 Project Components 2-12

2.12 Input Requirements 2-13

2.13 Utilities Requirements 2-13

2.14 Generation of pollutants 2-14

2.14.1 Wastewater generation 2-14

2.14.2 Gaseous emission 2-14

2.14.3 Hazardous/Solid waste Generation 2-15

2.14.4 Noise 2-15

2.15 Pollution Control Strategy 2-15

2.15.1 Effluent Management 2-15

2.15.2 Air Pollution Control Measures 2-16

2.15.3 Hazardous/Solid Waste Management 2-16

2.15.4 Noise Pollution Control 2-16

2.16 Resource Conservation 2-17

2.16.1 Rain Water Harvesting 2-17

2.16.2 Green belt development 2-17

Chapter 3 Baseline Environmental Status

3.1 Prelude 3-1

3.1.1 Study area 3-1

3.1.2 Period of the study area 3-1

3.1.3 Basic Component of the Environment 3-1

3.1.4 Methodology 3-2

3.2 Establishment of baseline for valued

environmental components

3-6

3.3 Air Environment 3-6

3.3.1 Design of Network for Ambient Air Quality

Monitoring Stations

3-7

3.3.2 Reconnaissance 3-7

3.3.3 Micrometeorology of the area 3-7

3.3.4 Ambient Air Quality Survey 3-9

3.3.5 Baseline Status 3-9

3.4 Hydro-geological status of the study area 3-10



3.5 Water Environment 3-11

3.5.1 Ground Water Quality (Primary data) 3-11

3.6 Noise Environment (Primary Data) 3-12

3.6.1 Introduction 3-12

3.6.2 Methodology 3-13

3.6.3 Day Time and Night Time Noise levels 3-13

3.6.4 Ambient Air Quality Standards in Respect of Noise 3-13

3.6.5 Ambient Noise Levels in the Study Area 3-13

3.6.6 Conclusions 3-13

3.7 Soil Environment (Primary Data) 3-14

3.7.1 Introduction 3-14

3.7.2 Soil Characteristics 3-14

3.7.3 Corollaries 3-14

3.8 Ecology (Primary Data) 3-15

3.8.1 Period of the study 3-16

3.8.2 Study methodology 3-16

3.8.3 Floral diversity in the study period 3-16

3.8.4 Cultivated plants in the study area 3-17

3.8.5 Faunal Diversity in the study area 3-17

3.9 Socio Economic & Land use (Secondary data) 3-17

3.9.1 Land use pattern and Infrastructure 3-17

3.9.2 Demographic and Socio-Economic Environment 3-18

3.9.3 Living Standard and Infrastructure 3-18

Chapter 4 Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation

Measures

4.1 General 4-1

4.2 Impact on Topography 4-2


4.3.1 Prediction of Impact during Construction Phase 4-2

4.3.2 Prediction of Impact during Operational Phase 4-3

4.3.3 Sources of Air Pollution 4-3

4.3.4 Dispersion Modelling of Emissions from the plant 4-4

4.3.5 Micrometeorology 4-5

4.3.6 Air Quality Modeling and Predictions using the

Gaussian model

4-5

4.3.7 Details of Air Dispersion Model 4-7



4.3.8 Predicted GLCs of Proposed Plant 4-8


4.5 Noise Level Impact 4-9

4.5.1 Prediction of impact during Construction phase 4-9

4.5.2 Prediction of Impact during Operational Phase 4-10

4.6 Land/soil Environment 4-10

4.6.1 Prediction of impact during Construction Phase 4-10

4.6.2 Prediction of impact during Operation Phase 4-11

4.7 Ecological Impacts (Flora and Fauna) 4-11

4.8 Socio-Economic Environment 4-12

4.9 Mitigation measures during Construction 4-13

4.10 Mitigation measures during the operational phase 4-13

4.10.1 Measures for Air Environment 4-13

4.10.2 Measures for water environment 4-14

4.10.3 Measures for hazardous/solid waste 4-14

4.10.4 Measures for Noise 4-14

4.10.5 Health & Safety measures 4-14

Chapter 5 Analysis of Alternatives

5.1 Prologue 5-1

5.2 Project Details 5-1

5.3 Site Alternative 5-2

5.4 Alternative For Technologies 5-2

Chapter 6 Environmental Monitoring Programme

6.1 Prelude 6-1

6.2 Environment Monitoring Program 6-1

6.3 Objective of Monitoring Plan 6-2

6.4 Schedules for Environment Monitoring 6-2

6.5 Ambient Air Quality monitoring 6-3

Chapter 7 Additional Studies

Risk Assessment

A Hazards Analysis & Risk Assessment 7-1


7.2 Risk Assessment 7-2

7.3 Risk Screening Approach 7-4

7.4 Hazardous Materials Storage 7-9



7.5 QRA Approach 7-9

7.6 Thermal Hazards 7-10

7.7 Damage due to Explosion 7-12

7.8 Toxic Release 7-13

7.8.1 Likely Failure Scenarios 7-13

B Quantitative Risk Assessment & Consequence Analysis

7-14

7.9 Preamble 7-14

7.9.1 Weather Effect 7-14

7.10 Incidents Impacts 7-15

7.11 Consequential Impacts 7-18

7.11.1 Thermal and Explosion Hazards 7-18

7.11.2 Toxic Hazards 7-18

7.11.3 Other Hazards 7-18

7.11.4 Other Toxic Hazards 7-18

7.12 Occupational Health 7-19

7.12.1 Treatment of workers affected by accidental

spillage of chemicals

7-19

7.13 Safe Chlorine Storage, Handling & Transportation

System

7-20

7.13.1 Characteristics of Chlorine 7-20

7.13.2 Exposure Routes 7-20

7.13.3 Exposure Limits 7-20

7.13.4 Location of storage of Chlorine Cylinder at Karan Intermediates

7-21

7.13.5 Pipe work, Valves, Accessories 7-21

7.13.6 Requirement of Safety Systems 7-21

7.13.7 Storage & Handling of Chlorine Cylinders 7-22

7.13.8 Chlorine Detection and Decontamination System 7-23

7.13.9 Transportation of Chlorine 7-24

C Conclusion & Recommendations 7-26

7.14 Disaster Management Plan 7-28

7.14.1 Definitions 7-29

7.14.2 Objective of the Disaster Management Plan 7-30

7.15 Emergency Organization 7-31

7.15.1 Incident Controller 7-31

7.15.1.1 Duties of Incident Controller 7-31

7.15.2 Site Main Controller 7-32



7.15.2.1 Duties of Site Main Controller 7-32

7.15.3 Other Key Personnel 7-33

7.15.3.1 Emergency Response Team 7-34

7.15.3.2 Emergency Personnel’s responsibilities Outside

Normal Working Hours of the Factory

7-34

7.15.3.3 Assembly Points 7-34

7.15.4 Emergency Control Centre 7-34

7.15.4.1 Role of Emergency Control Centre 7-35

7.15.5 Fire & Toxicity Control Arrangements 7-35

7.15.6 Medical Arrangements 7-35

7.15.7 Transport & Evacuation, Mutual Aid Arrangements 7-35

7.16 Communication System 7-36

7.16.1 Declaring the Emergency 7-36

7.16.1.1 Types of Sirens 7-36

7.16.1.2 Location of Siren 7-36

7.16.1.3 Raising Alarm 7-37

7.16.2 Internal Communication 7-37

7.16.2.1 Availability of Key Personnel outside Normal

Working Hours

7-38

7.16.2.2 To the Outside Emergency Services 7-38

7.16.3 Communication to the Authorities 7-38

7.16.3.1 To Neighboring Firms & the General Public 7-38

7.17 Pre-Emergency Activities 7-39

7.17.1 Evacuation and Transportation 7-39

7.17.2 Safe Close Down 7-40

7.17.3 Use of Mutual Aid 7-40

7.17.4 Use of External Authorities 7-40

7.17.5 Medical Treatment 7-40

7.17.6 Accounting for Personnel 7-40

7.17.7 Access to Records 7-40

7.17.8 Public Relations 7-40

7.17.9 Rehabilitation 7-40

7.18 Causes of Emergency 7-41

7.18.1 Risk 7-41

7.18.1.1 Nature 7-41

7.18.1.2 Various Emergency Actions 7-41



7.18.1.3 Response Time-Minutes 7-42

7.19 Off-Site Emergency Plan 7-43

7.19.1 Need of the Site Emergency Plan 7-43

7.19.2 Structure of the Off-Site Emergency Plan 7-43

7.19.3 Role of the Factory Management 7-43

7.19.4 Role of Emergency Co-ordination Office (ECO) 7-43

7.19.5 Role of Local Authority 7-43

7.19.6 Role of Fire Authorities 7-44

7.19.7 Role of the Police and Evacuation Authorities 7-44

7.19.8 Role of Health Authorities 7-44

7.19.9 Role of Mutual Aid Agencies 7-44

7.19.10 Role of Factory Inspectorate 7-44

7.20 Training Rehearsal and Records 7-44

7.20.1 Need of Rehearsal & Training 7-44

7.20.2 Some Check Points 7-45

7.20.3 Records and Updating the Plan 7-45

Social Impact Assessment 7-46

Public Consultation 7-46

Chapter 8 Project Benefits


8.2 Physical Infrastructure including Technical Facility Aspects

8-1

8.3 Improvement in Social Infrastructure 8-1

8.4 Employment potential 8-2

Chapter 9 Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis

9.0 Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis 9-1

Chapter 10 Environment Management Plan


10.2 Objective of Environmental Management Plan 10-1

10.3 Components of EMP 10-2

10.3.1 Environmental Management systems 10-2

10.3.2 Environmental, Health and Safety Management

System

10-2

10.3.3 Environmental Management Cell 10-3

10.4 Environmental Management during construction

phase

10-3

10.5 Environmental Management during the 10-5



operational phase

10.5.1 Air Pollution Management 10-5

10.5.2 Water Environment 10-7

10.5.3 Hazardous/Solid Waste Management 10-7

10.5.4 Noise Control Technique 10-8

10.6 Greenbelt Development Plan 10-8

10.7 Resource Conservation/Waste Minimization,

Recycling, Reuse and Cleaner Production Options

10-11

10.7.1 Action plan for odour control 10-12

10.8 Occupational health & safety 10-12

10.8.1 Possibility of occupational health hazard, its

control & Occupational surveillance

10-13

10.8.2 Preventive Measures 10-14

10.9 Occupational Health Programme 10-14

10.9.1 Occupational Health and First aid measures 10-18

10.9.2 Hazard Communication and Chemical Safety 10-18

10.10 Socio-Economic Activities 10-19

10.11 Post-Project Environmental Monitoring 10-20

10.12 Environment Management Cost Estimate 10-21

10.13 Environment Policy 10-22

10.14 Reporting System of Non Compliances/ Violations

of Environmental Norms

10-22

Chapter 11 Summary & Conclusion

11.1 Background 11-1

11.2 Project Description 11-1

11.3 Production capacities 11-2

11.4 Description of Environment 11-3



11.7 Noise Environment 11-5

11.8 Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures 11-5

11.9 Environment Monitoring Programme 11-7

11.10 Qualitative Risk Analysis 11-8

11.11 Project Benefits 11-8

11.12 Environmental Management Plan 11-8

11.13 Conclusion 11-9

Chapter-12 Disclosure of Consultant engaged



List of Tables

Table No.

Name Page No.

1.1 Products details 1-4

1.2 Details of four corners Co-Ordinate of Site 1-5

1.3 List of major industries working in 10 km radius of project site

1-25

2.1 Land breakup 2-2

2.2 Location details 2-3

2.3 Product details 2-3

2.4 Raw Material Consumption, Source & Storage detail 2-18

2.5 Break up of water consumption & wastewater generation 2-19

2.5(a) Characteristics of untreated and treated effluent 2-20

2.6 Details of Stacks 2-21

2.7 Estimated emission of stack 2-22

2.7(a) Estimated work area quality of chemicals with TLV/TWA

limit

2-22

2.7(b) Source of Fuel 2-23

2.7(c) Fuel characteristics 2-23

2.8 Technical specification of Boiler 2-24

2.9 Technical specification of proposed Thermic Fluid Heater 2-25

2.10 Technical specification of bag filter 2-26

2.11 Technical specification of scrubber 2-27

2.12 Details of Hazardous Waste 2-28

2.13 Details of Effluent Treatment Plant 2-29

3.1 Methodology of Ambient Air Monitoring 3-3

3.2 Surface Water Sampling Locations 3-3

3.3 Ground Water Sampling Locations 3-4

3.4 Surface soil sampling locations 3-4

3.5 Soil Sample analysis methodology 3-5

3.6 Monitoring Methodology of Noise 3-6

3.7 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations 3-20

3.8 Ambient Air Quality Status 3-21

3.9 Ambient Air Quality Status (PM10) 3-22

3.10 Ambient Air Quality Status (PM2.5) 3-23

3.11 Ambient Air Quality Status (SO2) 3-24



3.12 Ambient Air Quality Status (NOx) 3-25

3.13 Ambient Air Quality Status (CO, HC, VOCs) 3-26

3.14 National Ambient Air Quality Standards 3-27

3.15 Results of Groundwater Quality in the Study Area 3-29

3.16 Results of Surface water Quality in the Study Area 3-30

3.17 Indian Standard Specification for Drinking Water 3-31

3.18 Ambient Noise Levels in the Study Area 3-32

3.19 Ambient Air Quality Standards with respect to noise 3-32

3.20 Soil Analysis of Study area 3-33

3.21 Traffic survey 3-34

3.22 Floral Diversity 3-36

3.23 Faunal Diversity 3-38

3.24 Land use statistics base of satellite imaginary 3-40

3.25 Land Use Pattern 3-41

3.26 Summary of Socio-Economic Status (Demography) 3-42

3.27 Basic Amenities in the Study Area 3-44

4.1 Input data for air quality modeling 4-16

4.2 Estimated air emission Quality (with & without APCM) 4-17

4.3 Cumulative Concentrations at various locations 4-18

4.4 The 24-hourly average GLC Concentration Values for SPM 4-19

4.5 The 24-hourly average GLC Concentration Values for SO2 4-20

4.6 The 24-hourly average GLC Concentration Values for NOx 4-21

4.7 The 24-hourly average GLC Concentration Values for HCl 4-22

4.8 The 24-hourly average GLC Concentration Values for Cl2 4-23

6.1 Environment Monitoring Plan 6-4

6.2 Budget for implementation of Environmental Monitoring

Plan

6-5

7.1 Hazards Analysis - Raw materials 7-4

7.2 Hazardous Chemicals Storage Facilities 7-9

7.3 Risk Classification 7-10

7.4 Effects due to Incident Radiation Intensity 7-11

7.5 Thermal Radiation Impact to Human 7-11

7.6 Tolerable Intensities for Various Objects 7-12

7.7 Damage due to Overpressure 7-12

7.8 Different Failure Scenarios 7-13

7.9 Hazards Scenario Impact 7-15



7.10 Points raised during Pubic Hearing 7-46

10.1 Budgetary provisions for the social upliftment

(for the first five years)

10-20

10.2 Budget Allocation for Environment Management 10-21

10.3 Environment Monitoring plan 10-24



List of Figures

Figure No.

Name Page No.

1.1 Location of the project site 1-26

1.2 Google map of 10 km radius 1-27

1.3 Image showing all four boundaries coordinates of the

site

1-28

2.1 Water Balance Diagram 2-30

2.2 Flow Diagram of ETP 2-31

2.3 Scrubbing system 2-32

2.4 Plant Layout 2-33

2.5 Key Plan 2-34

3.1 Graphical representation of Ambient Air quality 3-21

3.2 Graphical representation for PM10 3-22

3.3 Graphical representation for PM2.5 3-23

3.4 Graphical representation for SO2 3-24

3.5 Graphical representation for NOX 3-25

3.6 Location of AAQM 3-47

3.7 Wind Rose Diagram 3-48

3.8 Water sampling locations 3-49

3.9 Locations of Noise monitoring station 3-50

3.10 Locations of Soil sampling 3-51

3.11 Land use pattern with 10 km radius (Satellite Image) 3-52

3.12 Topo sheet of location with site location map of 10 km

radius (1:25,000 scales)

3-53


radius (1:50,000 scale)

3-54


radius (1:1000000 scale)

3-55

4.1 Isopleths for Ground Level Concentration Values for SPM 4-24

4.2 Isopleths for Ground Level Concentration Values for SO2 4-25

4.3 Isopleths for Ground Level Concentration values for NOx 4-26

4.4 Isopleths for Ground Level Concentration values for HCl 4-27

4.5 Isopleths for Ground Level Concentration values for Cl2 4-28

7.1 Toxic Impact Zone Acetic Acid 7-15

7.2 Toxic Impact Zone Chlorine (Stability Class D) 7-16

7.3 Toxic Impact Zone Chlorine (Stability Class F) 7-16



7.4 Toxic Impact Zone Thionyl Chloride 7-17

7.5 Toxic Impact Zone Sulphur Mono Chloride 7-17

10.1 EHS Management 10-25



List of Annexures

Annexure No. Annexure Name Page No.

Annexure-I MSDS of major hazardous chemicals A-1

Annexure-II Photographs of proposed plant site A-38

Annexure-III Land documents A-40

Annexure-IV Questionnaire for industry sector A-46

Annexure-V NABET/QCI Certificate A-67

Annexure-VI Copy of Terms of Reference (TOR) A-69


EIA report of Karan Intermediates Pvt. Ltd. 1-1

Chapter-1

Introduction

1.1 PREFACE

An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is an assessment of the

possible positive or negative impact that a proposed project may have on

the environment, together consisting of the environmental, social and

economic aspects. It is an assessment and management tool that

evaluates the possible positive or negative impact that a proposed project

may have on the environment. EIA systematically examines both beneficial

and adverse consequences of the project and ensures that these effects

are taken into account during project design.

The purpose of the assessment is to ensure that decision makers

consider the ensuing environmental impacts when deciding to proceed with

a project.

As India is a developing country, lots of industrialization has been came in

focus since last few decades that ultimately leads the bigger issues related

the environmental quality of the country. Hence, it is needful for

Government of India to control the haphazard industrial development by

providing sustainable development under the legislation.

In India, Ministry of Environment, Forests& Climate change has defined

elaborated „Environmental Clearance (EC)‟ framework along with

requirements for preparing Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) under

the Environmental (Protection) Act, 1986 (Environmental Impact

Assessment Notification, 2006) for establishing/expanding and

industry/development projects although it supports development but only if

the development does not hamper the environment over a defined

threshold limit.

1.2 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT

Industrial development in India has increased economic growth and

improved living standards of people. These growths are achieved through

industrialization, infrastructure development. The industrialization has

played a major role in development of the country. This industrialization is

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Natural_environment



also has many other benefits. Although the industrial development leads to

rapid consumption of natural resources, fuel etc. in day to day operational

activity. These will deteriorating resources and increase emissions of waste

in terms of solid, liquid and gaseous. To control the pollutions from

industrial activity, government has framed regulations which are governed

by Ministry of Environment and Forest in India.

Environment Impact analysis is mandatory as per the Environment Impact

Assessment (EIA) notification issued by Ministry of Environment and

Forests (MoEF), New Delhi dated 14th September 2006, for setting up a

new projects or activities, or expansion or modernization of existing

projects or activities based on their potential environmental impacts as

indicated in the Schedule to the notification, being undertaken in any part

of India, unless prior environmental clearance has been accorded.

Proposed activities falls under the category of 5(f) of schedule of EIA

Notification, 2006 “Synthetic organic chemicals industry (dyes & dye

intermediates; bulk drugs and intermediates excluding drug formulations;

synthetic rubbers; basic organic chemicals, other synthetic organic

chemicals and chemical intermediates)” and categorized under “A”.

Therefore, unit requires Environmental Clearance for the proposed project.

EIA Consultant

In view of the above, legal aspect and monitoring work has been carried

out for all the environmental attributes by M/s. San Envirotech Pvt.

Ltd., Ahmedabad.

Draft Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) and Environmental

Management Plan (EMP) have been prepared after obtaining Terms of

References (TORs) from Ministry of Environment and Forests, New Delhi.

The public hearing will be held on the basis of the draft EIA/EMP

incorporating the Terms of References. Report will be finalized after

incorporating the comments and suggestions by the public during pubic

consultation. Final EIA/EMP will be submitted to MoEF&CC for Environment

Clearance.



1.3 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT & PROJECT PROPONENT

1.3.1 Identification of project site with site specific criteria

Karan Intermediates proposes setting up various types of Chlorinated

organic products manufacturing unit at survey No. 455 & 456, Village:

Neja, Taluka: Khambhat, Dist.: Anand, Gujarat (India).The manufacturing

plant will be equipped with appropriate production facilities.

Features justifying the location are summarized below:

Availability of suitable and adequate land;

Availability of infrastructure facilities such as water supply, power,

roads, social infrastructure and man power;

Availability of raw materials of proper quality and in adequate

quantity;

Good communication and transportation facilities;

Proximity of market;

The nearest city Anand is 40.0 km away from the project site, which is

very well connected with other parts of the country by road & rail;

No R & R will be required;

No national park or wildlife habitat falls within 10 km radial distance

from proposed project site.

Considering the above features, above site is selected for proposed

activities.

1.3.2 Project identification with respect to category

As per the EIA notification, 2006 and amendment thereof; proposed

activities are covered under 5(f) category- Synthetic organic chemicals

industry (dyes & dye intermediates; bulk drugs and intermediates

excluding drug formulations; synthetic rubbers; basic organic chemicals,

other synthetic organic chemicals and chemical intermediates).

1.3.3 Project proponent

Karan Intermediates Pvt. Ltd. is promoted by Mr. Gautam J. Patel &Mr.

Vakesh M. Patel who is Director of the company, having business

experience of more than 20 years. The unit will be also supported by other

technical staffs.



1.4 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT

1.4.1 Nature of the project:

The proposed unit is chlorinated organic compounds manufacturing unit.

The project covered under category of 5(f) - “Synthetic organic chemicals



other synthetic organic chemicals and chemical intermediates)” of EIA

Notification-2006 and its amendment thereof. List of raw materials to be

used are given in Table 2.4 of chapter-2. Wastewater will be treated in

ETP & treated water will recycle back in scrubber. There will no effluent

discharge outside industry premises. Hazardous waste generation details

are given in Table 2.12.

1.4.2 Size of the project:

Karan Intermediate Pvt. Ltd.proposed to set up various chlorinated

organic compounds manufacturing unit. Production details are given in

below table:

Table 1.1 Product details

Sr.

No.

Name of Products Quantity

(MT/Month)

1. Mono Chloro Acetic Acid (MCA) 300

2. Chloro Acetyl Chloride (CAC) 150

3. Tri Chloro Acetyl Chloride (TCAC) 150

4. Sulphur Mono Chloride 100

5. Aluminum Chloroide 350

6. Feric Chloride 500

Total 1550

By products

1. Mother Liquor of MCA 55

2. Hydrochloric Acid (30%), sold or captive

consumption

1710

3. Sodium bi Sulphite (20-30%) 340

4. Sodium Hypochlorite (20%) 25

Total byproduct 2130



1.4.3 Location of the project:

The proposed project site will be located in village Neja, Khambhat Taluka,

Anand District of Gujarat state.

The geographical co-ordinates of the proposed project site are

22°20'21.90" N Latitude and 72°34'52.01" E Longitude.

The location of the project site can be identified from the location map

shown in Figure 1.1 and satellite image or Google earth image shown in

Figure 1.2.

boundary co-ordinates latitude and longitude of all four corners of the site

are given in Table 1.2 & Figure 1.3.

Table 1.2

Details of four corners Co-Ordinate of Site

Direction Corners Latitude Longitude

North 1st 22°20'24.99"N 72°34'52.23"E

East 2nd 22°20'22.00"N 72°34'56.09"E

West 3rd 22°20'20.80"N 72°34'47.05"E

South 4th 22°20'19.89"N 72°34'51.07"E

1.5 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK

The MoEF, CPCB and SPCBs together form the regulatory and

administrative core of the sector. Legislation for environmental protection

in India for chemical industry is mainly EIA Notification-2006, Water

(Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act-1974, Air (Prevention & Control of

Pollution) Act-1981, Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Cess Act,

1977; Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary

Movement) Rules 2008, amended time to time are major Act/Rules/

Notification applicable to industry.

1.6 SCOPE OF THE STUDY

The scope of the EIA study is based on the guideline provided by Ministry

of Environment and Forests, Government of India for structure of

environmental impact assessment document.

The scope of the study broadly includes:

Field sampling of environmental attributes at various representative

locations in the study area to establish the baseline status;

Collect & compile secondary data including socio-economic data;



Identification, assessment and evaluation of the beneficial and adverse

impacts on surrounding environment due to proposed project activities

considering the existing baseline status along with compilation of other

information.

Analysis of project proposal and data analysis.

Assessment of pollution potential due to proposed project.

Predict the incremental levels of pollutants in the study area due to the

proposed project;

Evaluate the predicted impacts on the various environmental attributes

by using scientifically developed and widely accepted models.

Identification and assessment of risks associated with the proposed

project and their appropriate management through proper Risk

Assessment (RA) and Disaster Management Plan (DMP).

Prepare an Environmental Management Plan (EMP) to mitigate the

predicted impacts; and

Identify critical environmental attributes required to be monitored

during the project execution and to suggest post project monitoring.

The scope also includes all the conditions outlined in the TOR issued by

MoEF&CC and the compliance to the TOR is given in below.

1.7 COMPLIANCE TO TERMS OF REFERENCE

Based on the documents submitted and presented before 40th

Reconstituted Expert Appraisal Committee(Industry-2) held during 18-19th

May, 2015; Terms of Reference (TOR) was issued by MoEF&CC, dated

03.07.2015 vide TORs letter no. J-11011/91/2015-IA II (I) and directed to

prepare detailed EIA/EMP including following terms of reference.

Compliance of TORs for preparation of EIA/EMP is as below:

Sr.

No.

Conditions Compliance

A Specific TOR

1 Details on solvents to be used,

measures for solvent recovery and for

emissions control.

There is no use of any solvent in

manufacturing process or product

purification hence this condition is

not applicable in our case.

2 Details of process emissions from the

proposed unit and its arrangement to

control.

Pls. refer table 2.6, page no. 2-21

of chapter-2 for details of process

emission and its APCM proposed



to control it.

3 Ambient air quality data should

include VOC etc.

Pls. refer table 3.13, page no. 3-

26 of chapter-3 for details of

ambient air quality data of VOCs.

4 Work zone monitoring arrangements

for hazardous chemicals.

It is covered in our EMP, chapter-

10.

5 Detailed effluent treatment scheme

including segregation of effluent

streams for units adopting 'Zero'

liquid discharge.

Pls. refer sec. 2.15.1 and Table

2.13, page no. 2-15 and 2-29 of

chapter-2 for ETP scheme to

achieve zero discharge.

6 Action plan for odour control to be

submitted.

Pls. refer sec. 10.7.1, page no.

10-12 of chapter-10.

7 A copy of the Memorandum of

Understanding signed with cement

manufacturers indicating clearly that

they co-process organic solid/

hazardous waste generated.

Our is very small qty. of residue

generation i.e. 0.7 MT/month. It is

difficult to directly sell to cement

manufacturer because of small

volume. We have approached to

one co-processing blending unit

working in Panoliand after

commissioning of the plant, we

will send residue there for

blending and final co-processing.

8 Authorization/Membership for the

disposal of liquid effluent in CETP and

solid/hazardous waste in TSDF, if any.

Our is zero discharge unit hence

no need to get membership of

CETP.

Unit will obtain membership of

approve TSDF/CHWIF site before

establishment of the project as

our is a new unit.

9 Action plan for utilization of

MEE/dryers salts.

We are not going to install MEE or

dryer hence this condition is not

applicable in our case.

10 Material Safety Data Sheet for all the

Chemicals are being used/will be

used.

MSDS of all the major Haz.

chemicals are attached as

Annexure-I.


disposal of solid/hazardous waste in

TSDF are being used/will be used.




this is a new unit.



TSDF.




this is a new unit.

13 Risk assessment for storage and

handling of hazardous chemicals/

solvents. Action plan for handling &

Pls. refer chapter-7 Risk

assessment for storage details of

Haz. chemicals.



safety system to be incorporated.

14 Arrangements for ensuring health and

safety of workers engaged in handling

of toxic materials.

Pls. refer sec. 7.13, page no. 7-20

of chapter-7 for safe chlorine

handling which cover safety of

chlorine handling as well as health

& safety of workers engaged in

handling of chlorine.

B Additional ToR

1 Risk Assessment for storage and

handling of chlorine gas.


of chapter-7 for storage &

handling of chlorine gas.

2 Public hearing to be conducted and

issues raised and commitments made

by the project proponent on the same

should be included in EIA/EMP Report

in the form of tabular chart with

financial budget for complying with

the commitments made.

Public hearing is yet to be done.

3. Consultant accreditation certificate for

carry out EIA study.

Pls. refer Annexure-VI.

Generic Terms of Reference (TOR) in respect of Industry Sector

1. Executive Summary (maximum 2-3

sheets in A4 size paper) of the project

covering project description,

description of the environment,

anticipated environmental impacts &

its mitigation measures,

environmental management plan,

environmental monitoring

programme, public consultation,

project benefits, social impacts

including R&R.

Executive Summary of the project

is enclose separately as Chapter-

11.

2. Site Details:

i. Location of the project site

covering village, Taluka/Tehsil,

District and State on Indian map

of 1:1000,000 scale.

Pls. refers figure-1.1 on page no.

1.26 of Chapter-1 of EIA report

for location of the project site

covering village, Taluka/Tehsil,

District and State on Indian map.

Topo sheet of 1:1000,000 scale is

given as figure 3.14, page no. 3-

55 of chapter-3.

ii. A topo sheet of the study area of

radius of 10km and site location

on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an

A3/A2 sheet.

Topo sheet of study area with site

location on 1:25,000 & 1:50,000

scale of a circle of a radius of 10

kms is incorporated in EIA/EMP

report. Pls. refer figure no. 3.12,

3.13 on page no. 3-53 & 3-54 of



chapter-3.

iii. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four

corners of the site.

Coordinates (lat-long) of all four

corners of the site is given in

Table 1.2 & figure 1.3 on page no.

1-5 & 1.28 of chapter-1.

iv. Google map-Earth downloaded of

the project site.

Google map of 10 km radius is

given as figure 1.2 on page no.

1.27 of chapter-1.

v. A map showing environmental

sensitivity [land use/land cover,

water bodies, reserved forests,

wildlife sanctuaries, national

parks, tiger reserve etc.] and from

critically/severely polluted area(s)

and Eco-sensitive Areas within

10km radius of the project site vis-

à-vis shortest (aerial)distance

from the project. If the project is

located within 10km of

CPAs/severely Polluted Areas,

confirm whether moratorium has

been imposed on the area.

Pl. refer figure 3.11, page no. 3-

52 of Chapter-3 of EIA report for

land use map covering

environmental sensitivity including

land use/land cover, water bodies

etc.

There is no critically/severely

polluted area(s) and Eco-sensitive

areas within 10km radius of the

project site by aerial distance

from the project.

vi. Layout maps indicating existing

unit as well as proposed unit

indicating storage area, plant area,

greenbelt area, utilities etc. In

addition, if located within an

Industrial area/ Estate/Complex,

layout of Industrial Area and

location of unit within the

Industrial Area/Estate/Complex,

layout of Industrial Area.

Our is Greenfield project.

Pls. refer figure 2.4, page no. 2-

33 of chapter-2 for layout map.

vii. Photographs of the proposed and

existing (if applicable) plant site. If

existing, in addition to site map,

provide photographs of

plantation/greenbelt in the existing

project. If fresh EC application,

photographs.

Photographs of proposed plant

site are attached as Annexure-

II.

3. Land use break-up of total land of the

project site (identified and acquired) –

agricultural, forest, wasteland, water

bodies, settlements, etc. shall be

included.


of chapter-2 for details of

acquired land.

4. A copy of the mutual agreement for

land acquisition signed with land

oustees.

Total land is owned by the

company and land documents are

enclose as Annexure-III hence



no need of mutual agreement for

land acquisition signed with land

oustees.

5. Proposal shall be submitted to the

Ministry for environment clearance

only after acquiring at least 60% of

the total land required for the project.

Necessary documents indicating

acquisition of land shall be included.

We have our own land and no

question of acquisition of the land.

Land documents are enclosed as

Annexure-III.

6. Forest and wildlife related issues:

i. Permission and approval for the

use of forest land (forestry

clearance), if any, and

recommendations of the State

Forest Department.

No forest land is involved hence

permission from State Forest

Department is not required.

ii. Land use map based on High

resolution satellite imagery (GPS)

of the proposed site delineating

the forest land (in case of projects

involving forest land more than 40

ha).

Not applicable as no forest land is

involved in proposed project site.

iii. Status of Application submitted for

obtaining the stage I forestry

clearance along with latest status

shall be submitted.

No forest land is involved hence

Forest clearance is not required.

iv. The projects to be located within

10 km of the National Parks,

Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves,

Migratory Corridors of Wild

Animals, the project proponent

shall submit the map duly

authenticated by Chief Wildlife

Warden showing these features

vis-à-vis the project location and

the recommendations or

comments of the Chief Wildlife

Warden-thereon.

There is not any National Parks,

Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves;


Animals falls within 10 km radius

of the project hence map duly

authenticated by Chief Wildlife

Warden is not required.

v. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly

authenticated by the Chief Wildlife

Warden of the State Government

for conservation of Schedule I

fauna, if any exists in the study

area.

Not any Schedule I fauna is exist

within study area of 10 km radius

hence Wildlife Conservation Plan

duly authenticated by the Chief

Wildlife Warden of the State

Government is not required.

vi. Copy of application submitted for

clearance under the Wildlife

(Protection) Act, 1972, to the

Standing Committee of the

There is not any National Parks,

Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves,


Animals falls within 10 km radius



National Board for Wildlife. of the project hence clearance

under the Wildlife (Protection)

Act, 1972 is not required.

7. Expansion/modernization proposals:

i. Copy of all the Environmental

Clearance(s) including

Amendments thereto obtained for

the project from MoEF/SEIAA shall

be attached as an Annexure. A

certified copy of the latest

Monitoring Report of the Regional

Office of the Ministry of

Environment and Forests as per

circular dated 30th May, 2012 on

the status of compliance of

conditions stipulated in all the

existing environmental clearances

including Amendments should be

provided. In addition, status of

compliance of Consent to Operate

for the ongoing/existing operation

of the project from SPCB shall be

attached with the EIA-EMP report.

Not applicable as our is a

greenfield project.

ii. In case the existing project has

not obtained environmental

clearance, reasons for not taking

EC Under the provisions of the EIA

Notification 1994 and/or EIA

Notification 2006 shall be

provided. Copies of Consent to

Establish/No Objection Certificate

and Consent to Operate (in case of

units operating prior to EIA

Notification 2006, CTE and CTO of

FY 2005-2006) obtained from the

SPCB shall be submitted. Further,

compliance report to the

conditions of consents from the

SPCB shall be submitted.

Not applicable as our is a new

project.

Details of Industrial Operations

8. A list of major industries with name

and type within study area (10 km

radius) shall be incorporated.


of chapter-1 for name and type of

industries within 10 km radius.

9. Details of proposed raw materials and

products along with production

capacity. If expansion project, details

for existing unit, separately for

Our is a new unit.

List of products & raw materials

are given in table 2.3 & 2.4; page

no. 2-3 & 2-18 of chapter-2.



existing and new (proposed) unit.

10. Details of manufacturing process,

major equipment and machinery. If

expansion project, details of existing

unit, separately for existing and new

(proposed) unit.

Our is a new unit.

List of major equipments and

machineries is given as sec. 2.8,

page no. 2-4 of chapter-2.


to 2-11 of chapter-2 for details of

manufacturing process.

11. List of raw materials required and its

source along with mode of

transportation shall be included. All

the trucks for raw material and

finished product transportation must

be “Environmentally Compliant”.

List of required raw materials,

source along with mode of

transportation is given in table

2.4; page no. 2-18 of chapter-2.

All hazardous chemicals will be

transported through approved

vehicle by concerned authority.

12. Quantity of fuel required, its source

and characteristics and documentary

evidence to substantiate confirmed

fuel linkage shall be furnished.

Pls. refer sec. 2.12 (c) and Table

2.6, page no. 2-13 & 2-21 of

chapter-2 for quantity of fuel.

Pls. refer table 2.7(b) & 2.7(c) on

page no. 2-23 for source of fuel &

its characteristics.

We have no CPP hence confirmed

fuel linkage may not require in our

case. Moreover, fuel is locally

easily available as per our

requirement.

13. Project site layout plan to scale using

AutoCAD showing raw materials, fly

ash and other storage plans, bore well

or water storage, aquifers (within 1

km) dumping, waste disposal, green

areas, water bodies, rivers/drainage

passing through the project site shall

be included.


33 of chapter-2 for layout plan.

14. Manufacturing process details of all

the plants including captive power

plant if any along with process flow

chart shall be included.




We are not going set up captive

power plant hence not applicable.

15. Mass balance for the raw material and

products shall be included.



mass balance data of raw

materials and products.

16. Energy balance data for all the

components of the plant shall be

incorporated.

Our is small scale unit and energy

balance data for all the

components of plant may not

technically feasible and may not



correct in our case.

Environmental Status

17. Geological features and Geo-

hydrological status of the study area

shall be included.

Hydrogeological status of the

study area is given in sec. 3.4;

page no. 3-10 of chapter-3.

18. Details of drainage of the project up

to 5 km radius of study area. If the

site is within 1 km radius of any major

river, peak and lean river discharge as

well as flood occurrence frequency

based on peak rainfall data of the past

30 years. Details of RL of the project

site and mRL of the river should also

be provided.

There is not any major river &

flood Hazard zone within 1 km

radius from the site hence this

point is not applicable.

19. One season site-specific micro-

meteorological data using

temperature, relative humidity, hourly

wind speed and direction and rainfall

and AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8

locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO

and HC (methane & non-methane)

should be collected. The monitoring

stations should take into account the

pre-dominant wind direction,

population zone and sensitive

receptors including reserved forests.

One season site-specific micro-

meteorological data are given in

sec. 3.3.3 on page no. 3-7 and

AAQ data are tabulated in table

no. 3.9 to 3.13 on page no. 3-22

to 3-26.

Figure 3.6 shows air monitoring

stations on page no. 3-47.

20. Surface water quality of nearby River

(60m upstream and downstream) and

other surface drains at eight locations

to be provided.

Our is Greenfield project. We are

not going to disposed off our

treated effluent into river hence,

60 m upstream and downstream

sampling may not require in our

case.

However, we have collected

samples from ponds, as a surface

water sources. Pls. refer Table

3.16, page no. 3-30 of chapter-3

for result of surface water

analysis.

21. Ground water monitoring minimum at

8 locations shall be included.

We have carried out ground water

monitoring at 8 locations in the

study area.

Results are tabulated in Table

3.15, page no. 3-29 of chapter-3.

22. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations

within the study area.

We have carried out noise level

monitoring at 8 locations in the

study area.

Monitoring results with locations



are tabulated in Table 3.18, page

no. 3-32 of chapter-3.

23. Traffic study of the area for the

proposed project in respect of existing

traffic, type of vehicles, frequency of

vehicles for transportation of

materials, additional traffic due to

proposed project, Parking

arrangement etc.


34 of chapter-3 of EIA report for

traffic survey.

24. Detailed description on flora and

fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) exists

in the study area shall be given with

special reference to rare, endemic and

endangered species. If Schedule-I

fauna are found within the study area,

a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be

prepared and furnished.

Pls. refer table 3.22 and 3.23 on

page no. 3-36 & 3-38 for details

of flora and fauna.

25. Emissions (g/second) with and

without the air pollution control

measures.

Pl. refers table no. 4.2, page no.

4-17 of chapter-4 for emissions

(g/second) with and without air

pollution control system.

26. Cumulative impact of all sources of

emissions (including transportation)

on the AAQ of the area shall be well

assessed. Details of the model used

and the input data used for modeling

shall also be provided. The air quality

contours should be plotted on a

location map showing the location of

project site, habitation nearby,

sensitive receptors, if any.

Pl. refer table no. 4.3, page no.

4-18 of chapter-4 for cumulative

impact.

Pls. sec. 4.3.7, page no. 4-7 and

table 4.1, page no. 4-16 of

chapter-4 for details of model

used and input data used for

modeling.

Pls. refer figure 4.1 to 4.5, page

no. 4-24 to 4-28 for the air quality

contours plotted on a location

map.

27. Impact of the transport of the raw

materials and end products on the

surrounding environment shall be

assessed and provided. In this regard,

options for transport of raw materials

and finished products and wastes

(large quantities) by rail or rail-cum

road transport or conveyor-cum-rail

transport shall be examined.

Estimated 15 to 17 nos. of trucks/

tanker will be in and out from our

factory premises.

28. Details of water requirement, water

balance chart for new unit or for

existing unit as well as proposed

expansion (in case of expansion).

Our is a new unit.

Water balance diagram is given as

figure 2.1; page no. 2-30 of

chapter-2.

29. Source of water supply and quantity Source of water supply will be



and permission of withdrawal of water

(surface/ground) from Competent

Authority.

from bore well. Our fresh water

demand will be 90.5 KLD. Our

area falls under the semi critical

zoning by CGWA hence may not

required permission up to 100

KLD drawn of water for industrial

purpose.


30 for quantity of water

requirement.

30. Details regarding quantity of effluents

generated, recycled and reused and

discharged to be provided. Methods

adopted/to be adopted for the water

conservation shall be included. Zero

discharge effluent concepts to be

adopted.

Pls. refer water balance diagram

figure 2.1, page no. 2-30 for

detailed water balance including

quantity of effluent generated,

recycled/reused.

31. A note on treatment of wastewater

from different plant operations, extent

recycled and reused for different

purposes shall be included. Complete

scheme of effluent treatment.

Characteristics of untreated and

treated effluent to meet the

prescribed standards of discharge

under E(P) Rules.

Pls. refer sec. 2.15.1, page no. 2-

15 for complete scheme of

wastewater treatment, reuse

/recycle details.


31 for diagram of ETP.

Pls. refer table 2.5 (a), page no.

2-20 for characteristics of

untreated and treated effluent.

32. Action plan for control of ambient air

quality parameters as per NAAQES

Standards for PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and

NOX, etc. as per GSR 826(E) dated

16th November, 2009.

Following steps will be taken to

control the air quality as per the

NAAQES standards notified by the

Ministry on 16th September, 2009.

Pucca road will be made.

Pneumatically transfer of raw

materials.

Adequate implementation of

APCM.

Effective implementation of air

pollution monitoring.

Development of greenbelt.

33. An action plan to control and monitor

secondary fugitive emissions from all

the sources as per the latest

permissible limits issued by the

Ministry vide G.S.R. 414(E) dated 30th

May, 2008.

All liquid raw materials and

finished products shall be

transport pneumatically. Solid

materials are handling in close

manner.

34. Action plan for solid/hazardous waste

generation, storage, utilization and

disposal. Copies of MOU regarding


28 of chapter-2 for hazardous

waste details.



utilization of solid waste shall also be

included. EMP shall include the

concept of waste minimization,

recycle/reuse/recover techniques,

Energy conservation and natural

resource conservation.

Our is very small qty. of residue

generation i.e. 0.7 MT/month. It is

difficult to directly sell to cement

manufacturer because of small

volume. We have approached to

one co-processing blending unit

working in Panoli and after

commissioning of the plant we will

send residue there for blending

and final co-processing.

Please refer sec. 10.7 of Chapter-

10 on page no. 10-11 for resource

conservation/waste minimization,

recycle/reuse techniques.

35. Proper utilization of fly ash shall be

ensured as per Fly Ash Notification,

1999 and subsequent amendment in

2003 and 2009. A detailed plan of

action should be provided.

Pls. refer sec. 10.5.3, page no.

10-7 of chapter-10 for fly ash

management and disposal details.

36. Action plan for the greenbelt

development plan in 33% area i.e.

land with not less than 1,500 trees

per ha. Giving details of species,

width of plantation, planning schedule

etc. shall be included. The green belt

shall be around the project boundary

and a scheme for greening of the

roads used for the project shall also

be incorporated. All rooftops/terraces

shall have some green cover.


of chapter-10 for green belt

development plan of 33% of

industrial area. Design details

along with methodology and type

of species are covered under this

section.

37. Action plan for rainwater harvesting

measures at plant site shall be

submitted to harvest rainwater from

the roof tops and storm water drains

to recharge the ground water and also

to use for the various activities at the

project site to conserve fresh water

and reduce the water requirement

from other sources. Rain water

harvesting and groundwater recharge

structures may also be constructed

outside the plant premises in

consultation with local Gram

Panchayats and Village Heads to

augment the ground water level.

Incorporation of water harvesting plan

for the project is necessary, if source


17 of chapter-2 for rain water

harvesting details.



of water is bore well.

38. Environment Management Plan (EMP)

to mitigate the adverse impacts due

to the project along with item wise

cost of its implementation. Total

capital cost and recurring cost/annum

for environmental pollution control

measures shall be included.

Pls. refer chapter-10 for detailed

EMP.

39. Details of Rehabilitation &

Resettlement (R & R) involving the

project. R&R shall be as per policy of

the State Govt. and a detailed action

plan shall be included.

No Rehabilitation & Resettlement

(R & R) is involve in this project.

40. Action plan for post-project

environmental monitoring shall be

submitted.

Pls. refer sec. 10.13, page no.

10.20 and table 10.3, page no.

10-24 of chapter-10 for details of

environmental monitoring plan.

41. Disaster Preparedness and Emergency

Management Plan including Risk

Assessment and damage control

needs to be addressed and included.

Pls. refer chapter-7 for risk

assessment.


of chapter-7 for disaster

management plan.

42. Occupational health:

i. Details of existing Occupational &

Safety Hazards. What are the

exposure levels of above

mentioned hazards and whether

they are within Permissible

Exposure Level (PEL). If these are

not within PEL, what measures the

company has adopted to keep

them within PEL so that health of

the workers can be preserved.

Our is Greenfield project.

Estimated work area quality with

TWA limit is summarized in Table

2.7(a), page no. 2-22 of Chapter-

2 which is well within the limit.

Pls. refer sec. 10.8, page no. 10-

12 of chapter-10 of EIA report for

Occupational health & safety

details.

ii. Details of exposure specific health

status evaluation of worker. If the

workers‟ health is being evaluated

by pre designed format, chest x

rays, Audiometry, Spirometry,

Vision testing (Far & Near vision,

color vision and any other ocular

defect) ECG, during pre-placement

and periodical examinations give

the details of the same. Details

regarding last month analyzed

data of abovementioned

parameters as per age, sex,

duration of exposure and

Activity proposed in sec. 10.9,

page no. 10-14 of chapter-10 of

EIA report.



department wise.

iii. Annual report of health status of

workers with special reference to

Occupational Health and Safety.

Noted the point and we will

regularly submit annual report of

health status after commissioning

of the plant.

iv. Action plan for the implementation

of OHS standards as per

OSHAS/USEPA.

Noted the point and prepare

action plan for the implementation

of OHS standards. Unit proposed

to follow OSHAS 18001 standard

and obtain certification from

competent agency.

v. Plan and fund allocation to ensure

the occupational health & safety of

all contract and casual workers.

It is already proposed in EMS

plan.

43. Corporate Environment Policy

i. Does the company have a well laid

down Environment Policy approved

by its Board of Directors? If so, it

may be detailed in the EIA report.

ii. Does the Environment Policy

prescribe for standard operating

process / procedures to bring into

focus any infringement / deviation

/ violation of the environmental or

forest norms / conditions? If so, it

may be detailed in the EIA.

iii. What is the hierarchical system or

Administrative order of the

company to deal with the

environmental issues and for

ensuring compliance with the

environmental clearance

conditions? Details of this system

may be given.

iv. Does the company have system of

reporting of non-compliances /

violations of environmental norms

to the Board of Directors of the

company and / or shareholders or

stakeholders at large? This

reporting mechanism shall be

detailed in the EIA report.

Our is a proposed unit and there

will be an Environment Policy

approved by Director.

Pls. refer sec. 10.13 on page no.

10-22 of chapter-10 for

environment policy.

Environment Policy includes

standard operating process

including commitment from

management.

Pls. refer figure 10.1 of chapter-

10 on page no. 10-25.

Pls. refer sec. 10.14 of chapter-10

on page no. 10-22.

44. Details regarding infrastructure

facilities such as sanitation, fuel,

restroom etc. to be provided to the

labour force during construction as

well as to the casual workers including

Our is Greenfield project and all

the facilities will be provided

during the construction and

operational phase.



truck drivers during operation phase.

45. At least 5% of the total cost of the

project shall be earmarked towards

the Enterprise Social Commitment

based on Public Hearing issues and

item-wise details along with time

bound action plan shall be included.

Socio-economic development

activities need to be elaborated upon.

Pls. refer sec. 10.10, page no. 10-

19 of chapter-10 for budget of

CSR activities.

46. Any litigation pending against the

project and/or any direction/order

passed by any Court of Law against

the project, if so, details thereof shall

also be included. Has the unit

received any notice under the Section

5 of Environment (Protection) Act,

1986 or relevant Sections of Air and

Water Acts? If so, details thereof and

compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and

present status of the case.

No, as this is a greenfield project.

47. The questionnaire for industry sector

(available on MoEF website) shall be

submitted as an Annexure to the EIA-

EMP Report.

Pls. refer Annexure-IV for

questionnaire for industry sector.

48. TORs‟ prescribed by the Expert

Appraisal Committee (Industry) shall

be considered for preparation of EIA-

EMP report for the project in addition

to all the relevant information as per

the „Generic Structure of EIA‟ given in

Appendix III and IIIA in the EIA

Notification, 2006. Where the

documents provided are in a language

other than English, an English

translation shall be provided. The

draft EIA-EMP report shall be

submitted to the State Pollution

Control Board of the concerned State

forconduct of Public Hearing. The

SPCB shall conduct the Public

Hearing/public consultation,

districtwise, as per the provisions of

EIA notification, 2006. The issues

raised in the Public Hearing and

during the consultation process and

the commitments made by the project

proponent on the same shall be

EIA report is prepared based on

TOR as well as generic structure

given in Appendix-III of EIA

Notification, 2006.

Public Hearing is yet to done.



included separately in EIA-EMP Report

in the form of tabular chart with

financial budget (capital and revenue)

along with time-schedule of

implementation for complying with

the commitments made. The final EIA

report shall be submitted to the

Ministry for obtaining environmental

clearance.

49. A tabular chart with index for point

wise compliance of above TORs.

Done

50. The TORs prescribed shall be valid for

a period of two years for submission

of the EIA-EMP reports along with

Public Hearing Proceedings (wherever

stipulated).

Noted the point

ADDITIONAL TORs FOR SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICALS INDUSTRY

1. Manufacturing process details along

with the chemical reactions and

process flow chart.


of chapter-2 for details of


2. Name of all the solvents to be used in

the process and details of solvent

recovery system.

There is no use of any solvent in

manufacturing process or product

purification hence this condition is

not applicable in our case.

3. Design details of ETP, incinerator, if

any along with boiler, scrubbers/bag

filters etc.


29 of chapter-2 for details of ETP

units. Refer table 2.8, page no. 2-

24 for technical specification of

boiler, table 2.9, page no. 2-25

for technical specification of TFH,

table 2.10, page no. 2-26 for

technical specification of bag

filter, table 2.11, page no. 2-27

for technical specification of

scrubber.

4. The details of solid and hazardous

wastes generation, storage, utilization

and disposal particularly related to the

hazardous waste, calorific value of

hazardous waste and detailed

characteristic of the hazardous waste.

Action plan for the disposal of fly ash

generated from boiler shall be

included.


28 of chapter-2 for details of

hazardous waste.

Qty. of ETP sludge generation will

be very small and source of it is

utility only and having major part

of inorganic chemicals; hence no

need to give characteristics of

hazardous waste.

Generated ash will be stored in

storage yard & sell to brick

manufacturer.



5. Precautions to be taken during

storage and transportation of

hazardous chemicals shall be clearly

mentioned and incorporated.


of chapter-7.

6. Material Safety Data Sheet for all the

Chemicals are being used/will be

used. CAS No./RTECS No./DOT/UN

etc to be mentioned against each

chemicals.

MSDS of major Haz. Chemicals

are given as Annexure-I.

7. Details of VOC monitoring in the

working zone environment and other

hazardous emissions such asChlorine,

HCl, etc. if any.

Pls. refer chapter-6 of EIA report.

8. Authorization/Membership for the


TSDF.



establishment of the project.

9. Risk assessment for storage for

chemicals/solvents. Action plan for

handling & safety system.

Pls. refer chapter-7 risk

assessment for all the details.

10. Details of occupational health

programme.

i) To which chemicals, workers are

exposed directly or indirectly.

ii) Whether these chemicals are

within Threshold Limit Values

(TLV)/ Permissible Exposure

Levels as per ACGIH

recommendation.

iii) What measures company has

taken to keep these chemicals

within PEL/TLV.

iv) How the workers are evaluated

concerning their exposure to

chemicals during pre-placement

and periodical medical

monitoring.

v) Liver function tests (LFT) during

pre-placement and periodical

examination.


10-14 of chapter-10 for

occupational health programme

details.

Refer sec. 10.9 (A, B, C) on page

no. 10-14 for list of chemicals,

and measures, details of Pre-

placement and periodical medical

monitoring of workers, LFT.


10-14 of chapter-10 for mitigation

measures.

Pls. refer table 2.7(a), page no. 2-

22 of chapter-2 for threshold limit

& estimated results of Haz.

Chemicals.

11. A Toxic management Plan shall be

prepared.

No toxic chemicals will be handled

by unit hence not required.

12. A write up on “Safe Practice” followed

for handling, storage, transportation

and unloading of chemicals to be

submitted.


of chapter-7.

13. What are onsite and offsite Pls. refer section 7.15 & 7.19,



emergency plan during chemical

disaster.

page no. 7-31 & 7-43 of chapter-7

for onsite & offsite emergency

plan.

14. A write up on “Treatment of workers

affected by accidental spillage of

chemicals”.


19 of chapter-7.

Points raised during public hearing and its compliances/ response from

project proponent/consultant.

Sr.

No.

Name and

Address

Point Represented Reply from the Project

Proponent

1 Shri Jayantibhai

Jethabhai Patel,

Sokhda Industrial

Association,

Ta: Khambhat,

Dist Anand.

He stated that looking to the

products and the presentation

made by M/s Karan

Intermediates Ltd., it seems

that there will be no waste

water discharge and hence no

water pollution from the unit.

He further said that there would

be some air pollution for which

they have proposed air pollution

control measures.

He added that he hoped that

the industry would run their air

pollution control measures such

that the air emission does not

cause any problems to the

farmers and their land. He then

welcomed the project to the

Sokhda area.

--

When there were no forthcoming questions from the audience, the Additional District

Collector, explained the project in brief once again to the people and encouraged them to

raise questions. He also stated that this industry was going to invest Rs. One Crore

towards EMS facilities and so the people could ask questions regarding where it was going

to be utilized. He also said that generally problems arose after an industry came up and

they had an opportunity to pose questions before the industry came up and hence they

should do so.

He then asked the project proponent, whether there were other similar projects in the

region. The representative of the industry replied that yes, there were around four

projects in the region manufacturing the same products but through a different route.

Sr.

No.

Name & Address Points represented Reply

2. Ms. Shweta

Thakkar,

Student of

Environmental

Planning,CEPT

She asked where would the

waste water be discharged?

The representative of the

project proponent replied

that only 8.5 KLD of the

treated waste water

would be reused, the rest



University,

Ahmedabad

She then asked when the

industry was going to release

HCl, Cl2 etc. into the

atmosphere, why was ambient

air quality monitoring carried

out only for four parameters of

PM10, PM2.5, SOx and NOx?

She further asked the depth of

water table in the area.

She then finally asked the

quantity of surface water and

underground water, which was

going to be used.

of the water used in

scrubbers would be

finally sold as by

products.

He replied that although

only these four

parameters were shown

in the presentation, HCl,

Cl2 and VOCs have also

been measured, which

has been given in the EIA

Report.

He replied that water

was found at around 30-

35 mtrs and was also a

little saline.

He replied that only

ground water was going

to be used for water

consumption in the

project.

3. Shri Pinakinbhai

Bhrahmbhatt,

Ex-President

Khambhat

Municipality

Ta: Khambhat

Dist: Anand

He stated that the people of the

area wanted industries to come

up so that employment was

generated.

He added that the authorities

would surely look at the EMS

measures before granting EC to

the project. He further stated

that, he & all the people of the

area welcomed projects that

followed all the Environmental

laws.

--

1.8 OBJECTIVE OF EIA

EIA is a policy and management tool for both planning and decision

making. EIA assists in identification, prediction and evaluation of the

foreseeable environmental consequences of proposed developmental and

industrial projects.

The objectives of the present EIA Study is to assess the impacts on various

environmental components due to the proposed project activity, identify

potential source of pollution, evaluate impact on environment and to

recommend appropriate environmental management system and

environment management plan for the unit to ensure that the adverse



impacts if any will be minimized. Moreover, to prepare an Environmental

Statement to indicate conclusively if the overall impacts are positive or

negative.

1.9 METHODOLOGY FOR EIA

Environmental Assessment (EA), another term used in the environmental

studies, refers to an understanding of the present status of environment

and a study of how to manage them. Keeping in view the nature and size

of the proposed project and industrial area and various guidelines

available, it was decided to cover an area of 10-km radius from the center

of proposed plant site for the purpose of environmental impact assessment

study. The methodology is briefly reported below and has been described

in this section.

Baseline data Collection

The baseline data for the impact zone have been generated for the

following environmental parameters:

Ambient Air Quality

Micrometeorology

Noise Levels

Surface and ground water quality

Soil Quality

Flora and fauna

Land use pattern

Socio-economics

The baseline status of the above environmental parameters has been

worked out based on the rapid monitoring/analysis carried out during the

study period of March-15 to May-15 supplemented by data collected

from various government departments, census publications etc. The data is

collected and analyzed as per the standard methods for establishing the

baseline data and to determine the impact of proposed activity on the

same.

Evaluation of Impact from Project Activities

The environmental Impact resulting from the various project activities,

have been identified, predicted and evaluated based on the study of



manufacturing process and other project related activities as well as

correlating the same with existing base line status.

Preparation of Environmental Management Plan

Environmental Management plan has been prepared covering pollution

prevention measures at source in terms of air and water pollution control

measures, solid waste/hazardous waste management, safety management,

green belt development, environmental surveillance and environmental

management team.

Finally, the detailed assessment of the resultant environmental impacts

have been made based on the impacts identification and evaluated from

the activities over the baseline status of various environmentalcomponents

to reduce the pollution and to delineate a comprehensive environment

management plan along with recommendations and suggestions to

improve environment management system.

1.10 DETAILS OF INDUSTRIES

Table 1.3

List of major industries working in 10 km radius of project site

Sr. No. Name of Industry Type of Industry

1. Gujarat Dye Chem Dye manufacturing

2. Ekta Pickles Food

3. Baroque Pharmaceuticals Pvt. Ltd. Pharmaceuticals

4. Sheetal Chemical Industries Chemical

5. Cambay Organics Pvt. Ltd. Chemical

6. Gujarat Halogen Petrochem

Corporation

Chemical

7. Beni Agro Products Pvt. Ltd. AgroIndustry

8. Amrut Cattle Feed Food

9. Vachi Agro Products Agro industry



Figure 1.1

Location of the project site

Project Location



Figure 1.2

Google map of 10 km radius



Figure 1.3

Image showing all four boundaries coordinates of the site

N



Chapter-2

Project Description 2.1 INTRODUCTION

M/s. Karan Intermediates Pvt. Ltd. is a proposed unit, located at Survey

No. 455 & 456, Village: Neja, Taluka: Khambhat, District: Anand,

Gujarat. Unit proposes to manufacture various types of Chlorinated

organic products as listed in Table No. 2.3 of this chapter. Total

production capacity of all products are tune around 1550 MT/month in

addition to this 2130 MT/month of by products, generate from pollution

control systems as a part of cleaner production.

2.2 TYPE OF PROJECT

Unit propose to manufacture Mono Chloro Acetic Acid (MCA), Chloro

Acetyl Chloride (CAC), Tri Chloro Acetyl Chloride (TCAC), Sodium Mono

Chloro Acetate (SMCA), Aluminum Chloride, and Ferric Chloride. As per

the EIA notification-2006 and time to time amendment therein, above

products are covered under 5(f) category- Synthetic organic chemicals



other synthetic organic chemicals and chemical intermediates) and EC is

require prior to establishment of manufacturing facility.

2.3 NEED FOR THE PROJECT/JUSTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT

Karan Intermediates proposed to manufacture above products by

considering present market scenario and expertise of same products in

terms of technical with good market exposure. There will not be any

industrial effluent discharge from the proposed project activities. As a

result, it will become easier for the management to produce above

products. There is ample market for National & International of these

products. In view of the availability of scientific staff that able to develop

sustainable process at relatively low cost, and high demand of product in

market company has decided to produce above products.



2.4 PROJECT COST

The estimated cost of the project is around Rs. 650 lakhs. Out of this

around Rs. 100 lakhs will be invested for pollution control measures as

capital cost and around 20.0 lakhs as recurring cost of EMS per annum.

2.5 LAND REQUIREMENT

Total Area of project is 28025 m2, out of which 4500 m2 will be utilized

for current proposal and balance will be for future expansion. Current

utilization of land will consist of office building, storage for water, fuel,

chemicals, hazardous waste etc., plant facility, greenbelt area, parking

and approach road. Factory layout and site plan is also attached as

Figure 2.4 and 2.5.

Detail break of the area is given hereunder,

Table 2.1: Land breakup

Sr.

No.

Particular Area in m2

1. Plant Facilities, Storage of Chemicals/ Finished Goods

650

2. Storage (Water) Under Ground Tank 150

3. Storage (Hazardous Waste) 75

4. Chlorine Godown 200

5. Storage (Others) 100

6. Fuel Storage/Utilities 125

7. Internal Road(s) 1475

8. Greenbelt 1500

9. Office 100

10. Parking 50

11. Open to Sky 23525

12. Medical Room/Rest Room 50

13. Electric/DG Room 25

Total 28025 m2

2.6 DETAILS OF THE SITE:

The site is having location advantage with respect to availability of raw

materials, market proximity and infrastructure facility.



Details of the project site are as given in following table:

Table 2.2 Location details

Sr.

No.

Particulars Details

1 Plant location

Survey No. 455 & 456

Village Neja

Taluka Khambhat

District Anand

State Gujarat

2 Site Coordinates

Latitude 22°20'21.90" N

Longitude 72°34'52.01" E

3 Nearest Railway Station Khambhat (5.5 km)

4 Nearest Airport Vadodara (66.5 km)

5 Nearest City Anand (40 km)

6 Nearest Town Khambhat (4.5 km)

7 Nearest Village Sokhada (1.7 km)

8 Nearest Highway State Highway 89- 2.05 km

9 Reserved/protected forest None within 10 km radius

2.7 SIZE OR MAGNITUDE OF OPERATION

Karan Intermediates envisage manufacturing following products:

Table: 2.3 Product details

Sr.

No.


(MT/Month)






6. Ferric Chloride 500

Total 1550



By product


2. Hydrochloric Acid (30%), sold or

captive consumption

1710




2.8 MACHINERIES AND UTILITY FOR EACH PLANT

Machinery and utility for CAC, TCAC & SMC

Sr.

No.

Name of the

Equipment/Machinery

Nos. Capacity

PROCESS VESSELS FOR CAC, TCAC, SMC

1. Reaction vessels – Glass Lined

Reactors (with glass lined

condensers)

1 9.0 KL

1 8.0 KL

2 6.0 KL each

1 4.0 KL

1 3.0 KL

2. Distillation vessels

(with glass lined condensers)

1 6.3 KL

1 4.0 KL

1 3.0 KL

1 9.0 KL

3. Scrubbing System 1 Set 3 Stage water scrubber

followed by alkali

scrubber for CAC &

TCAC plant

4. Storage Tanks [HDPE] 10 4 - 10.0 KL

2 – 25.0 KL 3 – 15.0 KL

1 – 5.0 KL

5. M. S. Jacketed Reactor 2 5.0 KL each

Utilities

1. Steam Boiler 1 1000 Kg/hour

2. Thermic fluid heater 1 4,00,000 K Cal/hr

3. Cooling tower 1 125 TR

4. Chilling plant 1 60 TR



Machinery and utility for MCA

Sr.

No.

Name of the equipment/

Machinery/Utilities

Nos. Capacity

1. Glass lined Reactor with cooling

and chilling condenser

1 6.3 KL

1 4.5 KL

1 9.0 KL

2. Centrifuge 4 ---

3. Crusher 1 ---

4. Chilling Plant 1 20 TR

5. Cooling Tower 2 125 TR each

6. Scrubbing System 1 Set 3 Stage water

scrubber followed by

alkali scrubber for

MCA Plant

7. SS Blender 2 1 KL Each

8. Fluidized Bed Dryer 1 ---

2.9 PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION

Specifics Applied

under the

Act

Specifics for

approval or legal

procedure

Related

recent Status

Implementation

Proposed

Project

Under

Environment

Protection

Act, 1986

Environment

clearance for the

Proposed Project

from MoEF as per

the guideline of EIA

notification-2006

Submitted

Form I, TOR

presentation,

TORs awarded

on 03.07.15

Project will

executed after the

obtaining EC

obtain from MoEF.

Operation

of the

new

project

Under Air,

Water &

Environment

(Protection)

Act

CTE & CTO/CCA

from GPCB.

Shortly apply

for CTE/CCA to

GPCB.

Establishment

after EC/ CTE and

operate after

obtaining CC&A

2.10 DESCRIPTION OF MANUFACTURING PROCESS

2.10.1 Mono Chloro Acetic Acid (MCA):

Charge Acetic acid in the reactor. Heat the reactor to 1000C through hot

water circulation and start chlorination. Acetic acid is converted into Mono

chloro Acetic acid in presence of suitable catalyst.

During the process, HCl gas is generated, which is scrubbed through

scrubber and dissolved in water to convert 30% HCl liquor.

After completion of reaction, the mass is transferred in buckets for

crystallization where natural crystallization followed by induced cooling



systems. After around 70 hrs, pure MCA crystals are recovered though

centrifuging; MCA product is ready for packing.

The Mother liquor (ML) generated from centrifuge is separated out and

sold as ML of MCA.

Chemical Reaction:

CH3COOH + Cl2 -----------> ClCH2COOH + HCl

Mass balance and process flow diagram:

Input kg output kg

Acetic Acid 865

Sulphur mono Chloride 35.5 HCl 629

Liq. Chlorine 895 (Convert to byproduct 30%)- for sell

Acetic Anhydride 18.5

Mother Liquor of MCA 185

(by product for sell)

MCA 1000

Total 1814 Total 1814

Mono Chloro Acetic Acid

GLR

Crystallization

Centrifuge

Packing

Acetic Acid

Chlorine Monochloro acetic Acid

Hydrochloric Acid



2.10.2 Chloro Acetyl Chloride (CAC):

The MCA is directly taken to CAC reactors. At the desired temperature,

gradual addition of sulphur mono chloride. Then start chlorination. On the

completion of the reaction crude product is formed. The vent gases

evolved during the process sent to the scrubbing system for recovery of

by product and control the emission. The crude CAC thus formed is

distilled, condensed, collected and packed.

Chemical Reaction:

4ClCH2COOH + S2Cl2 + 3Cl2 ---------> 4ClCH2COCl + 2SO2 + 4HCl


Input Kg Output Kg

Mono Chloro Acetic Acid 935 Hydrochloric Acid (g) 566

Sulphur Mono Chloride 340 Sulphur Dioxide (g) 320

Chlorine 615 to APC System to

Mfg. SBS

Residue 4

CAC 1000

Total 1890 1890

Chloro Acetyl Chloride

CAC Reactor

Distillation

Sulphur Mono Chloride

Chloro Acetyl Chloride

Monochloro

acetic Acid Liquid

Chlorine Sulphur Dioxide

Hydrochloric Acid



2.10.3 Tri Chloro Acetyl Chloride (TCAC):

The acetic acid is taken into the TCAC reactor. At the desired temperature

gradual addition of sulphur mono chloride is carried out and chlorination

is started. On the completion of the reaction, crude product TCAC is

formed. The vent gases evolved during the process is sent to the

scrubbing system for recovery of by product and control of emission.

Chemical Reaction:

4CH3COOH + 15Cl2 + S2Cl2 ----------> 4CCl3COCl + 16HCl + SO2

Mass balance and Process Flow Diagram:

Input Kg Output Kg

Acetic Acid 510 HydroChloric Acid (g) 1610

Sulphur Mono Chloride 235 Sulphur Dioxide to 230

Liquid Chlorine 2100 APC System to

Mfg. SBS

Residue 5

TCAC 1000


Tri Chloro Acetyl Chloride

Glass Lined Reactors

Distillation

Glass Lined Reactors

Distillation

Liquid Chlorine

Tri Chloro

Acetyl Chloride

Acetic Acid Hydrochloric

Acid

Sulphur mono Chloride

Sulphur

Dioxide



2.10.4 Sulphur Mono Chloride:

Manufacturing Process

The Sulphur and Chlorine gas are charged in the M. S. jacketed reactor

having cooling facility. The cooling water is circulated in the jacket.

The liquid SMC is stored in storage tank.

Chemical Reaction:

S2 + Cl2 -----------> S2Cl2


Input kg Output kg

Sulphur 474

Chlorine 526

SMC 1000


Sulphur Mono Chloride

SMC Reactor

,

Sulphur Sulphur Mono Chloride

Chlorine



2.10.5 Aluminium Chloride:

Aluminum chloride solution is formed directly by the digestion of

aluminum hydroxide and hydrochloric acid. The reaction is carried out at

a temperature between 100 and 110°C. After the reaction, insoluble

aluminum hydroxide is removed by filtration and is used again at the

beginning of the process. The clear liquid is conditioned with water to get

the finished product of a well defined quality.

Chemical Reaction:

Al(OH)3 + 3HCl AlCl3 + 3H2O


The process flow diagram for the manufacture of aluminium chloride

solution is given

Reactor Al(OH)3 590 KG

HCl(30%) 2750 KG

Filtration

Un-reacted Al (OH)3

Recycled

3340 KG AlCl3 (Solution 33-34%) 1000 KG AlCl3 (Dehydrate)



2.10.6 Ferric Chloride:

FeCl2 is produced by the reaction of scrap iron with hydrochloric acid at a

temperature of 80°C, hydrogen being released to the atmosphere. This

solution is converted into ferric chloride (FeCl3) by Chlorination.

Chemical Reaction:

1. Fe + 2HCl FeCl2 + H2

2. FeCl2 + ½ Cl2 (g) FeCl3

Mass balance and Process Flow Diagram:

Reactor HCl(30%) 1500 KG

Filtration

2065 KG FeCl3 solution 1000 KG FeCl3 (100% basis)

ML Recycle

Fe (Scrap) 445 KG

100 kg Sludge

Chlorination Cl2 220 KG



2.11 PROJECT COMPONENTS

Component of the project includes all facilities required for the operation

of the project with legal necessity.

a) Input requirements: Raw materials, Water, Fuel, Power etc.

b) Utility requirement: Boiler, TFH, Cooling tower, D.G. Set etc.

c) Treatment Facilities:

Water Treatment facilities: Primary treatment units

Air Pollution Facilities: Includes APC measures such as 3 Stage

water scrubber followed by alkali scrubber for MCA, CAC & TCAC

plant. Cyclone and bag filter for flue gas stacks.

Hazardous/solid waste facilities: It includes storage area.

d) Other facilities: It includes greenbelt area, Rain water harvesting

system etc.

All the components of the project are described in details hereunder,

Component Sub

component

Possible waste

or pollutants

Effect Mitigation

component

Process Manufacturing

machineries,

Raw material,

Water, Power

Process stack:

HCl, Chlorine,

SO2

Negative APC measures:

Water & Alkali

scrubbing

system

Utility Boiler, Cooling

tower, Water,

Power, Fuel

Flue gas stack

emission: SPM,

SO2, NOx

Negative

Bio-fuel

Cyclone and

bag filter

Utilized water No cautious

Impact

--

Treatment

Facility

Wastewater w/w generation

from utility

Moderate Primary

treatment

Air: flue gas

Stack and

Process stack

Minute quantity

of HCl, Chlorine &

SO2 from process

stack

No cautious

Impact

--

Haz. waste

Storage area

Residue & ETP

sludge:

Hazardous

-- Approved TSDF

site, CHWIF

incineration

facility



2.12 INPUT REQUIREMENTS

(a) Raw Material Requirement:

The details of the raw material requirement are given in Table 2.4.

(b) Water requirement:

The unit will satisfy its fresh water requirement by ground water source

because no alternative water source is available there. Total water

requirement will be tune around 99.0 KLD, out of which 90.5 KLD will be

fresh water requirement and 8.5 KLD will be treated w/w recycled.

Fresh water requirement will be mainly for scrubber, utilities, domestic

and gardening. The detailed breakup of the water consumption is given

in Table 2.5. The water balance diagram is given in Figure 2.1.

(c) Fuel:

Unit will use Bio-fuel-Briquette (produce from bio waste) as fuel. There

will be total two sources of air emission one is attached to Boiler and

thermic fluid heater and second attached to stand by D. G. Set. Total

fuel consumption will be tune around 12 TPD of Bio fuel and 75 lit/hr. of

HSD for D. G. Set.

(d) Power:

Total power requirement by unit will be tune around 225 kVA and it will

be fulfilled by Madhya Gujarat Vij Company Limited (MGVCL). Unit will

install 200 kVA of D.G. set to meet emergency power requirement and it

will be treated as standby power requirement and used only during

failure of power supply by state grid.

(e) Manpower:

The total manpower proposed for the plant operations shall be approx.

60 nos. which includes the manpower at all levels; i.e. manager,

supervisor & chemist, skilled workers and unskilled workers.

2.13 UTILITIES REQUIREMENTS

Boiler: There will be one steam boiler. About 5 KLD water will be used.

Cooling Tower: There will be two cooling tower with capacity of 125 TR

and around 20 KLD water required for cooling.

Scrubbing System: Largest portion of water will be required in the

water scrubber to absorb Gases evolved during reaction from process

to yield HCl & SBS solution, which will be sold as byproduct to the actual



users. Unit has proposed water scrubbers followed by alkali scrubber for

all reaction vessels. Scrubbing systems are shown in Figure: 2.3.

2.14 GENERATION OF POLLUTANTS

The sources of pollution will be as below;

2.14.1 Wastewater Generation

Source of water pollution is mainly from utilities. Total wastewater

generation will be 13 KLD (including industrial and non-industrial source),

out of which 8.5 KLD will be industrial wastewater, which will be recycle

in scrubber after Primary treatment & rest 4.5 KLD of domestic

wastewater will be sent to soak pit.

The details of the water consumption and wastewater generation are

depicted in Table: 2.5.

2.14.2 Gaseous Emission

There will be mainly two type of sources for air emissions i.e. Flue gas

emission & process gas emission.

Flue gas emission will be from common stack of Boiler & thermic fluid

heater and stand by D. G. Set.

Process emission will be from two stacks attached to reaction vessels of

MCA and CAC and TCAC.

Bio-fuel (Briquette) will be used as fuel for boiler and TFH. Most probable

emitted pollutants from flue gas stacks will be SPM, SO2 and NOx and

process pollutants will be HCl, Chlorine and SO2. Cyclone & Bag filter will

be provided as APCM to flue gas stack and 3 Stage water scrubber

followed by alkali scrubber will be provided to control of Air Emission emit

from process. Adequate height of chimney will be provided to all the

stacks for proper atmospheric dispersion.

Unit is also proposed to install D.G. set of 200 kVA capacity to fulfill

power requirement in case of non-availability of power/emergency, where

HSD will be used as a fuel. Probable pollutants likely to emit will be SPM,

SO2 and NOx, but it will not the constant source of emission as it will be

used in case of power failure only.



Sources of fugitive emission:

The fugitive pollutants such as Acid fumes and Cl2 are likely to be emitted

from process area. However, it will be at acceptable level. Details of

fugitive emissions are given in Table 2.7 (a). Details of the stacks are

given in Table 2.6.

2.14.3 Hazardous/Solid waste generation

Sources of hazardous waste generation will be distillation ETP sludge,

residue, used oil, discarded containers and empty bags/liner.

The quantity of ETP sludge - 50 kg/month, distillation residues will be

maximum 0.7 MT/month, used oil is estimated around 100 lit/year,

empty bags & liners - 150 kg/month and discarded containers - 100

Nos./month.

The details of the hazardous waste with its category as per HWM rules are

given in Table 2.12.

2.14.4 Noise

The main sources of noise pollution will be from Boiler, TFH, reactors and

process plant etc. The noise level in the unit is well within the prescribed

limit.

2.15 POLLUTION CONTROL STRATEGY

The unit is equally conscious about the pollution control strategy. The

details of pollution control strategy for various parameters are given

hereunder,

2.15.1 Effluent Management

Source of the industrial wastewater generation will be from boiler blow

down & cooling bleed off; which will be around 8.5 KL/day. There will be

no discharge of industrial effluent as entire quantity of generated effluent

will be completely reused in scrubber as scrubbing media after primary

treatment.

The other source of wastewater generation will be domestic wastewater

of 4.5 KL/day; which will be disposed off to soak pit through septic tank.

Effluent treatment scheme:

Effluent from utilities will be pumped into equalization cum neutralization

tank. Lime is added for adjustment of pH. Then it will be taken to settling



tank. Treated water will be reuse for scrubber. Sludge will be taken to

sludge drying bed. The dried sludge will be packed in HDPE bags and sent

to TSDF site for land filling. Hence unit will achieve zero discharge of

effluent.

2.15.2 Air Pollution Control Measures

Sources of emissions will be flue gas emission from stack attached with

Boiler and thermic fluid heater. Bio-fuel (Briquette) will be used as fuel.

Cyclone and bag filter will be provided as APCM to flue gas stack. SPM,

SO2 and NOX will be the main pollutants from flue gas stacks.

Process gas emission will be from stack attached to reaction vessel of

MCA, CAC and TCAC. 3 Stage water scrubber followed by stage alkali

scrubber will be provided to the stack attached to reaction vessel of MCA.

3 stage water scrubber followed by alkalis scrubber will be provided to

the stack attached to reaction vessel of CAC and TCAC. Pollutants like

HCl, Cl2 and SO2 are likely to be emitted from process.

The unit also proposes adequate stack heights of 30 m for common stack

of Boiler and TFH and 21 m each for process stack for proper dispersion

of gaseous emission as per GPCB guideline. Thus, air pollution control

system proposed by the unit will be adequate to meet gaseous emission

norms. The details of stacks with their APC measures & height are given

in Table 2.6.

2.15.3 Hazardous/Solid Waste Management

Entire quantity of hazardous waste will be handled and disposed as per

(Management, Handling and Trans boundary Movement) Rules’2008,

amended time to time.

ETP sludge will be disposed off at approved TSDF site. Distillation residue

is sent to CHWI facility for incineration and used oil will be used within

premises as a lubricant or in case of excess sold to registered recyclers.

Whereas empty bags/liners and drums will sell to recyclers. The details of

solid waste disposal are given in Table 2.12.

2.15.4 Noise Pollution Control

The main noise generating sources in the plant are Boiler, reaction

vessels, TFH, APC system, plant & machinery etc. All these sources will



generate continuous noise. However, the noise transmitted outside the

plant boundary will be low because most of the noise generating

equipments will be in closed structures with low noise sources. Ear muff,

ear plug will be provided to all workers working at noisy area.

2.16 RESOURCE CONSERVATION

2.16.1 Rain Water Harvesting

Rain Water Harvesting is a method of utilizing rain water for domestic and

agricultural use, which is widely used throughout the world. Rain water

from terraces/rooftop areas shall be collected through rain water down-

take pipes & collected to catch basins or stored in rain water tanks.

However, the rain water from plant area and parking area may

contaminated and not advise to collect directly to catch basins. Rain

water harvesting pits shall be provided wherever feasible so that

maximum rain water recharged into the ground before it reaches the

storm water mains.

The unit proposes ground water recharging sump at low lying area which

will be connected to the storm water drainage system. Thus, by

recharging the ground water during the rain, unit wills efforts to balance

ground water. Unit will provide required no of percolation well for

rainwater harvesting, on the basis of calculation for rain water collected

from rooftop.

2.16.2 Green Belt Development

Total area for greenbelt development will be 1500 sqm, which will be

more than 33% of total land utilization for proposed project.



Table 2.4

Raw Material Consumption, Source & Storage detail

Sr.

No.

Name of Raw Materials Quantity

(MT/Month)

Source Mode of

storage

Mono Chloro Acetic Acid (MCA)-300 MT/month

1 Acetic Acid 259.5 Indigenous Tank

2 Acetic Anhydride 5.55 Indigenous Tank

3 Chlorine 268.5 Indigenous Tonner

4 Sulphur mono chloride 10.65 Indigenous Tank

Chloro Acetyl Chloride (CAC)- 150 MT/month

1 Mono chloro acetic acid 140.25 Indigenous Bag

2 Sulphur mono chloride/Thionyl chloride

51.0 Indigenous Tank


Tri Chloride Acetic Acid (TCAA)-150 MT/month

1 Acetic Acid 76.5 Indigenous Tank

2 Sulphur mono chloride 35.25 Indigenous Tank

3 Chlorine 315 Indigenous Tonner

Sulphur Mono Chloride-100 MT/month

1 Sulphur 47.4 Indigenous --


Aluminum Chloroide-350 MT/month

1 Aluminum hydroxide 206.5 Indigenous Bag

2 Hydrochloric acid 962.5 Indigenous Tank

Ferric Chloride-500 MT/Month

1 Fe (Scrap) 222.5 Indigenous Truck

2 Hydrochloric acid 750 Indigenous Tank

3 Chlorine 110 Indigenous Tonner



Table 2.5

Break up of Water consumption & Wastewater generation

Sr.

No.

Category Water Consumption,

(KL/day)

Wastewater Generation,

(KL/day)

1. Domestic 5.0 4.5

2. Gardening 7.0 -

3. Industrial

i Process Nil Nil

ii Scrubbing system 59.0 Nil

iii Boiler 5.0 0.5

iv Cooling makeup 20.0 5.0

v Water Treatment 3.0 3.0

Total Industrial 87 8.5*

Total (1+2+3) 99 13.0

Recycle 8.5 -

Actual fresh water

requirement

90.5 -

* Total effluent generation from Industrial activities is 8.5 kl/day. After Primary

treatment it will be recycled in scrubber. Hence no industrial effluent will be

disposed off anywhere.



Table 2.5 (a)

Characteristics of untreated and treated effluent

Parameters Characteristics

Before After

pH 6.5 7.5

TDS (mg/L) 1490 1550

SS (mg/L) 150 90

COD (mg/L) 180 80

BOD (mg/L) 45 <15

O&G (mg/L) 10 7.5

Sulphate (mg/L) 350 350

Chloride (mg/L) 450 410

Phenolic Compound (mg/L) <0.01 <0.01

Ammonical Nitrogen (mg/L) 50 30



Table 2.6

Details of Stacks

Sr.

No.

Stack

attached to

Fuel

Type

fuel

consumption

Stack

Height

(m)

APC

measures

Probable

Emission

Flue Gas Stacks

1 Steam boiler

(1000

kg/hour)

Bio

Fuel

12 TPD 30 Cyclone & Bag

filter

PM<150 mg/NM3

SO2<100 ppm

NOx<150 ppm

2 Thermic Fluid

Heater

(4 lac Kcal/hr)

Bio

Fuel

3 D.G. set

(200 kVA)

HSD 75 lit/hr. 11 --

Process Gas stack

1 Reaction

vessels

(MCA)

-- -- 21 3 Stage water

scrubber

followed by

alkali scrubber

HCl<20 mg/M3

Cl2<09 mg/M3

2 Reaction

vessels

(CAC & TCAC)

-- -- 21 3 Stage water

scrubber

followed by

alkali scrubber

HCl<20 mg/M3

Cl2<09 mg/M3

SO2<40 mg/M3



Table 2.7

Estimated emission of stacks

Sr.

No.

Stack attached

to

Stack

Temp.

(0C)

Velocity

(m/s)

Dia. of

stack

(m)

Stack

Height

in m

SPM

mg/

Nm3

SO2

mg/

Nm3

NOX

mg/

Nm3

1 Common stack of

Boiler & TFH

165 10.0 0.45 30 125 10 25

2 D.G. Set

(200 kVA)

180 15.0 0.150 11 85 25 30

3 Reaction vessels

(MCA)

50 7.5 0.300 21 HCl - 12 mg/m3

Cl2 - 3.5 mg/m3

4 Reaction vessels

(CAC & TCAC)

50 8.5 0.300 21 HCl - 13 mg/m3

SO2 - 16 mg/m3

Cl2 - 3.7 mg/m3

Table 2.7(a)

Estimated work area quality of chemicals with TLV/TWA limit

Sr.

No.

Name of Chemicals Results TLV/TWA

Limit

1 Chlorine 0.25 0.5 ppm

2 Acetic acid 7.0 10 ppm

3 Acetic anhydride 3.0 5 ppm

4 Thionyl chloride 0.2 1 ppm

5 SMC (Sulphur Mono Chloride) 0.4 1 ppm



Table 2.7 (b)

Source of Fuel

Name of Fuel

Source Distance from plant site

Mode of transportation

Bio fuel

(Briquette)

Local Supplier Within 70 km

from plant site

Road Tanker

transport

Table 2.7(c)

Fuel characteristics

Briquette Analysis

Ultimate analysis by % weight (Dry basis)

Component Briquette

Ash 12-15%

Moisture content, % Vol. Max. 3.0

G.C.V (Kcal/kg) 3200



Table 2.8

Technical specification of Boiler

Sr.

No.

Description Specifications

1 Feed water temperature 280 C

2 Net steam required 1 TPH

3 Normal Operating pressure 9.5 Kg/cm2

4 Temperature at min load required 1700 C

5 Temperature at MCR 1800 C

6 Emission levels As per the GPCB Norms

7 Available air pressure 3 Kg/Cm2(g)

8 Silencers for air vents and Safety

valves required

< 85 dB(A)

9 Sound from FD fan (1Mtr distance) < 85 dB(A)

10 Automatic combustion control

Auto regulation is required for

Air, Fuel for complete combustion

of fuel by maintaining O2% below

4.5%

11 Type of Fuel to be used Bio fuel (Agro Briquette)

12 AWLC System With water Level

Brass Headers

Automatic Water Level

Controllers

13 TDS of feed water < 5 ppm

14 Agro Briquette 3200 Kcal/kg GCV

(Kg/hr.)

250



Table 2.9

Technical specification of Thermic Fluid Heater

Sr.

No.

Description Unit Technical

Specifications

A. Heater Performance

Heat Load Kcal/hr 4,00,000

Max. Thermic Fluid Outlet Temp 0C 240

Flow rate m3/hr 24

Efficiency in full load on GSV Basic as

per BS 845

Bio fuel 85%

Thermic Fluid Temperature Rise

(Delta T)

0C 34

B. Heater Construction Features

Heat Transfer Area m2 350

Coil hold up capacity Liters 2280

Pressure drop on coil side Mlc 22

C. Material of Construction

Tubes Type BS-3059

Tube OD mm 76.2

Tube thickness mm 3.66

D. Thermic Fluid Pump

Flow (Capacity) m3/hr 24

Head Mlc 60

Power Hp 10

E. Air Pre-heater

Heat Transfer Area m2 18

F. Furnace Dimensions

Length mm 1500

Width mm 800

Height mm 1000

G. I.D. Fan

Flow M3/min 60

Head Static Mmwc 190

Power HP 5

H. Fuel Consumption

Agro Briquette 3200 Kcal/kg GCV Kg/hr. 250



Table 2.10

Technical specification of Bag filter

Sr.

No.

Particulars Unit Specification

1 Application - Particulate from Boiler +

TFH

2 Fuel - Agro Briquette

3 Bulk density of Ash Kg/m3 0.6-0.8

4 Operation - Negative Pressure

5 Location - Before ID Fan

6 Operating Temp. Deg C 200 Avg.

7 Equipment - On line Reverse Pulse

Jet bag filter

8 Capacity m3/hr. 5000

9 Air to cloth ratio m3/min/m2 0.97

10 Inlet gas temperature Deg. C. 180

11 Inlet dust loading Gm/m3 2.0

12 Outlet dust emission mg/Nm3 Less than 150

13 Pressure drop across the

Bag Filter (flange to flange)

– max

Mm wg 150

14 Bag specifications

a Material - Non-Woven Glass fiber

Treated with PTFE

b Bag Fitting - Snap band

c Sp. Weight g/m2 900

d Thickness Mm 2

e Bag Size Mm Dia 150 x 3600 L

f No. of bags Nos. 64

g Filter Area per bag - 1.69 m2

h Total filtering area m2 108



Table 2.11

Technical specification of Scrubber

Sr. No.

Details HCl Scrubber-3 Sets Alkali Scrubber

1. Primary Scrubbing tank

2.0 KL HDPE 4 (Nos.)

2.0 KL HDPE

2. Pump Capacity 10 m3/hr

PP/PTFE lined

10 m3/hr

PP/PTFE lined

3. Motor 3.0 HP/2900 RPM 3 HP/2900 RPM

4. Column height/Dia. 2.5 mts HDPE/12.0” 5.0 mts HDPE/12.0”

5. Packing 1” HDPE Rashing ring 1” PP pipe pieces

6. Scrubbing media Water/Dil. HCl Caustic soln

7. Stack height/ Dia. -- 11 mts/12.0”



Table 2.12

Details of Hazardous Waste

Sr. No.

Type of Waste

Category of Waste as per HWM Rules

2008

Quantity Disposal facility

1. ETP sludge 34.3 50 kg/month Collection, Storage, Transportation & Disposal

to TSDF site for landfilling

2. Distillation

Residue

36.4 0.7 MT/month Collection, Storage,

Transportation & Disposal to CHWI facility for

incineration.

3. Used Oil 5.1

0.1 kl/year Collection, Storage & Reused for internal lubrication purpose.

In case of excess sold to registered re-processors.

4. Discarded Containers,

Bags

33.3 100 Nos./month

150 kg/month

collection, storage, transportation & disposal by

selling to Authorize recyclers.



Table 2.13

Details of Effluent Treatment Plant

Sr.

No.

Name of unit Dimensions (m) Capacity

(m3)

1. Equalization cum

neutralization Tank

2.0 x 2.0 x 3.0 12.0

2. Filter nutch 1.2 x 1.2 x 1.0 -

3. Final treated collection

tank

2.0 x 2.0 x 3.0 12.0

4. Sludge drying bed 1.2 x 1.2 x 1.0 1.44 m2

surface area



Figure 2.1

Water Balance Diagram

Total Water Consumption-99 KLD

8.5 (recycle) +90.5 (fresh) KLD

Process Nil

Domestic

5 KLD

Sodium

Bi-Sulphite

10 KLD

Greenbelt

7 KLD

Blow down

4.5 KLD

Sodium

Hypochlorite 1 KLD

HCl

48 KLD

All by products

No waste water

generation

Scrubber

8.5*+50.5 KLD

Utility 28

Water

treatment 28

Cooling20

Boiler

5

Bleed off

Effluent 3.0+0.5+5.0=8.5*

Soak pit

Reject



Figure 2.2

Flow Diagram of ETP

Filter Nutch

Sludge

drying bed

Equalization cum

Neutralization Tank

Raw Effluent

Treated effluent

collection tank

Sludge to TSDF

Recycle in scrubber



Figure 2.3

Scrubbing system

1st stage

Scrubber

Inlet of

Pollutant

2nd

stage

Scrubber

Pump

3rd

stage Scrubber

Alkali Scrubber

Pump

Pump

Pump

To vent/Stack

5-10% Caustic Cons HCl

(28-30%)

Dil HCl (5-10%)

Dil HCl (2-5%)

Water



Figure 2.4

Plant Layout



Figure 2.5

Key Plan



Chapter-3

Baseline Environmental Status

3.1 Prelude

To assess environmental impacts from proposed project at a specific

location, it is essential to monitor the environmental quality prevailing in

the surrounding area prior to implementation of the proposed project.

The environmental status within the impact zone could be used for

identification of significant environmental issues to be addressed in the

impact assessment study.

In order to identify and establish the extent of likely impacts, it is

essential to gather information on existing environmental quality with

regard to various components of the environment.

3.1.1 Study area

M/s. Karan Intermediates Pvt. Ltd. is proposed to be located at Survey

No. 455 & 456, Village: Neja, Taluka: Khambhat, Dist.: Anand. The

baseline study was carried out within 10 km radius (as per TOR) from the

center of the proposed project.

3.1.2 Period of the Study area

The baseline study of the proposed project was carried out during March-

2015 to May-2015 within 10 km radius from the center of the proposed

project.

3.1.3 Basic Component of the Environment

The basic component of study of the present environment is obligatory to

predict the environmental impact on the study area; therefore it is

necessary to discriminate the various components of which Environment

made.

Environment consists of Atmosphere, Hydrosphere, Lithosphere and

Biosphere. These Environment components have been considered for the

study of the Existing environment. They are as follows:

(I) Lithosphere: It includes the terrain and landscape study. Such as

a) Topography and Geology of the study area



(II) Hydrosphere or Water Environment: It includes water quality of the

study area by means of

a) Surface water quality

b) Ground water quality

(III) Atmosphere or Air Environment: Atmospheric condition mainly depend

upon the

a) Climatic condition, and

b) Micrometeorological data such as wind, temperature, humidity,

Rainfall etc. of the project area.

(IV) Biosphere: Ecological systems consist of varieties of interrelationship

between both abiotic and biotic components including dependence,

competition and mutualism. Biotic components comprises of both plant

and animal communities, which interact not only within and between

themselves but also with the abiotic physical and chemical components of

the environment. Whereas biotic component includes study of

a) Fauna: Study of the animal

b) Flora: Study of the Plant

(V) Other Component: Other component of the surrounding area includes

Socio- Economic data and noise level data of the surrounding area.

Survey for above all components of the study area and data collected by

means of Primary and Secondary data are described from Sec: 3.3 to

3.9.

3.1.4 Methodology

(a) AIR ENVIRONMENT MONITORING:

Process:

Reconnaissance

Design of Network for AAQM Stations (fig: 3.6 shown all eight Air

monitoring stations counting project site)

Air quality monitoring or data collection

Sample analysis

Methodology:

To understand the Air environment in the study area, monitoring of the air

quality was done by setting up reconnaissance and using Respirable Dust



Sampler (RDS) & Fine Particulate Sampler for monitoring of PM10, PM2.5, SO2,

NOX. Details of methodology are given in below table.

Table 3.1: Methodology of Ambient Air Monitoring

Sampling

Parameters

Sampling

equipment

Analytical

Equipment

Sensitivity

/Detection

Limit

Methodology

PM10 Respirable Dust

Sampler with

Cyclone & Flow

measurement

Electronic

balance

1 μg/m3 Gravimetric

IS: 5182 (Part 23)

2006

PM2.5 Fine Particulate

Sampler

Electronic

balance

1 μg/m3 Guideline for the

measurement of

ambient air pollutant

Volume-1 by CPCB,

2011, Gravimetric

SO2 Gaseous flow

attachment with

RDS Sampler

Spectro

photometer

0.002 ppm Colorimetric

IS: 5182: (Part II)

2001

NOx Gaseous flow

attachment with

RDS Sampler

Spectro

photometer

0.002 ppm Colorimetric

IS: 5182: (Part VI)

2006

VOC Grab samples Gas

Chromatograph

0.01 ppm

As per equipment

manual

(b) WATER ENVIRONMENT MONITORING:

Process:

Reconnaissance

Design of network stations for collection of water sample (fig: 3.8 shows

all eight water sample stations)

Sample collection & preservation

Analysis of water quality by using following methodology

Methodology for water sample collection:

Water sampler was use for collection of surface water sample. Sampling

locations with source & date of sampling is given in table below:

Table 3.2: Surface Water Sampling Locations

Sample

Code

Location Date of

Sampling

Source Taluka District

SW1 Khambhat 27/04/15 Pond Khambhat Anand

SW2 Neja 27/04/15 Pond Khambhat Anand

SW3 Dhuvaran 29/04/15 Pond Khambhat Anand

Methodology for water sample Analysis:

To understand the water quality of the study area, analysis of sample

collected from all eight locations including the plant site was conducted as



per IS: 10500: 2012 of drinking water or APHA (American Public Health

Association). Details are given in below table:

Table 3.3: Ground Water Sampling Locations

Sample Code

Locations Date of Sampling

Source Taluka District

GW1 Nr. Project site 29/04/15 Tube well Water

Khambhat Anand

GW2 Neja village 27/04/15 Tube well

Water

Khambhat Anand

GW3 Navagam Bara

village

29/04/15 Tube well

Water

Khambhat Anand

GW4 Lunej village 28/04/15 Tube well Water

Khambhat Anand

GW5 Sokhada village 28/04/15 Tube well

Water

Khambhat Anand

GW6 Khambhat 27/04/15 Tube well

Water

Khambhat Anand

GW7 Paldi village 28/04/15 Tube well Water

Khambhat Anand

GW8 Nagra village 27/04/15 Tube well Water

Khambhat Anand

(c) LAND ENVIRONMENT MONITORING:

Reconnaissance

Design of network stations for collection of soil sample (fig: 3.10 shows

all six soil sample collection stations counting project site)

Sample collection

Physico-Chemical analysis of soil based on following methodology

Methodology for soil sample collection:

Undisturbed top soil samples were collected manually using hammer and

container tube. Sampling locations with date of sampling is given in table

below:

Table 3.4: Surface soil sampling locations

Sample

code

Locations Date of

sampling

Tehsil District

S1 Plant site 29/04/15 Khambhat Anand

S2 Neja village 27/04/15 Khambhat Anand

S3 Lunej village 28/04/15 Khambhat Anand

S4 Sokhda village 28/04/15 Khambhat Anand

S5 Paldi village 28/04/15 Khambhat Anand

S6 Nagra village 27/04/15 Khambhat Anand



Methodology for analysis:

To understand the soil quality of the study area, analysis of all six locations

including the plant site was conducted by making suspension of soil sample

and analysis were done by using following methodology.

Table 3.5: Soil Sample analysis methodology

Sampling

Parameters

Sample

collection

Analytical

Equipment

Methodology

Remarks

Porosity

Manual

sample

collection

using

hammer and

container tube

for

collecting

undisturbed

top soil

- IS: 2720 Part 7 Trial pit method

for topsoil

sample

collection;

disturbed

samples

Water holding

capacity

- -

Permeability - IS: 2720 Part 17

Moisture

content

Electronic

Balance

IS: 2720 Part 2

Texture - IS: 2720 Part 4

Particle size

Distribution

Glass wares

IS: 2720 Part 4

5% Leachate to

be made and

analyzed as per

APHA,

“Standard

Methods”

All method

numbers are as

per APHA

“Standard

Methods”

(22nd

edition)

Cation

Exchange

Capacity

Centrifuge

IS: 2720 Part 24

(1976)

SAR

F. Photometer

(Na, K)

Titration

(Ca & Mg)

Calculation

pH pH Meter 4500 H+B

Electrical

Conductivity

Conductivity

Meter

As per IS 14767

-2000

Calcium Glass wares 3500 Ca B

Magnesium Glass wares 3500 Mg B

Sodium (Na) Flame

Photometer

3500 Na B

Potassium

Flame

Photometer

3500 K B

(d) NOISE ENVIRONMENT MONITORING:

Reconnaissance

Design of network stations for noise monitoring (fig: 3.9 shows all eight

noise monitoring stations counting project site)

Methodology:

To understand the noise environment in the study area, a survey was

conducted using Sound Level Meter at each of the eight locations including

the plant site.

Monitoring methodology of noise is given in below table.



Table 3.6: Monitoring Methodology of Noise

Environment

Component

Sampling

Location

Sampling

Parameter

Sampling

Frequency

Sampling

Equipment

Detection

Limit

Ambient Noise levels

08 Locations

Decibels – dB (A)

Once during the study

Hourly reading

for 24 hours at

each location

Noise Level Meter

0.1 dB (A)

3.2 Establishment of baseline for valued environmental components

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) studies need a significant

amount of primary and secondary baseline environmental data.

The primary baseline environmental data are those which need to be

collected in the field to define the status of environment (like air quality

data, water quality data, noise quality etc.).

The secondary baseline environmental data are those data which

have been collected over the years and can be used to understand the

existing environmental scenario of the study area by any recognized

agencies. (Such as Used IMD data for micrometeorological data- rainfall,

humidity and Census data for Socio Economic etc.)

The environmental impact assessment (EIA) studies are conducted over a

short period of time and therefore the understanding the environmental

trends based on few months of primary data has its own limitations.

Ideally, the primary data has to be considered along with the secondary

data for complete understanding of the existing environmental status of

the area.

3.3 Air Environment

The impact on air environment would depend and has been identified on

the basis of identification of sources of air pollution from various process

operations; the nature of pollutants and their quantities likely to be

discharged to the atmosphere; and the baseline data on air quality.

The baseline data on air quality and micrometeorological conditions of the

area surrounding the project site have been generated through an

appropriately designed network for monitoring of Ambient Air Quality

(AAQ) within the zone of likely impacts.



3.3.1 Design of Network for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations

The following criteria were taken into account while designing the

ambient air quality-monitoring network:

Topography/Terrain of the study area

Populated areas within the region

Prediction of maximum concentrations and distances of their likely

occurrence under prevailing meteorological conditions

Representation of regional background

Representation of valid cross sectional distribution in downwind

direction

3.3.2 Reconnaissance

Reconnaissance was undertaken to establish the baseline status of air

environment in the study region. The prime objective of the NAAQ

survey, within 10 km radial study area around the plant was to establish

the existing ambient air quality levels. Eight Ambient Air Quality

Monitoring (AAQM) stations including project site were selected based on

the criteria used for designing the network. The locations (relative

directions and distances) of these stations with respect to project site are

given in Table 3.7 and details of these stations are shown in Figure 3.6.

The Particulate Matter (PM10), Particulate Matter (PM2.5), Sulphur Dioxide

(SO2) and Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx), CO, HC (methane & non-methane)

and VOCs were identified as significant parameters for ambient air quality

monitoring, particularly because these are likely to be emitted from the

industries and for which ambient air quality standards are prescribed. The

micrometeorological data on wind speed, wind direction, temperature and

relative humidity were collected through a weather monitoring station for

the study period. The baseline status of air quality was monitored within

the study area i.e. 10 km radial distance from project site as per the

latest regulatory guidelines.

3.3.3 Micrometeorology of the area

The micrometeorological conditions at the project site will regulate the

transport and diffusion of air pollutants released into the atmosphere. The

principle meteorological variables are horizontal convective transport



(average wind speed and direction), vertical convective transport

(atmospheric stability, mixing height) and topography of the area. The

data on surface meteorological parameters (hourly average wind speed

and direction) in the study area were collected during the March-2015

to May-2015 using portable weather monitoring station placed at

industry site. The sensors of this equipment were kept at about 10 m

above ground level with free exposure to the atmosphere all through the

study period. In addition, data on temperature as well relative humidity

were also recorded simultaneously using a data logger.

Wind Rose (Secondary data)

The 24 hourly wind rose was prepared using the data on wind direction

and speed collected during March-2015 to May-2015 in the study area.

The same, as depicted in Figure 3.7, shows the predominant wind

directions are NNE, NE, ENE, E, ESE and SE implying that wind comes

from these directions for most of the time during the period. The wind

speed class 1-5 kmph occurred for 0.0%, 6-10 kmph about 43.02%, 11-

15 kmph 28.67% and above 15 kmph and below 30 kmph occurred for

17.53% of the study duration and of the time. The calm condition (below

1 kmph) prevails 10.78% of time. The wind data generated at site were

also compared with the climatologically data obtained from the nearest

Indian Meteorological Department station at Vadodara. The local

prevailing wind pattern during the study period is in conformity with the

climatologically normal of the region.

Temperature (Primary data)

During the study period, the maximum temperature was recorded as

44.0°C and minimum was 20.0°C.

Relative Humidity (Primary data)

During study period, the maximum relative humidity was recorded as

75% and min. was 13%.

Rainfall (Primary data)

No rainfall during the study period at project site.



3.3.4 Ambient Air Quality Survey

The ambient air quality monitoring was carried out at eight AAQM

locations, with a frequency of twice a week to assess the existing

sub-regional air quality status during the period of March-2015 to May-

2015. The Respirable Dust Sampler and Fine Particulate Sampler along

with the analytical methods prescribed by CPCB were used for carrying

out air quality monitoring. At all these sampling locations; PM10, PM2.5,

SO2, NOx, CO, HC (methane & non-methane) and VOCs were monitored

on 24-hourly basis to enable the comparison with ambient air quality

standards prescribed by the Central Pollution Control Board.

The data on concentrations of various pollutants were processed for

different statistical parameters like arithmetic mean, standard deviation,

minimum and maximum concentration and various percentile values.

3.3.5 Baseline Status

The existing baseline levels with respect to PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO, HC

(methane & non-methane) and VOCs are presented in Tables 3.9 to

3.13 with interpretation of statistical analysis of observed ambient air

quality data for eight locations. Presented results, represent the cross

sectional distribution of baseline air quality status of the study region.

Particulate Matter (PM10)

An average and 98th percentile value of 24-hourly PM10 values at all the

locations varied between 53.1-64.7 g/m3 and 60.8-71.4 g/m3, which

are well within the stipulated standard of CPCB, 100 g/m3.

Particulate Matter (PM2.5)

An average and 98th percentile value of 24-hourly PM2.5 values at all the

locations varied between 28.5-34.2 g/m3 and 33.6-40.9 g/m3, which

are well within the stipulated standard of CPCB, 60 g/m3.

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

An average and 98th percentile value of 24-hourly SO2 value of arithmetic

mean at all the locations ranged between 10.6-13.5 g/m3 and 12.1-16.6

g/m3 respectively, which are well within the stipulated standards of 80

g/m3.



Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)

An average and 98th percentile value of 24 hourly NOx value of arithmetic


g/m3 respectively, which are much lower than the standards stipulated

by CPCB, i.e. 80 g/m3.

3.4 Hydro-geological status of the study area

Anand District is in the central part of Gujarat, which is also known as

Charotar Area. Study area Khambhat falls under salt flat and partly under

Deccan plateau and Alluvial plain. Average rainfall in the Anand districts is

638 mm which is main recharging source of ground water. Main

lithological unit present in the area is shale associated with minor sand /

siltstone/ sandstone horizon. On the basis of geological formations, area

categorized in to hydrogeological units viz. Quaternary Alluvium (clay &

sand) formations and Deccan traps. Tertiary formations are present in

large part of area forming a poor aquifer due to argillaceous nature of

sediments. Rivers Mahi & Sabarmati drain from two sides of the district.

The topography is plain. Chemical quality of water samples collected

reveals concentration of various parameters far beyond desirable limits of

IS 10500.

Soil/Rock Strata

The subsoil strata of the study area consist of a mixture of Sand, sandy

gravel with clay as binder in the top 5-7 m. Thereafter the strata of about

35 m is a thick layer of Grayish-blue clay having very hard to stiff

consistency tending to rock like formation.

GEOHYDROLOGY

The sand and gravel beds are the water bearing formations. The ground

water occurs under confined and semi confined conditions. Generally tube

wells are drilled in the depth range of 60 to 150 meters in Anand,

Umreth, Anklav, Borsad & Petlad talukas. In Sojitra and Khambhat

talukas the tube wells are drilled in the range of 60 to 180 meters for

potable water quality. In certain portion of these two talukas the ground

water is brackish up to 90 meters and potable water is met within the

aquifers between 90 to 180 meters. The ground water available in some



parts of Khambhat taluka is non-potable. CGWA has also categorized the

area of Khambhat Taluka under category of overexploited.

3.5 Water Environment

Water is one of the essential requirements of living elements. Also it is an

essential requirement for many of the industrial activities. The change in

quality of water may bring about an adverse impact on the entire

environment. Due to their physical, chemical and biological interrelations,

change in water quality parameter may trigger changes in other

variables. Physico-chemical parameters have been analyzed to ascertain

the baseline status of fresh water.

There are mainly two types of water available in the region: surface water

and ground water.

Surface Water: There are surface water bodies like lakes, village

pond/reservoir in the study area. Surface water samples were collected

from pond of Khambhat & pond of village Neja and Dhuvaran. Table:

3.16 show the analysis of the same.

Ground water: Ground water is the major/important source of water

supply in the study area. Water samples have been collected from nearby

project site and different seven villages (Neja, Navagam, Lunej, Sokhada,

Khambhat, Paldi & Nagra). Table: 3.15 show the analysis of the same.

3.5.1 Ground Water Quality (Primary data)

Collected water samples were analyzed for various desirable

characteristics of ground water. Sampling location is shown in Figure

3.8. The results are shown in Table 3.15.

Color: All the samples were colorless meeting desirable norms.

pH: All the samples meet the desirable standards (pH ranges from 7.2 to

7.8).

Total Dissolved Solids (TDS): TDS in samples ranges from 1253 mg/L

(Khambhat) to 2318 mg/L (Navagam Bara). All the samples meet the

permissible limit of 2000 mg/L (If alternate sources of potable water are

not available), except Navagam Bara.



Calcium: Calcium contents in the water ranges from 44 mg/L (Neja) to

102 mg/L (Navagam Bara), all the samples meet the permissible limit of

200 mg/L (If alternate sources of potable water are not available).

Magnesium: Magnesium content in the water ranges from 47 mg/L

(Paldi) to 95 mg/L (Lunej). All the samples meet even the permissible

limit of 100 mg/L (if alternate source of potable water in not available).

Sulphate: Sulphate content in the water ranges from 89 mg/L (Nr.

Project site) to 119 mg/L (Nagra). All the samples meet the desirable

limit of 200 mg/L for drinking water.

Fluoride: Fluoride content in the water ranges from 0.49 mg/L (Nagra)

to 0.65 mg/L (Nr. Project site). All the samples meet the desirable limit

(1.0 mg/L).

Total Alkalinity: Total alkalinity in the water samples ranges from 307

mg/L (Navagam Bara) to 345 mg/L (Lunej). All the samples are within

the permissible limit of drinking water (600 mg/L) (if alternate source of

portable water is not available).

Other Parameters: Potassium (ranges from 59 mg/L to 94 mg/L),

Sodium (ranges from 343 mg/L to 518 mg/L) and Chloride (ranges from

563 mg/L to 1096 mg/L).

Heavy metals like copper, lead, chromium and zinc are found below

detectable limit in all samples.

Conclusions: Ground water samples from villages meet the permissible

limit set by the authority (BIS) except for TDS & Chloride (Navagam

Bara). Indian Standard specification for drinking water is given in Table

3.17.

3.6 Noise Environment (Primary data)

3.6.1 Introduction

Noise can be defined as an unwanted sound. It interferes with speech and

hearing and is intense enough to damage hearing or is otherwise

annoying. The definition of noise as unwanted sound implies that it has

an adverse effect on human beings and their environment. Noise can also

disturb natural wildlife and ecological system.



Sound is mechanical energy from a vibrating surface, transmitted by

cyclic series of compression and rarefaction of molecules of the materials

through which it passes. Sound can be transmitted through gases, liquids

and solids. The number of compressions and refractions of the air

molecules in the unit of time is described as its frequency. Frequency is

expressed in hertz (Hz), which is the same as the number of cycles per

second.

3.6.2 Methodology

To understand the noise environment in the study area, a survey was

conducted using Sound Level Meter at each of the eight locations

including the plant site as shown in Figure 3.9.

3.6.3 Day-Time and Night-Time Noise Levels

Noise survey was carried out once at each of the eight locations in the

day and night time during the study period. Table 3.18 depicts average

Leq(day) and Leq(night) noise levels for all locations.

3.6.4 Ambient Air Quality Standards in Respect of Noise

Ministry of Environment and Forest has notified the ambient standards in

respect of noise in Gazette of India dated 14th February, 2000. Table

3.19 depicts these standards in respect of noise.

3.6.5 Ambient Noise Levels in the Study Area

The Leq values of noise levels during day-time varied from 51.2 dB(A) to

62.7 dB(A). Highest Leq daytime value was recorded at Khambhat Bus

stand due to transportation of vehicles. The Leq values of noise levels

during night time varied from 40.2 dB(A) to 58.3 dB(A). Highest Leq value

during night time was also recorded at Khambhat Bus stand.

3.6.6 Conclusions

The hourly Leq noise levels recorded at various locations in the study area

show considerable fluctuations because of changes in traffic movement,

commercial and domestic activities in the study area. In the study area

higher Noise value during day time was noted at Khambhat Bus stand,

due to the movement of vehicles and it is within the Ambient standards of

Commercial area for day time {65 dB (A)} and highest results in night



time was also recorded at Khambhat Bus stand, which is slightly higher

than the prescribed limit of commercial area for night time {55 dB (A)}.

3.7 Soil Environment (Primary data)

3.7.1 Introduction

Soils may be defined as a thin layer of earth’s crust that serves as a

natural medium for the growth of plants. It is the unconsolidated mineral

matter that has been subjected to and influenced by genetic and

environmental factors. Soils serve as a reservoir of nutrients for plants

and crops and provide mechanical anchorage and favorable tilth.

The study area has more or less flat topography. The soil analysis results

show that the soil is a fertile land.

The study area has soil with the following physical and chemical

characteristics.

3.7.2 Soil Characteristics

Samples of soil were collected from 6 locations (Project site, Neja, Lunej,

Sokhada, Paldi, Nagra) during the study period and these locations are

shown in Figure 3.10.

The values of important physical and chemical parameters of these soil

samples are depicted in Table 3.20. From the tabulated values, the

following conclusions can be made about the physical and chemical

characteristics of these soil samples.

3.7.3 Corollaries

Physical Parameters

Particle Size: A Particle size of the different constituents (clay, silt, sand

and gravel) controls the porosity and water holding characteristic of the

soil. Clay (size < 0.002 mm) amount in the soil samples ranges from

10% to 17%; Silt (size 0.002 to 0.075 mm) in the soil samples is 16% to

21% and Sand (size 0.075 to 0.475 mm) in the soil samples is 40% to

49%; while Gravel (size > 4.75 mm) in the soil samples is 19% to 24%.

Analysis shows that the soil has moderate water holding capacity.

Porosity: Porosity is a measure of space in between soil particles caused

by structural conditions and determined under identical conditions.

Porosity of soil samples of the study area ranges from 41.3 to 44.1%.



Water Holding Capacity (WHC): Water holding capacity (WHC) of soil

samples of the study area ranges between 42% to 48% and these being

sandy soils are not capable of retaining sufficient water during irrigation

for facilitating the plant growth.

Bulk Density: Bulk Density of soils in the study area is found to be in the

range from 1.38 to 1.45 g/cm3. Bulk density is of greater importance for

characterizing the physical behavior of soils. Generally, soils with low bulk

density have favorable physical conditions (porosity and permeability)

whereas those with high bulk density exhibit poor physical conditions.

Chemical Parameters

pH: pH of soils in the study area is found to be in the range of 7.5 to 7.9.

Chloride: Chloride content in soils of the study area is found to be in the

range of 136 to 245 mg/kg.

Soluble Calcium: The soluble calcium as CaCO3 in soil samples is found

to be in the range of 144 to 192 mg/kg.

Magnesium: Magnesium content in soil samples of the study area ranges

from 62 to 71 mg/kg.

Available Phosphorus: Available Phosphorus content in soil samples of

the study area ranges from 11 to 16 mg/kg.

Available Nitrogen: Available nitrogen content in soil samples of the

study area is found to be in the range from 36 to 58 mg/kg.

Potassium: Potassium content in soil samples of the study area is found

to be in the range from 42 to 72 mg/kg.

Sodium: Sodium content in soil samples of the study area is found to be

in the range from 154 to 185 mg/kg.

Total Organic Matter (TOM): Total organic matter content in soil

samples of the study area is found to be in the range of 1.39 to 1.47

mg/kg.

3.8 Ecology (Primary data)

A detailed flora fauna study was carried out in 10 km radius area of the

site. The structure and type of vegetation depends on climatic conditions

and physiography of an area. Climate of the study area is suited for the

variety of vegetation. The contents of this subsection are based primarily



on reconnaissance survey carried out by the team of San Envirotech Pvt.

Ltd. & through secondary sources.

3.8.1 Period of the study

The baseline study, for the assessment of the floral and faunal

biodiversity of the terrestrial environment of the study area, within 10 km

radius of the site was conducted during March-2015 to May-2015.

3.8.2 Study methodology

The study region was earmarked for 10 km radius area and its relevant

baseline data was collected from the Census data book. The survey

methodology was based on the flora and fauna species identification in

personal and recently recorded and found in the region by the localities.

Sampling of grass species was carried out by quadrat sampling method to

examine the species distribution and its frequency in the region.

Quadrat Sampling Method:

A quadrat (or plot-based) survey is a quantitative examination of species

distribution and abundance. Quadrats are more likely to detect

inconspicuous or threatened species because a smaller area is sampled in

a concentrated search. This survey technique also provides a basis for

subsequent monitoring. The survey was carried out for the vegetation

ground cover found in the road edges by 1 m2 quadrat and study on the

edge effect due to rapid industrialization and urbanization. The results

and findings of the same are discussed in the following sections.

3.8.3 Floral diversity in the study area

The vegetation of this area was represented by very tall trees, middle

layer trees and shrubs, ground layer of herbaceous and twiners and

climbers. This biodiversity is the natural biological capital of the earth,

and presents important opportunities for all nations. It provides goods

and services essential to support human livelihoods and aspirations and

enables societies to adapt to changing needs and circumstances. In

addition, biodiversity maintains the ecological balance necessary for

planetary and human survival.



Species of Herbs, Shrubs, and Trees:

The species of trees, herbs, shrubs and major crops observed in the study

area were identified and presented in the Table 3.22 of this report.

3.8.4 Cultivated plants in the study area

Almost all the villages in the study area were actively engaged in

agriculture practices. For irrigation in the non-monsoon season the

villagers were depending up on the village lakes/ponds. The agriculture

crops practiced in this area are Arando, Bajri etc. are generally cultivated.

The other minor crops practiced at few isolated pockets were Jambu,

Ambo, Bor, Dadam and Amla.

3.8.5 Faunal Diversity in the study area

For the documentation of the faunal biodiversity of the study area with

respect to birds, reptiles, amphibians sps.; a baseline survey had been

conducted for the study area of 10 km radius. A faunal biodiversity with

their scientific names and common names is presented in Table 3.23.

3.9 Socio Economic & Land use (Secondary data)

3.9.1 Land use pattern and infrastructure

The land use pattern indicates the manner in which different parts of land

in an area is being utilized or non-utilized. It is an important indicator of

environmental health; human activity and a degree of inter play between

these two. Even though the soil quality, water availability and climate

have strong influence on agriculture and vegetation, the human activity

may alter the natural environment to a large extent to suit human needs.

Unnatural land use often triggers rapid environmental deterioration and

disturbs ecological balance.

In census records, major land use classifications are; Forests, Culturable

land, culturable wasteland and area not available for cultivation.

Culturable land is further classified as: irrigated and unirrigated. Area not

available for cultivation includes lands put to non-agriculture uses as well

as barren and uncultivable lands.

The main land use in area is for dwellings, infrastructure and related

activities. However, the land use pattern for rural areas is discussed



below. The information is preliminary based on 2001 Census as depicting

in Table 3.25.

Total land area is 29914.22 ha, out of that Irrigated area is 7823.5 ha. It

constitutes 26.15% of the total land area. 5032.61 ha are un-irrigated by

source and it constitutes 16.82% of total land area. The study area

consist of Culturable wasteland is 2868.93 ha (8.25%). Area not available

for cultivation is 14121.18 ha & it constitute 47.21%.

3.9.2 Demographic and Socio-Economic Environment

The demographic and Socio-economic details of the study area are

discussed below. These are primarily based on census data of 2001. Data

on number of households, population as well as literacy and employment

pattern in the study area have been presented in Table-3.26. The

employment pattern in the area is indicator of number of persons

employed in various sectors. It also indicates the various categories of

employment flourishing in the area. The Study area in 10 km radius has

30 villages including project site.

The total no. of household in the villages are 11172 and the total

population is 58909 (51.85% men & 48.15% women). 57.85% of are

literate while literacy rate among women & men is 22.34% & 35.52%

respectively. 26.76% of male population is part of main worker, while

only 8.12% of female population is a part of main workers. 1.71% of

male workers are marginal workers, while 6.59% of female workers are

engaged in such type of activities. 23.39% of male population and

33.43% of female population are non-workers.

3.9.3 Living Standard and Infrastructure

In India it is not possible to setup a primary standard of living because of

wide variations in terms of income, economic conditions, social custom,

employment opportunity, pattern of spending, etc. However, availability

of amenities like education, medical, water supply, communication, road

network, electricity, etc. significantly reflects the level of development of

the area. Information on available amenities in the study area has been

extracted from census record of 2001. Total numbers of village in study



area are 30. On the basis of data presented in the Table-3.27, the status

of available amenities is discussed in following sub-sections:

Educational Facilities

As per 2001 census in all 30 villages, there are 41 primary schools, 9

Secondary schools, 6 Higher Secondary schools, 24 Adult Literacy Centres

& one village has other educational facility.

Medical Facilities

30 villages in the study area have 28 Community Health Workers, 9

Primary Health Sub-Centres, 1 Primary Health Centre, 2 child welfare

centre, one Maternity & Child welfare centre, one Registered Private

Practitioner, 4 Family Planning Centres, one maternity home, one Nursing

home, 2 Hospitals & 5 Dispensaries in study area of 5 km.

Drinking Water Supply

All the villages in the study area have two or more sources of drinking

water. All villages in study area have well water supply (almost all) with

tube water supply. Moreover 25 villages have facility of Tank Water

supply, 7 have Tube well facility, nalla passes from 1 village & Canal

passing from 11 villages of the study area.

Communication and Transport

The main mode of public transport available in the study area is by bus

service. All villages are near Khambhat, so almost all villages have

approach to railway station as western railway meter gauge line is

passing through nearby. Majority of villages in the study area is

connected with pucca road.

Post and Telegraph

As per 2001 census record out of 30 villages in study area, 19 villages

have post office facility at doorstep & almost all have phone facility.

Power Supply

As per 2001 census record out all the villages are getting power supply

for all purposes.



Table 3.7: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations

(Period of Monitoring: March-2015 to May-2015)

Sr.

No.

Sampling

Location

Direction w.r.t.

center of

Industry

Distance

km

Type of Area

1 Project Site (A1) -- -- Industrial

2 Neja (A2) ENE (Downwind) 3.1 Residential

3 Navagam Bara (A3) W (Up wind) 8.4 Residential

4 Lunej (A4) WNW (Up Wind) 1.7 Residential

5 Sokhada (A5) NNE (Downwind) 2.6 Residential

6 Khambhat (A6) SE (Downwind) 4.3 Residential

7 Paldi (A7) WNW (Up Wind) 2.7 Residential

8 Nagra (A8) ENE (Downwind) 5.4 Residential



Table 3.8: Ambient Air Quality Status

(Period: March-2015 to May-2015)

Sr. No.

Sampling Station

PM10

(g/m3) PM2.5

(g/m3) SO2

(g/m3) NOx

(g/m3) Average (Min-Max)

1 Project Site (A1) 64.7 (55.7-71.4)

34.2 (29.3-40.8)

10.9 (9.8-12.2)

14.0 (11.5-16.6)

2 Neja (A2) 57.9 (55.5-65.0)

31.0 (26.0-37.8)

10.6 (8.9-12.7)

12.8 (11.1-14.6)

3 Navagam Bara (A3)

61.5 (55.3-68.9)

28.5 (23.4-35.6)

12.6 (11.3-13.8)

13.9 (12.9-15.2)

4 Lunej (A4) 54.9 (50.7-64.4)

30.6 (26.4-36.2)

12.2 (10.5-14.8)

14.2 (12.2-19.0)

5 Sokhada (A5) 59.6 (51.3-68.0)

31.6 (28.2-36.6)

13.0 (10.3-17.3)

15.1 (13.4-17.1)

6 Khambhat (A6) 58.2 (49.1-67.1)

33.0 (25.2-41.4)

13.5 (12.2-15.0)

15.7 (13.7-18.9)

7 Paldi (A7) 56.5 (53.8-62.0)

31.1 (28.1-34.9)

12.8 (10.9-14.7)

14.5 (12.5-16.2)

8 Nagra (A8) 53.1 (47.2-61.1)

29.9 (25.9-33.8)

13.1 (11.3-16.7)

13.9 (12.8-15.5)

Figure 3.1 Graphical representation of Ambient Air quality



Table 3.9: Ambient Air Quality Status (PM10)

(Period: May-2015 to May-2015) Average - 24 Hours Unit - g/m3

Station Name Max Min 98th Percentile

75th Percentile

50th Percentile

25th percentile

Avg. SD

Project Site (A1) 71.4 55.7 71.4 68.0 64.7 61.7 64.7 4.5

Neja (A2) 65.0 55.5 65.0 62.3 55.5 54.9 57.9 4.5

Navagam Bara (A3) 68.9 55.3 68.2 65.9 61.3 57.6 61.5 4.4

Lunej (A4) 64.4 50.7 63.0 56.4 54.4 53.0 54.9 3.3

Sokhada (A5) 68.0 51.3 66.4 61.7 59.8 58.2 59.6 3.7

Khambhat (A6) 67.1 49.1 66.7 64.4 57.3 53.5 58.2 5.8

Paldi (A7) 62.0 53.8 61.4 57.4 56.0 55.0 56.5 2.1

Nagra (A8) 61.1 47.2 60.8 56.7 52.9 48.5 53.1 4.7

Figure 3.2 Graphical representation for PM10



Table 3.10: Ambient Air Quality Status (PM2.5)

(Period: March-2015 to May-2015) Average - 24 Hours Unit - g/m3


75th Percentile

50th Percentile

25th percentile

Avg. SD

Project Site (A1) 40.8 29.3 40.4 35.7 34.0 32.8 34.2 3.2

Neja (A2) 37.8 26.0 36.6 33.1 30.9 29.2 31.0 3.0

Navagam Bara (A3) 35.6 23.4 34.5 30.7 28.2 26.3 28.5 3.2

Lunej (A4) 36.2 26.4 35.9 31.2 30.5 29.7 30.6 2.6

Sokhada (A5) 36.6 28.2 35.9 33.4 31.2 30.0 31.6 2.3

Khambhat (A6) 41.4 25.2 40.9 35.0 32.8 30.1 33.0 4.0

Paldi (A7) 34.9 28.1 34.7 32.0 31.2 29.5 31.1 2.0

Nagra (A8) 33.8 25.9 33.6 31.9 30.2 28.4 29.9 2.5

Figure 3.3 Graphical representation for PM2.5



Table 3.11: Ambient Air Quality Status (SO2)

(Period: March-2015 to May-2015) Average-24 Hours Unit-g/m3


75th Percentile

50th Percentile

25th percentile

Avg. SD

Project Site (A1) 12.2 9.8 12.1 11.5 10.9 10.3 10.9 0.7

Neja (A2) 12.7 8.9 12.6 11.8 10.4 9.6 10.6 1.2

Navagam Bara (A3) 13.8 11.3 13.8 13.3 12.5 12.0 12.6 0.8

Lunej (A4) 14.8 10.5 14.3 12.6 12.1 11.7 12.2 1.0

Sokhada (A5) 17.3 10.3 16.1 13.7 12.9 12.1 13.0 1.5

Khambhat (A6) 15.0 12.2 14.9 14.4 13.4 12.9 13.5 0.9

Paldi (A7) 14.7 10.9 14.7 13.7 12.8 12.0 12.8 1.2

Nagra (A8) 16.7 11.3 16.6 13.5 12.7 11.9 13.1 1.6

Figure 3.4 Graphical representation for SO2



Table 3.12: Ambient Air Quality Status (NOx)

(Period: March-2015 to May-2015) Average-24 Hours Unit-g/m3


75th Percentile

50th Percentile

25th percentile

Avg. SD

Project Site (A1) 16.6 11.5 16.5 14.7 13.8 13.1 14.0 1.4

Neja (A2) 14.6 11.1 14.5 14.1 12.9 11.5 12.8 1.3

Navagam Bara (A3) 15.2 12.9 15.1 14.2 13.8 13.5 13.9 0.6

Lunej (A4) 19.0 12.2 18.3 15.0 13.9 13.2 14.2 1.7

Sokhada (A5) 17.1 13.4 16.9 15.9 14.9 14.2 15.1 1.1

Khambhat (A6) 18.9 13.7 18.3 16.1 15.7 15.1 15.7 1.2

Paldi (A7) 16.2 12.5 16.0 15.2 14.7 13.7 14.5 1.0

Nagra (A8) 15.5 12.8 15.3 14.5 13.9 13.2 13.9 0.8

Figure 3.5 Graphical representation for NOX



Table 3.13: Ambient Air Quality Status (CO, HC, VOCs)

(Period: March-2015 to May-2015)

Sr.

No.

Station Name Concentration (g/m3)

CO HC VOCs as BTX

MHC NMHC Benzene Toluene Xylene Total

1 Project Site (A1) 198 910 18 1.36 2.14 BDL 3.40

2 Neja (A2) 174 895 22 BDL BDL BDL BDL

3 Navagam Bara (A3) 179 1007 20 BDL BDL BDL BDL

4 Lunej (A4) 185 1019 23 BDL BDL BDL BDL

5 Sokhada (A5) 192 972 19 BDL BDL BDL BDL

6 Khambhat (A6) 210 918 34 BDL BDL BDL BDL

7 Paldi (A7) 207 942 29 BDL BDL BDL BDL

8 Nagra (A8) 203 979 24 BDL BDL BDL BDL



Table 3.14: National Ambient Air Quality Standards

(EP, 7th amendment rules-2009)

Pollutants Time-weighted

average

Concentration in ambient air

Industrial,

Residential,

Rural and

others area

Ecologically

Sensitive

area

(Notified by

Central

Government)

Method of

Measurement

Sulphur Dioxide

(SO2) µg/m3

Annual Average* 50 20 Improved west and

Gaeke

Ultraviolet

fluorescence

24 hours** 80 80

Oxides of

Nitrogen as

(NO2) µg/m3

Annual Average* 40 30 Modified Jacob

&Hochheiser

(Na-Arsenate)

Chemiluminescence

24 hours** 80 80

Particulate Matter

(Size less than 10

µm or PM10) µg/m3

Annual Average* 60 60 Gravimetric

TOEM

Beta attenuation 24 hours** 100 100

Particulate Matter

(Size less than 2.5

µm or PM2.5)

µg/m3

Annual Average* 40 40 Gravimetric

TOEM

Beta attenuation 24 hours** 60 60

Ozone (O3)

µg/m3

8 hours ** 100 100 UV photometric

Chemiluminescence

Chemical Method 1hours** 180 180

Lead (Pb)

µg/m3

Annual Average* 0.50 0.50 AAS/ICP method

after sampling on

EPM 2000 or

equivalent filter

paper

ED-XRF using

Teflon filter

24 hours** 1.0 1.0

Carbon Monoxide

(CO) mg/m3

8 hours** 02 02 Non Dispersive

Infra Red (NDIR)

spectroscopy 1 hour** 04 04

Ammonia(NH3)

µg/m3

Annual Average* 100 100 Chemiluminescence

Indophenol Blue

Method 24 hours** 400 400

Benzene (C6H6)

µg/m3

Annual* 05 05 Gas

chromatography

based continuous

analyzer

Adsorption and

desorption followed

by GC analysis

Benzo(a)Pyrine

(BaP)-particulate

phase only,

µg/m3

Annual* 01 01 Solvent extraction

followed by

HPLC/GC analysis

Arsenic (As),

µg/m3

Annual* 06 06 AAS/ICP method

after sampling on

EPM 2000 or

equivalent filter

paper



Nickel (Ni)

µg/m3

Annual* 20 20 AAS/ICP method

after sampling on

EPM 2000 or

equivalent filter

paper

*

Annual Arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year taken

twice a week 24 hourly at uniform interval.

**

24 hourly/8 hourly or 01 hourly values, as applicable, shall be complied

with 98% of the time in a year. 2% of the time the time, they may

exceed the limits but not two consecutive days of monitoring.



Table 3.15: Results of Groundwater Quality in the Study Area

Date of Monitoring: 27/04/15 to 29/04/15

Parameters Unit CONCENTRATION Method of Test

(Ref. to IS) Nr. Project site (GW1)

Neja (GW2)

Navagam Bara (GW3)

Lunej (GW4)

Sokhada (GW5)

Khambhat (GW6)

Paldi (GW7) Nagra (GW8)

pH pH Unit 7.6 7.3 7.2 7.8 7.4 7.5 7.3 7.7 3025(Part 11)

Color Hazen Unit

Color Less Color Less Color Less Color Less Color Less Color Less Color Less Color Less 3025(Part 4)

Odour -- Unobjectionable Unobjectionable Unobjectionable Unobjectionable Unobjectionable Unobjectionable Unobjectionable Unobjectionable 3025(Part 5)

Taste -- Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable 3025(Part 7&8)

Turbidity (NTU) 8.1 5.6 8.5 9.2 7.9 5.3 6.9 10.7 3025(Part 10)

Total Hardness

mg/L 472 486 571 596 444 374 323 369 3025(Part 21)

Chlorides mg/L 853 718 1096 735 692 563 801 750 3025(Part 32)

Sulphate mg/L 89 105 116 97 111 92 102 119 3025(Part 24)

Total Alkalinity

mg/L 317 343 307 345 332 328 311 340 3025 (Part 23)

Sodium mg/L 492 412 510 372 429 343 518 483 3025(Part 45)

Potassium mg/L 59 63 94 69 77 59 66 71 3025(Part 45)

Calcium mg/L 54 44 102 72 59 48 52 67 3025(Part 40)

Magnesium mg/L 80 89 83 95 72 63 47 54 3025(Part 46)

TDS mg/L 1883 1529 2318 1518 1578 1253 1736 1795 3025(Part 16)

Iron mg/L 0.36 0.17 0.39 0.32 0.26 0.20 0.23 0.29 3025(Part 53)

Conductivity μmoh/cm 2710 2213 3359 2246 2307 1783 2410 2553 3025(Part 14)

Manganese mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 3025(Part 59)

Copper mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 3025(Part 42)

Phenolic Comp.

mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 3025(Part 43)

Nitrate mg/L 18 20 16 24 19 17 22 26 3025(Part 34)

Fluoride mg/L 0.65 0.61 0.52 0.55 0.60 0.58 0.63 0.49 3025(Part 60)

Mercury mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 3025(Part 48)

Cadmium mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 3025(Part 41)

Lead mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 3025(Part 47)

Nickel mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 3025(Part 54)

Zinc mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 3025(Part 49)

Chromium mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 3025 (Part 52)

Aluminum mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 3025 (Part 55)



Table 3.16: Results of Surface water Quality in the Study Area

Date of Monitoring: 27/04/15 to 29/04/15

Parameters Unit Concentration Test Method

(Ref to IS) Khambhat

Pond

(SW1)

Neja

pond (SW2)

Dhuvaran

Pond (SW3)

pH pH Unit 7.3 7.8 7.1 3025 (Part 11)

Temperature 0C 31 32 31 --

Conductivity Micro

mhos/cm

830 1135 1753 3025 (Part 14)

Turbidity NTU 12.3 10.7 9.2 3025 (Part 10)

TDS mg/L 560 789 1235 3025 (Part 16)

Dissolved Oxygen mg/L 3.6 3.2 3.9 --

Total Hardness mg/L 217 259 309 3025 (Part 21)

Total Alkalinity mg/L 303 352 283 3025 (Part 23)

Sodium mg/L 159 209 370 3025(Part 45)

Potassium mg/L 42 37 53 3025(Part 45)

Calcium mg/L 39 51 56 3025 (Part 40)

Magnesium mg/L 29 32 41 3025 (Part 46)

Chlorides mg/L 187 247 563 3025 (Part 32)

Sulfates mg/L 72 56 78 3025 (Part 24)

Nitrates mg/L 14 10 18 3025 (Part 34)

Phenolic

Compounds

mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 3025 (Part 43)

Arsenic mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 3025 (Part 37)

Cadmium mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 3025 (Part 41)

Copper mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 3025 (Part 42)

Lead mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 3025 (Part 47)

Manganese mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 3025 (Part 59)

Iron mg/L 0.16 0.12 0.27 3025 (Part 53)

Total Chromium mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 3025 (Part 52)

Zinc mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 3025 (Part 49)

Nickle mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 3025 (Part 54)



Table 3.17: Indian Standard Specification for Drinking Water

Sr.

No.

Parameters Desirable Limit Permissible Limit

in the Absence of

Alternate Source

I Essential Characteristics

1. Colour, Hazen Units, Max. 5 25

2. Odour Unobjectionable -

3. Taste Agreeable -

4. Turbidity, NTU, Max. 5 10

5. pH value 6.5-8.5 No Relaxation

6. Total Hardness (as CaCO3) mg/l, Max. 300 600

7. Iron (as Fe) mg/ l, Max. 0.3 1.0

8. Chlorides (as Cl) mg/l, Max. 250 1000

9. Residual Free Chlorine, mg/l, Min. 0.2* -

II Desirable Characteristics

10. Dissolved Solids, mg/l, Max. 500 2000

11. Alkalinity (as CaCO3), mg/l, Max. 200 600

12. Sulphate (as SO4) mg/l, Max. 200 400

13. Nitrate (as NO3) 50 No Relaxation

14. Fluoride (as F) mg/l, Max. 1.0 1.5

15. Calcium (as Ca) mg/l, Max. 75 200

16. Magnesium (as Mg) mg/l, Max. 30 100

17. Copper (as Cu) mg/l, Max. 0.05 1.5

18. Manganese (as Mn) mg/l, Max. 0.1 0.3

19. Mercury (as Hg) mg/l, Max. 0.001 No Relaxation

20. Cadmium (as Cd) mg/l, Max. 0.01 No Relaxation

21. Selenium (as Se) mg/l, Max. 0.01 No Relaxation

22. Arsenic (As As) mg/l, Max. 0.05 No Relaxation

23. Lead (as Pb) mg/l, Max. 0.05 No Relaxation

24. Zinc (as Zn) mg/l, Max. 5 15

25. Aluminium (as Al) mg/l, Max. 0.03 0.2

26. Boron (as B) mg/l, Max. 1 5

27. Chromium (as Cr) mg/l, Max. 0.05 No Relaxation

28. Cyanide (as CN) mg/l, Max. 0.05 No Relaxation

29. Phenolic Compounds (as C6H5OH)

mg/l, Max.

0.001 0.002

30. Anionic Detergents (as MBAS) mg/l,

Max. mg/l, Max.

0.2 1.0

31. Mineral Oil mg/l, Max. 0.01 0.03

32. Pesticides Absent 0.001

33. Radioactive Materials

a. Alpha Emitters, Bq/I, Max.

b. Beta Emitters, Pci/I, Max

-

-

0.1

0.037

*Applicable only when water is chlorinated

Source: IS: 10500-2012



Table 3.18: Ambient Noise Levels in the Study Area

Sr.

No.

Noise

Monitoring

Locations

Date of

Monitoring

CPCB Limits in

dB (A)

Average Noise

levels in dB (A)

Leq

(Day)

dB A

Leq

(Night)

dB A

Leq

(Day)

dB A

Leq

(Night)

dB A

1. Nr. Project Site (N1)

29/04/15 75.0 70.0 53.2 42.1

2. Village Neja(N2) 27/04/15 55.0 45.0 53.4 44.3

3. Navagam Bara (N3)

29/04/15 55.0 45.0 51.2 42.7

4. Village Lunej (N4) 28/04/15 55.0 45.0 52.8 46.2

5. Village Sokhada (N5)

28/04/15 55.0 45.0 53.2 43.2

6. Bus stand, Khambhat (N6)

27/04/15 65.0 55.0 62.7 58.3

7. Village Paldi (N7) 28/04/15 65.0 55.0 52.1 40.2

8. Village Nagra (N8) 27/04/15 55.0 45.0 52.7 41.7

Table 3.19: Ambient Air Quality Standards with respect to noise

Category of Area Limits Leq, dB(A)

Day Time Night Time

Industrial 75 70

Commercial 65 55

Residential 55 45

Silence 50 40



Table 3.20: Soil Analysis of Study area

Date of Sampling: 27/04/15 to 29/04/15

S.

No.

Parameters Unit Project

Site (S1)

Neja

(S2)

Lunej

(S3)

Sokhada

(S4)

Paldi

(S5)

Nagra

(S6)

1. pH (5%) Solution - 7.6 7.8 7.9 7.5 7.6 7.8

2. Moisture % 3.2 4.7 2.8 4.3 3.4 2.7

3. Loss of Ignition % 6.5 6.1 6.4 5.7 6.8 7.1

4. Particle Size

Clay (<0.002 mm) % 10 14 16 15 17 16

Silt (0.002 to

0.075 mm)

% 21 16 18 20 16 19

Sand (0.075-0.475

mm)

% 49 45 43 41 40 41

Gravel (size >4.75

mm)

% 20 23 22 19 22 24

5. Water Holding

Capacity

% 45 42 48 42 47 43

6. Permeability cm/hr. 3.38 3.23 3.26 3.32 3.16 3.31

7. Bulk Density g/cm3 1.42 1.39 1.38 1.42 1.45 1.41

8. Porosity % 42.5 43.7 44.1 42.1 41.3 42.9

9. Sodium mg/kg 158 169 172 154 177 185

10. Potassium mg/kg 46 42 70 68 72 59

11. Calcium mg/kg 192 182 178 187 144 162

12. Magnesium mg/kg 62 71 67 70 65 62

13. Chlorides mg/kg 136 204 245 192 210 185

14. Sulphates mg/kg 270 179 184 172 159 162

15. Organic Matter mg/kg 1.44 1.42 1.43 1.39 1.47 1.40

16. Available Nitrogen mg/kg 36 42 39 54 58 52

17. Available

Phosphorus

mg/kg 11 15 12 16 12 15

18. Iron mg/kg 14.3 12.6 11.9 15.8 12.4 16.5

19. Sodium Absorption

Ratio

-- 2.53 2.68 2.78 2.43 3.06 3.12



Table 3.21

Traffic Survey

TRAFFIC SHEET

LOCATION Approach road, Near plant site

TIME 09.00 to 10.00 DATE 27/04/2015

TOTAL PCU calculation Total PCU/hr

BUSES* 3 PCU x 3 9

CARS/VANS 10 PCU x 1 10

MOTORCYCLES /

BICYCLES

85 PCU x0.5 42.5

Total 61.5

TIME 18.00 to 19.00 DATE 27/04/2015


BUSES* 5 PCU x 3 15


MOTORCYCLES /

BICYCLES

90 PCU x0.5 45

Total 75

Note: *Mini-bus, Chartered Bus, School Bus, have been collectively classified

as Buses.

Carrying capacity of existing road is 1500 PCU/hr.

Additional traffic from our project will be estimated 51 PCU/day (17 trucks x 3) and

25 PCU/day from car and motorcycle, which have insignificant impact on existing

traffic load.



LOCATION Open point approach road at SH 89 near village Sokhada

TIME 09.00 to 10.00 DATE 28/04/2015


BUSES* 45 PCU x 3 135


MOTORCYCLES /

BICYCLES

392 PCU x0.5 196

Total 458

TIME 18.00 to 19.00 DATE 28/04/2015


BUSES* 42 PCU x 3 126


MOTORCYCLES /

BICYCLES

401 PCU x0.5 201

Total 459

Note: *Mini-bus, Chartered Bus, School Bus, have been collectively classified

as Buses.

Carrying capacity of existing road is 2900 PCU/hr.

Additional traffic from our project will be estimated 51 PCU/day (17 trucks x 3) and

25 PCU/day from car and motorcycle, which have insignificant impact on existing

traffic load.



Table 3.22: Floral Diversity

Common Name Scientific name

Limdo Azadirachta indica

Gulmohar Delonix regia

Aduso Adathoda vasica

Kanthar Capparis sepiaria

Garmalo Cassia fistula

Vans Bambusa sp

Deshi Baval Acacia nilotica

Papaya Carica papaya

Amla Emblica officinalis

Peepal Ficus religiosa

Mehandi Lawsonia inermis

Mitholimdo Murraya koenigii

Bakan limdo Melia azadirach

Asopalav Polyalthia longifolia

Saragvo Moringa oleifera

Dadam Punica granatum

Gando Baval Prosopis juliflora

Ambo Mangifera indica

Jambu Syzygium cumini

Bor Zizyphus mauritiana

Khati Amli Tamarindus indica

Kaner Nerium indicum

Pili Kener Thevetia paruriana

Arando Ricinus communis

Peltophorum Peltophorum petrocarpum

Pilu Salvadora oleoidis

Khajuri Phoenix sylvestris

Tecoma Tecoma undulata

Goras Amli Pithocelobium dulce

Sag Tectona grandis

Kothu Feronia elephantum

Badam Terminalia catappa

Karamda Carisa carandas

Dandaliya thor Euphorbia tirucalli

Sitafal Annona squamosa

Puvadiya Cassia tora

Arduso Ailanthus excelsa

Gunda Cordia myxa

Nilgiri Eucalyptus teriticornis

Shami Prosopis cineraria



Kamboi Phyllanthus reticulata

Suaeda Suaeda sp.

Ratanjyo Jatropha curcas

Ketaki Agave americana

Karir Capparis deciduas

Kanthar Capparis sepiaria

Gorad Acacia Senegal

Arni Clerodendron phlomidis



Table 3.23: Faunal Diversity

Common name Scientific name

Birds

Blue rock pigeon Columba livia

Cattle Egret Bubulcus ibis

Asian koel Eudynamys scolopacea

Indian Cuckoo Cuculus micropterus

Grey Heron Ardeola cinerea

Little Heron Butorides striatus

Indian Pond Heron Ardeola grayii

Indian Cormorant Phalacrocorax fuscicollis

Little Cormorant Phalacanus niger

Black winged Stilt Himantopus himantopus

Red-vented Bulbul Pycnonotus cafer

Imperial Eagle Aquila heliaca

White Ibis Threskiornis aethiopica

Black Ibis Psudibis papillosa

Glossy Ibis Plegadis falcinellus

Western Reef Egret Egretta gularis

Little Egret Egretta garzetta

Intermediate Egret Mesophoyx intermedia

Lesser Flamingo Phoenicopterus minor

Greater Flamingo Phoenicopterus ruber

Purple Sunbird Nectarinia sperata

Painted Stork Mycteria leucocephala

Woolly-necked Stork Ciconia episcopus

Asian Openbilled Stork Anastomus oscitans

Comb Duck Sarkidiornis melanotos

Common Crane Grus grus

Magpie Robin Copsychus saularis

Little Tern Sterna albifrons

Red-wattled Lapwing Vanellus indicus

Spoonbill Platalea leucorodia

Black kite Milvus migrans

Black winged Stilt Himantopus himantopus

Reptiles

Indian Monitor Varanus bengalensis

Garden Lizard Calotes versicolor

Common Rat Snake Ptyas mucosus

Common Vine Snake Ahaetulla nasuta

Common tree Snake Dendrelaphis tristis

Indian Cobra Naja naja



Mammals

Bander Presbytis entellus

Chachunder Suncus murinus

Sasalu Lepus nigricollis

Chamarchidiyu Pteropus giganteus

Nolio, nyula Herpetes auropunctatus

Nilgai Baselaphus tragocamelus

Lamba Kanwado Sedo Hemiechinus auritus

Jarakh Hyaena hyaena

Aquatic Animals

Common name Habitat

Karchala Salty Water

Bhangra Salty Water

Lapta Salty Water

Bakara Salty Water

Jinga Salty Water



Table 3.24

Land use statistics base of satellite imaginary

Sr.

No.

Category Area

(in Hectares)

Area in %

1 Bays and Estuaries 1719.89 5.45

2 Cropland 16753.89 53.11

3 Dry Salt Flats 1555.34 4.93

4 Industrial 380.86 1.21

5 Lakes 122.24 0.39

6 Mixed Barren Land 179.65 0.57

7 Residential 1002.35 3.18

8 Streams and Canals 779.76 2.47

9 Tidal Flat 8847.78 28.04

10 Transportation 205.07 0.65

Total 31546.85 100.00



Table 3.25

Land Use Pattern

Name of

Village

Total Area

of the

Village

(ha)

Irrigated

by source

(ha)

Un-

irrigated

(ha)

Culturable

waste

(ha)

Area not

available for

cultivation

(ha)

Dhuvaran 1278.95 -- -- 934.66 344.29

Lunej 1283.42 140.00 301.00 11.42 831.00

Paldi 323.45 142.00 44.00 28.45 109.00

Malasoni 389.11 220.00 -- 33.00 136.11

Sokhada 331.25 110.00 80.00 5.25 136.00

Jhalapur 211.20 1.63 165.37 26.20 18.00

Neja 697.59 106.00 491.00 68.59 32.00

Sath 560.47 452.00 40.47 -- 68.00

Bhimtalav 459.74 225.00 227.00 7.74 --

Gudel 1532.82 792.97 349.00 83.91 306.94

Tamsa 1037.78 150.00 700.00 47.78 140.00

Hasanpura 250.08 122.49 100.13 27.40 0.06

Daheda 1520.41 341.41 275.00 550.00 354.00

Rangpur 330.37 96.00 150.00 67.00 17.37

Jinaj 1691.92 863.00 585.00 20.92 223.00

Malu 276.27 210.00 14.00 40.27 12.00

Bhat talavadi 188.04 156.00 9.00 -- 23.04

Motipura 389.78 345.00 1.00 43.78 --

Navagam Vanta 168.66 91.00 53.00 24.66 --

Sayama 561.25 494.00 -- 1.25 66.00

Timba 647.49 525.00 59.00 63.49 --

Kali talavadi 143.25 119.00 5.25 19.00 --

Popat vav 119.93 109.00 -- -- 10.93

Nagra 1436.08 780.00 500.08 156.00 --

Nana kadodra 297.34 274.00 -- -- 23.34

Vasna 457.61 440.00 1.31 -- 16.30

Akhol 8697.61 52.00 672.00 57.61 7448.00

Navagam Bara 4224.80 102.00 210.00 107.00 3805.80

Kodva 185.12 165.00 -- 20.12 --

Chhatardi 222.43 199.0 -- 23.43 --



Table 3.26: Summary of Socio-Economic Status (Demography)

Name of the

Village/

Town/

Ward

No. of

Occupied

Residential

House

Total Population

(Including institutional

and houseless

population)

Literates Total main

Workers

Marginal

Workers

Cultivators Agricultural

Laborer

Non-Worker

P M F M F M F M F M F M F M F

Dhuvaran 1904 9607 4954 4653 3860 2678 2221 611 209 281 394 105 423 357 2524 3761

Lunej 274 1367 698 669 420 179 306 34 86 346 186 111 171 241 306 289

Paldi 80 404 214 190 131 62 97 73 05 11 63 12 09 41 112 106

Malasoni 195 1058 556 502 287 116 300 237 11 29 191 38 22 15 245 236

Sokhada 115 694 362 332 250 165 194 139 06 18 84 05 14 57 162 175

Jhalapur 109 534 283 251 123 63 133 02 33 154 37 01 60 80 117 95

Neja 333 1758 910 848 586 279 510 252 08 121 167 45 176 234 392 475

Sath 223 1346 675 671 466 255 370 220 00 00 149 01 110 21 305 451

Bhimtalav 309 1701 832 869 528 279 426 194 32 240 260 143 129 200 374 435

Gudel 269 1392 717 675 489 286 393 60 06 49 294 08 44 13 318 566

Tamsa 142 829 428 401 241 147 213 07 00 00 116 01 53 02 215 394

Hasanpura 84 624 334 290 228 131 157 36 00 00 110 03 14 00 177 254

Daheda 434 2297 1184 1113 708 295 562 63 73 545 333 130 137 471 549 505

Rangpur 184 1072 546 526 378 243 221 65 98 68 136 02 125 27 227 393

Jinaj 667 3771 1875 1896 1317 888 916 229 37 96 422 16 298 83 922 1571

Malu 174 991 499 492 381 301 280 31 15 159 208 04 39 20 204 302

Bhat talavadi 69 379 207 172 125 50 111 76 03 26 59 21 28 60 93 70

Motipura 164 819 453 366 303 165 215 09 01 00 61 01 108 04 237 357

Navagam Vanta 169 884 467 417 328 166 210 34 35 165 84 03 144 191 222 218

Sayama 610 3075 1601 1474 1119 765 806 164 58 361 365 19 360 293 737 949

Timba 588 2997 1582 1415 1047 563 933 88 28 452 354 13 389 236 621 875

Kali talavadi 339 1760 939 821 687 479 502 253 28 40 280 03 131 46 409 528

Popat vav 266 1464 775 689 605 488 409 185 23 28 260 04 93 58 343 476

Nagra 1562 8251 4384 3867 2630 1640 2506 937 110 438 869 234 866 649 1768 2492

Nana kadodra 693 3488 1810 1678 1404 1063 1067 393 07 117 484 15 316 74 736 1168

Vasna 519 2846 1467 1379 1034 741 839 219 00 14 287 18 342 208 628 1146

Akhol 351 1792 924 868 654 390 455 35 08 51 314 12 89 61 461 782

Navagam Bara 134 638 324 314 228 95 148 47 18 07 99 04 42 06 158 260



Name of the

Village/

Town/

Ward

No. of

Occupied

Residential

House

Total Population

(Including institutional

and houseless

population)

Literates Total main

Workers

Marginal

Workers

Cultivators Agricultural

Laborer

Non-Worker

P M F M F M F M F M F M F M F

Kodva 86 463 243 220 147 82 121 08 11 06 63 01 25 08 111 206

Chhatradi 126 608 304 304 219 104 142 84 58 59 54 02 68 52 104 161



Table 3.27: Basic Amenities in the Study Area

Name of

Village

Educational

Facility

Medical

Facility

Drinking

Water

Facility

Communication

(Post

or Telegraph)

Transportation

Facility

(Bus etc.)

Approach

to

Village

Nearest town

and Distance

(Kms.)

Power

Supply

Dhuvaran P(10),

PUC(6),

H(7)

H, D(2) T, TW PO, Phone BS PR, KR Khambhat-21 EA

Lunej P CHW W,TK,C Phone BS PR, KR Khambhat-8 EA

Paldi P, Ac(3) CHW T,W,TK Phone BS PR, KR Khambhat-6 EA

Malasoni P, Ac(4) CHW W, TK, N Phone BS PR, KR Khambhat-8 EA

Sokhada P, Ac CHW T,W,TK,C PO, Phone BS PR, KR Khambhat-6 EA

Jhalapur P CHW W, TK Phone BS PR, KR Khambhat-6 EA

Neja P(2) CHW T,W,TK,TW,C PO, Phone BS PR, KR Khambhat-4 EA

Sath P CHW W,TK PO, Phone BS PR,KR Khambhat-13 EA

Bhimtalav P CHW T,W,TK,C PO, Phone BS PR,KR Khambhat-13 EA

Gudel P MH, PHS, D, FPC,

CHW

T,W PO, Phone BS PR,KR Khambhat-18 EA

Tamsa P CHW, PHS T,W,TK PO, Phone BS PR,KR Khambhat-18 EA

Hasanpura P CHW T,W,TK Phone BS PR,KR Khambhat-18 EA

Daheda P PHS, CHW T,W,TK,C PO, Phone BS PR,KR Khambhat-8 EA

Rangpur P CHW T,W PO, Phone BS PR,KR Khambhat-7 EA

Jinaj P, Ac(3) PHS, FPC, CHW T,W,TK,C PO, Phone BS PR Khambhat-11 EA

Malu P, Ac CHW T,W,TK,C PO, Phone BS PR,KR Khambhat-12 EA

Bhat talavadi P CHW W Phone BS PR,KR Khambhat-6 EA

Motipura P CHW, PHS T,W,TK Phone BS PR,KR Khambhat-5 EA

Navagam

Vanta

P CHW W,TK Phone BS PR,KR Khambhat-4 EA

Sayama P,H,Ac(10) H,PHC,D,FPC T,W PO, Phone BS,RS PR,KR Khambhat-8 EA



Name of

Village

Educational

Facility

Medical

Facility

Drinking

Water

Facility

Communication

(Post

or Telegraph)

Transportation

Facility

(Bus etc.)

Approach

to

Village

Nearest town

and Distance

(Kms.)

Power

Supply

Timba P CHW T,W,TK,TW,C PO, Phone BS PR,KR Khambhat-9 EA

Kali talavadi P CHW T,W,TK,TW PO, Phone BS,RS PR,KR Khambhat-3 EA

Popat vav P CHW T,W,TK,TW,C Phone BS PR,KR Khambhat-7 EA

Nagra P,H,O MCW,CWC,PHS,

D,FPC,NH,RP,CHW

T,W,TK PO, Phone BS PR,KR Khambhat-3 EA

Nana kadodra P CHW T,W,TK,TW PO, Phone BS PR Khambhat-2 EA

Vasna P(2), Ac(2) CWC,PHS,FPC,

CHW

T,W,TK PO, Phone BS PR, KR Khambhat-4 EA

Akhol P(2) CHW T,W,TK PO, Phone BS PR,KR Khambhat-15 EA

Navagam

Bara

P PHS, CHW T,W,TK,C PO, Phone BS PR,KR Khambhat-15 EA

Kodva P CHW, PHS T,W,TK Phone BS PR,KR Khambhat-5 EA

Chhatradi P CHW T,W,TK,TW,C Phone BS PR,KR Khambhat-4 EA



Abbreviations:

Educational

P - Primary School

H - Matriculation/High School

PUC - Higher Secondary/Pre P University/Junior College

Ac - Adult Literacy Class/ Centre

Medical Facility

CHW - Common Health Worker

PHS - Primary Health Sub-centre

PHC - Primary Health Centre

FPC - Family Planning Centre

CWC - Child Welfare Centre

MCW - Maternity & Child Welfare Centre

RP - Registered Private Practitioner

MH - Maternity Home

NH - Nursing Home

D - Dispensary

H - Hospital

Drinking Water

T - Tap Water

W - Well Water

TK - Tank water

TW - Tube well Water

N - Nallah

C - Canal

Post and Telegraph

PO - Post Office

P - Phone

Transportation

BS - Bus

RS - Railway

Approach to Village

PR - Pucca Road

KR - Kachcha Road

Power Supply

EA - Electricity for all Purposes



Figure 3.6

Location of AAQM

Indicating AAQM stations

Project Site

10 km Neja

Khambhat



Figure 3.7

Wind Rose Diagram



Figure: 3.8

Water sampling Locations

Indicating Ground Water sampling location

Indicating Surface Water Sampling location

Project Site

10 km Neja

Khambhat

Dhuvaran



Figure: 3.9

Locations of Noise monitoring station

Indicating Noise Monitoring location

Project Site

10 km Neja

Khambhat



Figure: 3.10

Locations of Soil sampling

Indicating Location of Soil sampling

Project Site

10 km Neja

Khambhat



Figure 3.11 Land use pattern with 10 km radius

(Satellite Image)

Project Location



Figure 3.12

Topo sheet of location with site location map of 10 km radius (1:25,000 scales)



Figure 3.13

Topo sheet of location with site location map of 10 km radius (1:50,000 scale)



Figure 3.14

Topo sheet of location with site location map of 10 km radius (1:1000000 scale)



Chapter-4

Anticipated Environmental Impacts &

Mitigation Measures

4.1 GENERAL

Environmental Impact can be defined as any change in environmental

conditions which may be adverse or beneficial; occurred due to action or

set of actions under consideration.

Environmental impact can be assessed by identifying the sources of the

impact and predicting the same. The identification of environmental

impacts has been made by co-relating the relationship between project

activity and environmental parameters. The project activities of the

proposed project are usually divided into two phases: Construction Phase

and Operation Phase. The activities like building construction,

transportation of construction material, etc. are usually considered in the

construction phase. While in the operation phase, the activities like

manufacturing process, transportation and storage of raw materials and

finished products, resource consumption, emergency, disaster and

greenbelt development has been considered.

The next step is prediction of impacts, which is an important component

in environmental impact assessment process. Several techniques and

methodologies are in vogue for predicting the impacts due to proposed

industrial development on physical, chemical, biological and socio-

economic components of environment. Such predictions delineate

contribution in existing baseline condition for the proposed project. The

additional impacts due to proposed activities are analyzed by keeping in

mind the baseline status. This helps to assess the assimilative capacity of

the environment and in turn the gravity of the impacts. The third

important component of the environmental assessment is the evaluation.

Based on the identification and prediction of the nature of impact the

environment, the impact can be evaluated qualitatively and

quantitatively.



As such it becomes important to estimate the peak incremental

concentrations of gaseous pollutants caused due to the emissions from

the proposed activities. Chapter 2 of this report discusses the details of

pollution sources from the plant.

There are various types of impacts arise arising due to the proposed

activities which will be evaluated considering the following parameters in

construction and operational phase,

Impact on Topography

Impact on Air Environment

Impact on Noise Environment

Impact on Water Environment

Impact on Land Environment (Hazardous/solid waste generation)

Impact on Ecology (Flora and Fauna)

Impact on Socio-Economic Environment

4.2 IMPACT ON TOPOGRAPHY

Project activities include excavation of soil in the plant area and

construction of shed and storage facilities. The area of the proposed plant

is flat terrain. During construction, excavated soil will be restored to its

original shape. Thus the impact during the construction is reversible, for

short term and insignificant.

During the operation phase of the project, no impact is envisaged on the

topography. Thus, topography will remain unchanged after proposed set

up of unit.

4.3 AIR ENVIRONMENT

Sources of Impact

There are chances of impact on the air environment due to installation of

machineries during construction phase and due to gaseous emission from

the flue and process gas stacks and fugitive emission during operational

phase.

4.3.1 Prediction of impact during Construction Phase

The source of air emission during the construction will include dust from

site cleaning, excavation of the plant area, construction activity etc.

These emissions are expected to result in change in baseline air quality,



primarily in the working area only. Dust and other emissions are not

likely to spread in wider area and not affect homes and other properties.

Dust will generate within working areas and measures will be taken to

protect workers. Some fugitive emission will generate from transportation

of raw material within the plant premises for construction and vehicular

movement. To mitigate the impact of fugitive emission due to Suspended

Particulate Matter (SPM), regular sprinkling of the water will be done

along with the construction activities.

4.3.2 Prediction of Impact during Operational Phase

Mathematical model used for predictions of impact includes steady state

Gaussian Plume Dispersion model designed for multiple point sources.

The impacts on air quality from project depend on various factors like

design capacity, configuration, process technology, raw material, fuel to

be used, air pollution control measures, operation and maintenance.

Apart from the above, other activities associated with any project, viz.,

transportation of fuel, raw materials and finished products, storage

facilities and material handling within the plant premises may also

contribute to air pollution.

4.3.3 Sources of Air Pollution

Main source of gaseous emission will be point source and fugitive

emission. Flue gas emission will be from one common stack of Boilers &

Thermic Fluid Heater. Bio fuel (Briquettes) will be used as fuel. Multi

cyclone with bag filter will be provided as Air Pollution Control Measure.

Other source of flue gas emission is standby D. G. Sets with power

generation capacity of 200 kVA. HSD with fuel consumption 75 Lt/hr. will

use as fuel.

There will be two process emission sources attached to reaction vessel

(MCA) & Reaction vessels (CAC & TCAC). Three stage water scrubber

followed to alkali scrubber will be installed as air Pollution control

systems.

Emitted flue gas pollutants will be SPM, SO2 and NOx and main pollutants

from process stacks will be HCl, Cl2 and SO2. Adequate stack height to

the flue gas stack and process gas stack will be provided for proper



dispersion of gaseous emission. Estimated emission levels of stack are

given in Table: 4.1.

Fugitive Emission

The fugitive pollutants such as RPM, Acid fumes & Cl2 are likely to

emit from process area. However it will be within acceptable level.

To minimize fugitive emission; the unit will adopt the practice of

carrying out entire manufacturing process into closed vessel as well

as provide adequate scrubbing system for efficient absorption of

process gas. Special care will be taken while material handling and

storage.

PPE will be provided to the workers.

To reduce the pollutant emitted during transportation, the unit will

adopt the practice of regular check-up and maintenance of

vehicular engines for complete combustion of the fuel.

Water sprinkler will be provided to reduce the dusting from road

transportation.

To mitigate the impact due to Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM),

following control measures will be implemented:

Paved road will be developed inside the plant premises.

Regular monitoring of housekeeping will be carried out.

Construction material will be stored separately and covered to

control dust emission due to wind.

Greenbelt will be developed all around the plant.

Regular maintenance of vehicles and machinery will be carried out.

PUC certified vehicles will be used.

4.3.4 Dispersion Modeling of Emissions from the plant

The objective of dispersion modeling is to predict the ground level

concentration during the operation of proposed activities and its impact

on ambient air quality of the area. The ground level concentrations of

pollutants have been computed using computer simulation model

Industrial Source Complex Short Term (ISCST-3) of United State

Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) and considering guidelines

stipulated by CPCB for air pollution dispersion modeling.



The key emitted pollutants will be Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM),

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Nitrogen Oxide (NOx), HCl & Cl2.

4.3.5 Micrometeorology

The hourly wind speed, solar insolation and total cloudiness during day

time and wind speed and total cloudiness during night time were used to

determine the hourly atmospheric stability classes (defined by Pasquill

and Gifford as A to F, A being most unstable and F being most stable).

The hourly stability classes were determined based on the technique

suggested by Turner.

Turner’s system used for determining the stability classes is as follows:

- For day or night: If total cloud cover (TC) = 10/10 and ceiling

<7000 ft (2134 m), NR=0

- For night-time (defined as period from one hour before sunset to

one hour after sunrise):

a) If TC<4/10, use NR = -2

b) If TC>4/10, use NR = -1

- For daytime: determine isolation class number (IN)

a) If TC<5/10, use NR=IN

b) If TC>5/10, modify IN by the sum of the following applicable

criteria

If ceiling<7000 ft (2134m), modification = -2

If ceiling>7000 ft but <16000 ft (4877 m), modification = -1

- If TC=10/10 and ceiling>7000 ft, modification = -1, and let

modified value of IN=NR, except for day-time NR cannot be <+1.

During the study period, stability calculated based on above-mentioned

Turner method gives average stability as A-B class during Day time and E

class during Night time. Average micro meteorological data of March-15

to May-15 is used.

4.3.6 Air Quality Modeling and Predictions using the Gaussian Model

The objective of dispersion modeling is to predict the ground level

concentration during the operation of proposed plant and its impact on

ambient air quality of the area.

The impact on air quality due to emissions from single source or group of

sources is evaluated by use of mathematical models. When air pollutants



are emitted into the atmosphere, they are immediately diffused into

surrounding atmosphere, transported and diluted due to winds. The air

quality models are designed to simulate these processes mathematically

and to relate emissions of primary pollutants to the resulting downwind

air quality. The inputs include emissions, meteorology and surrounding

topographic details to predict the impacts of conservative pollutants.

The impacts of air pollutants were predicted using Gaussian air dispersion

model, which is selected on the basis of existence of multiple point

sources within the industrial complex and the plain terrain at the project

site. The Gaussian air dispersion model has been developed to simulate

the effect of emissions from point sources on air quality. Gaussian model

is extensively used for predicting the Ground Level Concentrations (GLCs)

of conservative pollutants from point, area and volume sources. The

impacts of primary air pollutants are predicted using this air quality

model keeping in view the plain terrain at the project site. The

micrometeorological data monitored at project site during study period

have been used in this model.

The Gaussian model provides estimates of pollutant concentrations at

various receptor locations. It is, an hour-by-hour steady state Gaussian

model which takes into account the following:

Terrain adjustments

Stack-tip downwash

Gradual plume rise

Buoyancy-induced dispersion, and

Complex terrain treatment and consideration of partial reflection

Plume reflection off elevated terrain

Building down wash

Partial penetration of elevated inversions is accounted for Hourly

source emission rates, exit velocity and stack gas temperature

Gaussian air dispersion models were used to estimate the ambient air

quality levels at the different monitoring stations due to stack emissions.

Only two stability conditions based on the meteorology aspects were used

to calculate the theoretical maximum ground level concentration.

Comparing the actual data and data generated from mathematical



modeling, it highlights that the stability condition E & A-B were

predominant in the region. Using the estimated stack emission data and

wind speed directions, a mathematical model was prepared to establish

the ground level concentration in the region.

4.3.7 Details of Air Dispersion Model

Prediction of GLC values are made by using Industrial Source Complex

Short Term Model Version-3 (ISCST-3) software approved by U.S.

Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA). This model uses a steady

state, sector-averaged Gaussian plume equation for application in

complex terrain (i.e. terrain stack or release height) and is run using

stability classes developed by Pasquill and Gifford.

Following are the assumptions made while using the model:

- No dry and wet depletion of pollutants

- Receptors are on flat terrain with no flag pole

(a) Input data for air quality modeling

Stack emissions data have been used for prediction of short-term

incremental GLC values of PM, SO2, NOx, HCl & Cl2 using one season

meteorological data collected at site during March-15 to May-15. Input

data is given in Table 4.1.

(b) Source Characteristics/Release Characteristics

The details of stack emissions (with and without APCM) is given in Table

4.2 and cumulative Concentrations at various locations is given as Table

4.3.

(c) Meteorological Parameters

Hourly meteorological data collected near the site for the period of

March-15 to May-15 have been used for computing the meteorological

parameters.

(d) Dispersion Modeling Results

The 24 hourly average ground level concentration (GLC) values from

proposed project have been computed for PM, SO2, NOx, HCl & Cl2

considering topographical features around the proposed plant and

applicable stability classes. The maximum 24 hourly average GLC values

for PM, SO2, NOx, HCl & Cl2 from proposed plants are given in Table 4.4



to Table 4.8. Corresponding isopleths plotted are shown in Figure 4.1 to

Figure 4.5.

4.3.8 Predicted GLCs of Proposed Plant

It is predicted that highest 24–hourly incremental GLC value for SPM,

SO2, NOx, HCl & Cl2 are 0.266 g/m3, 0.105 g/m3, 0.074 g/m3, 0.050

g/m3 & 0.016 g/m3 respectively. The point of maximum concentration

by unit would be 1.00 km from center of industry in E direction.

With this marginal contribution due to the proposal of the project, the

levels of PM10, SO2, NOx, HCl & Cl2 will remain well below the 24 –hourly

ambient air quality standards for SO2 & NOx (80 g/m3), PM10 (100

g/m3), PM2.5 (60 g/m3), HCl, Cl2 (norms not prescribed by CPCB)

prescribed by CPCB. The 24-hourly average GLC Values for SPM, SO2

NOx, HCl & Cl2 are reported in Table 4.4 to Table 4.8. The operation of

proposed plant is not likely to cause any significant impact on the

ambient air quality of the study area.

4.4 WATER ENVIRONMENT

(A) Sources of Impacts

The main sources of impact on water environment will be due to

withdrawal of fresh water from the ground during construction and

operation phase. These are discussed below:

Prediction of Impact

Construction phase

During construction activities, required quantity of water will be met from

bore well. No disposal of construction waste outside the plant and no

leaching are anticipated. Thus the quality and quantity of ground water

will not have any adverse impact during construction phase.

Operational Phase

Total water demand during operational phase will be 99.0 KLD. Out of

which, 90.5 KLD will be fresh water requirement and 8.5 KLD recycle

water. Fresh water will be required during operation of the plant for

process, utilities & domestic purpose, Greenbelt. Raw water requirement

for proposed project will be met from own bore well. However, unit will

also recharge ground water through ground water recharging structures.



(B) Impact Assessment

As fresh water will be extracted from bore well, there will be slight impact

on the ground water table. However, it will be balanced by recharging

ground water during the monsoon season. For that, Industry has

proposed to develop recharging sump at low lying area which will be

connected to the storm water drainage system to recharging the ground

water during the rain. Thus, by recharging the ground water during the

rain, unit will contribute to balance groundwater. Thus, there will not be

any major impact on the water environment due to proposed activities.

Source of the industrial wastewater generation will be from boiler blow

down & cooling bleed off; which will be around 8.5 KL/day. There will be

no discharge of industrial effluent as entire quantity of generated effluent

will be completely reused in scrubber as scrubbing media after primary

treatment.

The other source of wastewater generation will be domestic wastewater

of 4.5 KL/day; which will be disposed off to soak pit through septic tank.

Thus, there will not be any major impact on the water environment due

to proposed activities.

4.5 NOISE LEVEL IMPACT

Any unwanted sound that creates disturbance in hearing is termed as

Noise. Hence, it is important to assess the present noise quality of the

area in order to predict the potential impact of future noise levels due to

the proposed project. During construction phase, the impact on noise

environment will be due to construction equipments and machineries

while during the operational phase the impact on noise environment will

be due to boiler, TFH, D.G. set, manufacturing activities, transportation

etc. activities.

4.5.1 Prediction of Impact during Construction Phase

The noise generates during construction phase may have significant

impact on the existing ambient noise levels. As this is a new project,

construction activities will be carried out as per the plant design.

Furthermore, noise will also be generated due to installation of new

machineries and equipments. However, these impacts will be very minor



and temporary in nature. The noise impact will be relatively more on

construction workers during their duty hours, which will be mitigated by

use of personal protective devices like ear muffs/plugs etc. All over the

impact will be very minor and temporary in nature.

4.5.2 Prediction of Impact during Operational Phase

The main sources of noise within the plants will be operation of boiler,

TFH, D.G. Set, material handling systems & other machineries, process

plant. Suitable noise control system will be provided to ensure that noise

does not exceed the limit. The noise level shall, however, exceed the

above limits for a short period during start-up of equipments. Other

sources of noise are the movement of vehicles along the road. However,

proper noise preventive measures have been taken to minimize the noise

pollution like ear plugs, dampers to the boilers, efficient silencers to the

vehicles, etc.

The results of monitoring carried out in the region have been presented in

Chapter-3. The results are below the standards prescribed for Industrial

environment. It can be concluded that, the impact on noise environment

will be long term but insignificant. The mitigation measures proposed for

minimising impacts on noise quality are provided in Chapter 10.

4.6 LAND/SOIL ENVIRONMENT

The main source of impact on land and soil environment will be due to

construction activities and hazardous waste disposal.

4.6.1 Prediction of Impact during Construction Phase

As this is a new project, there will be construction activities to be carried

out. There will also be installation of new machineries and equipments.

But all this would not make a huge damage to the present condition of

land. Further the area of the plant is flat. Leveling would not be required.

Thus, topography will also remain unchanged after execution of the

proposal. Thus, the impact on the land/soil during the construction will for

short terms and insignificant.



4.6.2 Prediction of Impact during Operation Phase (Solid/Hazardous

Waste)

Hazardous/solid waste generation will be the main source of impact on

the soil environment. Source of haz. waste generation will be ETP sludge,

Distillation residue, discarded containers/liners & used oil. ETP sludge &

will be disposed by land filling at approved TSDF site. Distillation Residue

will be incinerated at Common Incineration Facility (CHWIF) or send for

co-processing in cement kiln after approval from concern authorities.

Used oil will be sold to registered re-refiners, whereas discarded

containers/liners will be used for packing of ETP sludge and in case of

excess, it will be sold to approved recycler or traders.

Fly ash will be collected, stored and finally disposed by selling to brick

manufacturers.

Entire quantity of the hazardous waste will be stored in the isolated

hazardous waste storage area within premises having leachate collection

system and roof cover. During the operation phase, there are chances of

spillage of raw materials/chemicals. This may also contaminate soil and

land. Thus, after taking adequate steps for the hazardous waste storage,

there will be insignificant impact on the environment due to proposed

project activities.

4.7 ECOLOGICAL IMPACTS (FLORA AND FAUNA)

Impacts of the proposed activities on the ecological environment like

natural vegetation, crops, species diversity is summarized here. This is a

Greenfield project; hence cutting of trees/shrubs will be done to clean the

area. However, it will be balance by developing greenbelt within premises

and along the roads. Various trees, shrubs and herbs are found in and

around it, a list of which is given in baseline. None of the plants are in the

list of endangered plant species. Also, the trees are identified for their

sensitivity & pollution tolerance capacity.

This concept helps to plan the greenbelt of the area making it less

polluted and a pollution absorber. Following is the list of trees from the

identified species which are helpful as pollution absorber and at the same

time pollution sensitive.



The high stomatal Index of Azadirachta indica, makes them susceptible to

SO2. However, the SO2 emissions from the industry will be within limits.

Hence, no major adverse impact is expected on these plants with the

increased emissions. The high SPM levels may harm leaves by blocking

stomata and thus interfering with exchange of gases during

photosynthesis and respiration. The site is not subjected to high-speed

winds and the plants can be expected to be free from any major impacts

of SPM on plants. Thus, there will not be any significant impact on

ecological environment due to proposed project activities.

4.8 SOCIO-ECONOMIC IMPACT

Proposed project will be of medium scale, but no rehabilitation and

resettlement will be involved. The operation of plant will require educated

and trained manpower. The surrounding area has got good educational

facilities. The operation of the plant requires total workforce of 60

persons. Thus, it will boost up the commercial and economical status of

the locality to some extent. Thus, overall impacts on socio-economic

environment due to the existence of plant are long term and positive in

nature.



Mitigation Measures for different component

4.9 MITIGATION MEASURES DURING CONSTRUCTION:

In order to mitigate the adverse environment impact due to the

construction phase are given below:

Regular sprinkling of the water will be recommended along with the

construction activities.

Regular maintenance of machinery and transportation of vehicles

during construction to reduce noise pollution.

The domestic sewage generated during the construction activity will be

routed to septic tanks followed by soak pit.

To protect the workers working in noisy area, personal protective

equipments like earmuffs/earplugs, safety shoes will be provided.

Tree plantation will be proposed around periphery of plant premises

and along the road sides.

4.10 MITIGATION MEASURES DURING THE OPERATIONAL PHASE:

4.10.1 Measures for Air Environment

A) Stack Emission

Flue gas volume should be checked for amount of air needed for the

complete combustion of the fuel.

The unit will also provide adequate APCM & stack monitoring facilities

for the periodic monitoring of the stack to verify the compliance of the

stipulated norms.

Tree stage water scrubber to recover by products from air emission

and followed alkali scrubber to control the air emission as per the

prescribed standard.

In order to minimize the air pollution, unit will also develop greenbelt

in and around its premises.

B) Measures for fugitive emissions

The unit will take following measures:

Paved roads make to reduce the fugitive emission. Water sprinkler will

be provided to reduce the dusting from road transportation.

Entire raw materials are transfer pneumatically to reduce fugitive

emission.



Regular maintenance of valves, pipes etc.

To reduce the pollutant emission during transportation, unit has

adopted the practice of regular check-up and maintenance of vehicular

engines for complete combustion of the fuel by the transporters.

Regular periodic monitoring of work area to check the fugitive

emission.

4.10.2 Measures for water environment

ETP will be installed and treated effluent reuse in scrubber to achieve

zero discharge.

Unit proposed to recharge ground water during the whole year and

especially in monsoon to balance the water table by making a

recharge sump/ structures etc. in own premises.

Use of high-pressure hoses for cleaning the floor to reduce the amount

of wastewater generated.

4.10.3 Measures for hazardous/solid waste

Classification of waste

Collection, Storage, Transportation & disposal at TSDF site & sell to

appropriate recycler &/or reuse.

Data Management and Reporting

Separate storage area

4.10.4 Measures for Noise

To minimize the noise pollution, the unit proposes the following noise

control measures,

Noise suppression measures such as enclosures, buffers and/or

protective measures should be provided, if required (wherever noise

level is more than 90 dB (A)).

Employees should be provided with ear protection measures like

earplugs or earmuffs. Earplug should be provided to all workers where

exposure is 85 dB (A) or more.

Extensive oiling, lubrication and preventive maintenance will be carried

out for the machineries and equipments to reduce noise generation.

4.10.5 Health & Safety measures

Provision of periodic medical check-up for all the employees.



Protective equipments will be regularly checked and will be kept easily

accessible and easily workable during emergency.

Various types of fire extinguishers such as (Foam type, water CO2

type, CO2 type) will be provided inside the factory premises.



Table 4.1

Input data for air quality modeling

Sr.

No.

Stack attached

to

Stack

Temp.

(0C)

Velocity

(m/s)

Dia. of

stack

(m)

Stack

Height

in m

SPM

g/s

SO2

g/s

NOX

g/s

1 Common stack of

Boiler & TFH

165 10.0 0.45 30 0.05 0.004 0.01

2 D.G. Set

(200 kVA)

180 15.0 0.150 11 0.005 0.002 0.002

3 Reaction vessels

(MCA)

50 7.5 0.300 21 HCl - 0.002 g/s

Cl2 - 0.0005 g/s

4 Reaction vessels

(CAC & TCAC)

50 8.5 0.300 21 HCl - 0.002 g/s

SO2 - 0.002 g/s

Cl2 - 0.001 g/s



Table 4.2

Estimated air emission Quality (with & without APCM)

Sr.

No.

Stack attached to Without APCM With APCM

SPM g/s

SO2

g/s NOX

g/s SPM g/s

SO2

g/s NOX

g/s

1 Boiler + TFH 0.795 0.004 0.010 0.05 0.004 0.01

2 D.G. Set 0.005 0.002 0.002 0.005 0.002 0.002

3 Reaction vessels

(MCA)

HCl-*

Cl2 - 1.12

HCl - 0.002

Cl2 - 0.0005

4 Reaction vessels

(CAC & TCAC)

HCl-*

Cl2 - 1.2

SO2 - 39.6

HCl - 0.002

Cl2 - 0.001

SO2 - 0.002

* HCl is one of the major recovery of byproduct and estimation without

APCM is very difficult however, per day HCl generation from the

reaction is tune around 19.0 MT.



Table 4.3

Cumulative Concentrations at various locations

Station Direction Dist.

(Km)

Baseline

Concentration

(g/m3)

Predicted GLC

(g/m3)

Cumulative

Concentration

(g/m3)

PM SO2 NOx PM SO2 NOx PM SO2 NOx

Project Site -- -- 64.7 10.9 14.0 0.02 0.02 0.06 64.72 10.92 14.06

Neja ENE 3.1 57.9 10.6 12.8 0.02 0.035 0.08 57.92 10.635 12.88

Navagam Bara W 8.4 61.5 12.6 13.9 0.00 0.00 0.00 61.5 12.6 13.9

Lunej WNW 1.7 54.9 12.2 14.2 0.04 0.05 0.06 54.94 12.25 14.26

Sokhada NNE 2.6 59.6 13.0 15.1 0.10 0.02 0.02 59.7 13.02 15.12

Khambhat SE 4.3 58.2 13.5 15.7 0.08 0.005 0.015 58.28 13.505 15.715

Paldi WNW 2.7 56.5 12.8 14.5 0.06 0.025 0.05 56.56 12.825 14.55

Nagra ENE 5.4 53.1 13.1 13.9 0.02 0.05 0.05 53.12 13.15 13.95



Table 4.4

The 24-hourly average GLC Concentration Values for SPM

RANK CONC RECEPTOR (XR,YR) TYPE RANK CONC RECEPTOR (XR,YR) TYPE

1 0.266 (1000.00, .00) GC 26 0.171 (2000.00, -2000.00) GC

2 0.265 (1000.00, .00) GC 27 0.171 (2000.00, -2000.00) GC

3 0.256 (1000.00, 1000.00) GC 28 0.169 (3000.00, .00) GC

4 0.254 (1000.00, .00) GC 29 0.169 (1000.00, .00) GC

5 0.241 ( .00, 1000.00) GC 30 0.169 (3000.00, .00) GC

6 0.232 ( .00, -1000.00) GC 31 0.168 ( .00, -2000.00) GC

7 0.230 (1000.00, 1000.00) GC 32 0.167 ( .00, -3000.00) GC

8 0.224 (1000.00, .00) GC 33 0.166 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC

9 0.224 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC 34 0.162 (3000.00, .00) GC

10 0.221 (2000.00, .00) GC 35 0.160 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC

11 0.219 (1000.00, .00) GC 36 0.159 ( .00, -1000.00) GC

12 0.219 (2000.00, .00) GC 37 0.159 (-1000.00, -1000.00) GC

13 0.212 (2000.00, .00) GC 38 0.156 (2000.00, 2000.00) GC

14 0.211 (1000.00, .00) GC 39 0.155 (1000.00, .00) GC

15 0.210 (1000.00, 1000.00) GC 40 0.155 (3000.00, .00) GC

16 0.209 ( .00, -2000.00) GC 41 0.155 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC

17 0.208 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC 42 0.154 (1000.00, .00) GC

18 0.201 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC 43 0.153 ( .00, 1000.00) GC

19 0.198 (2000.00, .00) GC 44 0.148 (1000.00, .00) GC

20 0.198 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC 45 0.145 ( .00, 2000.00) GC

21 0.197 (2000.00, 2000.00) GC 46 0.145 (2000.00, 2000.00) GC

22 0.195 ( .00, -1000.00) GC 47 0.144 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC

23 0.181 (1000.00, 1000.00) GC 48 0.141 ( .00, 1000.00) GC

24 0.181 (1000.00, .00) GC 49 0.140 (3000.00, 3000.00) GC

25 0.175 ( .00, -2000.00) GC 50 0.139 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC

Note: Receptor Types: GC = Grid cart, Concentration in µg/m3



Table 4.5

The 24-hourly average GLC Concentration Values for SO2


1 0.105 (1000.00, .00) GC 26 0.059 (2000.00, .00) GC

2 0.101 (1000.00, .00) GC 27 0.056 ( .00, 1000.00) GC

3 0.099 (1000.00, .00) GC 28 0.056 (1000.00, .00) GC

4 0.093 ( .00, -1000.00) GC 29 0.056 (1000.00, .00) GC

5 0.093 (1000.00, 1000.00) GC 30 0.055 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC

6 0.090 ( 1000.00, .00) GC 31 0.054 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC

7 0.081 ( .00, -1000.00) GC 32 0.053 (1000.00, .00) GC

8 0.080 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC 33 0.053 (1000.00, .00) GC

9 0.080 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC 34 0.052 ( .00, -2000.00) GC

10 0.079 ( .00, -1000.00) GC 35 0.052 (2000.00, 2000.00) GC

11 0.078 (1000.00, 1000.00) GC 36 0.051 ( .00, 1000.00) GC

12 0.072 (1000.00, 1000.00) GC 37 0.050 ( .00, 1000.00) GC

13 0.068 ( .00, 1000.00) GC 38 0.050 ( .00, 1000.00) GC

14 0.067 (1000.00, .00) GC 39 0.050 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC

15 0.067 ( .00, 1000.00) GC 40 0.049 (1000.00, 1000.00) GC

16 0.066 (1000.00, 1000.00) GC 41 0.049 ( .00, -2000.00) GC

17 0.066 (2000.00, .00) GC 42 0.048 (-1000.00, -1000.00) GC

18 0.065 (1000.00, .00) GC 43 0.046 (2000.00, -2000.00) GC

19 0.064 ( .00, -2000.00) GC 44 0.046 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC

20 0.064 ( 2000.00, .00) GC 45 0.046 (1000.00, .00) GC

21 0.064 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC 46 0.045 (1000.00, .00) GC

22 0.063 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC 47 0.045 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC

23 0.063 (1000.00, .00) GC 48 0.045 (2000.00, -2000.00) GC

24 0.062 (2000.00, .00) GC 49 0.044 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC

25 0.061 (1000.00, .00) GC 50 0.044 (1000.00, 1000.00) GC




Table 4.6

The 24-hourly average GLC Concentration Values for NOx


1 0.074 (1000.00, .00) GC 26 0.046 (1000.00, .00) GC

2 0.073 (1000.00, .00) GC 27 0.045 ( .00, 1000.00) GC

3 0.073 (1000.00, .00) GC 28 0.044 (1000.00, .00) GC

4 0.070 (1000.00, 1000.00) GC 29 0.043 ( .00, -2000.00) GC

5 0.063 (1000.00, .00) GC 30 0.043 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC

6 0.063 ( .00, -1000.00) GC 31 0.042 ( .00, -2000.00) GC

7 0.060 ( .00, -1000.00) GC 32 0.042 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC

8 0.060 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC 33 0.042 (1000.00, .00) GC

9 0.060 (1000.00, 1000.00) GC 34 0.042 (2000.00, -2000.00) GC

10 0.060 ( .00, 1000.00) GC 35 0.041 (2000.00, -2000.00) GC

11 0.057 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC 36 0.041 (1000.00, .00) GC

12 0.056 (1000.00, .00) GC 37 0.041 (3000.00, .00) GC

13 0.055 (1000.00, 1000.00) GC 38 0.040 (3000.00, .00) GC

14 0.055 (2000.00, .00) GC 39 0.040 ( .00, -3000.00) GC

15 0.055 (1000.00, .00) GC 40 0.040 (-1000.00, -1000.00) GC

16 0.054 (2000.00, .00) GC 41 0.040 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC

17 0.053 ( .00, -2000.00) GC 42 0.039 (3000.00, .00) GC

18 0.053 (2000.00, .00) GC 43 0.039 ( .00, 1000.00) GC

19 0.051 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC 44 0.038 ( .00, 1000.00) GC

20 0.051 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC 45 0.038 (1000.00, .00) GC

21 0.050 (2000.00, .00) GC 46 0.038 (2000.00, 2000.00) GC

22 0.049 (1000.00, 1000.00) GC 47 0.037 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC

23 0.049 ( .00, -1000.00) GC 48 0.037 (3000.00, .00) GC

24 0.048 (2000.00, 2000.00) GC 49 0.036 ( .00, 2000.00) GC

25 0.047 (1000.00, .00) GC 50 0.036 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC




Table 4.7

The 24-hourly average GLC Concentration Values for HCl


1 0.050 (1000.00, .00) GC 26 0.028 (2000.00, .00) GC

2 0.048 (1000.00, .00) GC 27 0.027 ( .00, 1000.00) GC

3 0.047 (1000.00, .00) GC 28 0.026 (1000.00, .00) GC

4 0.046 ( .00, -1000.00) GC 29 0.026 (1000.00, .00) GC

5 0.045 (1000.00, 1000.00) GC 30 0.026 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC

6 0.043 (1000.00, .00) GC 31 0.025 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC

7 0.041 ( .00, -1000.00) GC 32 0.025 ( .00, 1000.00) GC

8 0.039 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC 33 0.025 ( .00, -2000.00) GC

9 0.038 (1000.00, 1000.00) GC 34 0.025 (1000.00, .00) GC

10 0.037 ( .00, -1000.00) GC 35 0.024 (1000.00, 1000.00) GC

11 0.037 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC 36 0.024 ( .00, 1000.00) GC

12 0.035 (1000.00, 1000.00) GC 37 0.024 (1000.00, .00) GC

13 0.033 ( .00, 1000.00) GC 38 0.024 (2000.00, 2000.00) GC

14 0.032 (1000.00, 1000.00) GC 39 0.023 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC

15 0.031 (1000.00, .00) GC 40 0.023 ( .00, 1000.00) GC

16 0.031 ( .00, 1000.00) GC 41 0.023 ( .00, -2000.00) GC

17 0.031 (2000.00, .00) GC 42 0.022 (-1000.00, -1000.00) GC

18 0.030 ( .00, -2000.00) GC 43 0.022 (1000.00, .00) GC

19 0.030 (2000.00, .00) GC 44 0.022 (1000.00, 1000.00) GC

20 0.030 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC 45 0.022 (1000.00, .00) GC

21 0.030 (1000.00, .00) GC 46 0.021 (1000.00, .00) GC

22 0.030 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC 47 0.021 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC

23 0.029 (1000.00, .00) GC 48 0.021 (1000.00, .00) GC

24 0.029 (2000.00, .00) GC 49 0.021 ( 2000.00, -2000.00) GC

25 0.029 (1000.00, .00) GC 50 0.021 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC




Table 4.8

The 24-hourly average GLC Concentration Values for Cl2


1 0.016 (1000.00, .00) GC 26 0.009 (2000.00, .00) GC

2 0.016 (1000.00, .00) GC 27 0.009 ( .00, 1000.00) GC

3 0.015 (1000.00, .00) GC 28 0.008 (1000.00, .00) GC

4 0.015 ( .00, -1000.00) GC 29 0.008 (1000.00, .00) GC

5 0.015 (1000.00, 1000.00) GC 30 0.008 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC

6 0.014 (1000.00, .00) GC 31 0.008 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC

7 0.013 ( .00, -1000.00) GC 32 0.008 ( .00, 1000.00) GC

8 0.013 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC 33 0.008 ( .00, -2000.00) GC

9 0.012 (1000.00, 1000.00) GC 34 0.008 (1000.00, .00) GC

10 0.012 ( .00, -1000.00) GC 35 0.008 (1000.00, 1000.00) GC

11 0.012 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC 36 0.008 ( .00, 1000.00) GC

12 0.011 (1000.00, 1000.00) GC 37 0.008 (1000.00, .00) GC

13 0.011 ( .00, 1000.00) GC 38 0.008 (2000.00, 2000.00) GC

14 0.010 (1000.00, 1000.00) GC 39 0.007 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC

15 0.010 (1000.00, .00) GC 40 0.007 ( .00, -2000.00) GC

16 0.010 ( .00, 1000.00) GC 41 0.007 ( .00, 1000.00) GC

17 0.010 (2000.00, .00) GC 42 0.007 (-1000.00, -1000.00) GC

18 0.010 ( .00, -2000.00) GC 43 0.007 (1000.00, .00) GC

19 0.010 (2000.00, .00) GC 44 0.007 (1000.00, 1000.00) GC

20 0.010 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC 45 0.007 (1000.00, .00) GC

21 0.010 (1000.00, .00) GC 46 0.007 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC

22 0.010 (1000.00, 1000.00) GC 47 0.007 (1000.00, .00) GC

23 0.010 (1000.00, .00) GC 48 0.007 (2000.00, -2000.00) GC

24 0.009 (2000.00, .00) GC 49 0.007 (1000.00, .00) GC

25 0.009 (1000.00, .00) GC 50 0.007 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC




Figure 4.1: Isopleths for Ground Level Concentrations for SPM



Figure 4.2: Isopleths for Ground Level Concentrations for SO2



Figure 4.3: Isopleths for Ground Level Concentrations for NOx



Figure 4.4: Isopleths for Ground Level Concentrations for HCl



Figure 4.5: Isopleths for Ground Level Concentrations for Cl2



Chapter-5

Analysis of Alternatives

5.1 PROLOGUE:

Alternative analysis is the process of analyzing the proposed locating for

suitability for basic necessities to operate the plant safely, this analysis

also covers the environmental aspect of pollution prevention and

improvement in quality of life nearby the project vicinity. The project

alternative is the course of action in pace of another, that would meet the

same purpose and need, but which would avoid or minimize negative

impacts and enhance project benefits.

Such projects may result in specific impacts which can be avoided or

mitigated by adherence to certain predetermined performance standards,

guidelines or design criteria. Alternative approaches may therefore be

more effective in integrating environmental and social concerns into the

project planning process.

5.2 PROJECT DETAILS:

M/s. Karan Intermediates Pvt. Ltd. is proposed to start a new unit for

manufacturing of different chlorinated organic compounds with total

capacity of 1550 MTPM at Survey No. 455 & 456, Village: Neja, Taluka:

Khambhat, Dist.: Anand.

Proposed activities are falls under 5(f) category-Synthetic organic

chemicals industry (dyes & dye intermediates; bulk drugs and

intermediates excluding drug formulations; synthetic rubbers; basic

organic chemicals, other synthetic organic chemicals and chemical

intermediates) and therefore prior EC is required.

5.3 SITE ALTERNATIVE:

The project site is in proximity of Anand District of Gujarat State. It is

very well familiar with the surrounding environment; therefore, it

becomes easy for the unit to set up the project on above said location.

The other supporting features are briefly summarized hereunder,

Availability of infrastructure facilities such as water supply, power,

roads, social infrastructure and manpower;



Availability of raw materials of proper quality and in adequate

quantity;



The nearest city Anand is 40.0 km away from the project site, which

is very well connected with other parts of the country by road & rail;



from proposed project site.

The location of project is best suited to start above manufacturing

activities. So no alternative for site is analyzed.

5.4 ALTERNATIVE FOR TECHNOLOGIES:

Particular Proposed Technology Alternatives

Water Wastewater treatment plant

consisting of primary

treatment units.

Domestic wastewater will be

disposed off through septic

tank.

Unit already has proposed

adequate technology for the

treatment of industrial

wastewater.

Air Cyclone & bag filter for control

of flue gas stack and water

scrubber and alkali scrubber

for control of process

emission.

Proposed APCM is adequate

to keep emission within limit.

Solid/

Hazardous

waste

Haz. Waste will be stored in

separate storage area and

finally disposed to approve

TSDF site, to CHWI facility,

reuse of waste & disposal by

selling to registered recycler.

As proposed disposal facilities

are safe disposal facilities and

also guided by authority. No

thoughts are required to

switching on other alternative.



Chapter-6

Environmental Monitoring Program 6.1 PRELUDE:

Environment monitoring is the sampling and analysis tool to know the

environment conditions at particular time. The record of environmental

monitoring is most important as the environmental changes are slow in

nature and impact appears after many years. Environmental Monitoring is

the technical heart of assessment of environmental and social impacts

arising due to implementation of the proposed project. An equally

essential element of this process is to develop measures to eliminate,

offset or reduce impacts to acceptable levels during implementation and

operation of projects. The integration of such measures into project

implementation and operation is supported by clearly defining the

environmental requirements within an Environmental Management Plan.

Karan Intermediates Pvt. Ltd. is proposed to start a new unit for

manufacturing of chlorinated organic compounds with capacity of 1550

MTPM at Survey No. 455 & 456, Village: Neja, Taluka: Khambhat, Dist.:

Anand. It has proposed adequate environmental monitoring programme.

6.2 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAM:

The continuous monitoring of Environmental parameters like air, water,

noise, soil and performance of pollution control facilities and safety

measures in the plant are vital for proper Environmental management of

any industrial project. Therefore, the company shall create environmental

monitoring facilities by the environmental and safety department to

monitor air and water pollutants as per the guideline of GPCB & CPCB.

Moreover, air and water shall be monitored by outside agencies

authorized by GPCB at regular frequencies. This department shall also

carry out periodical checkup of fire and safety equipments.

6.3 OBJECTIVE OF MONITORING PLAN:

The basic objective of implementing a monitoring plan on a regular basis

is as follows:

To know the pollution status within the plant and its vicinity.



Generate data for corrective action in respect of pollution.

Correlate the production operations with emission and control

mechanism.

Examine the performance of pollution control system.

Assess the Environmental impacts.

Remedial measures and environment management plant to reverse

the impacts.

6.4 SCHEDULES FOR ENVIRONMENT MONITORING:

The environmental monitoring will be scheduled on regular interval to

assess the conditions. The record of these monitoring will be compared

with the baseline study to know the changes in environmental conditions.

The post-project environmental monitoring suggested herewith should be

as per the following guideline. The highlights of the integrated

environmental monitoring plan are:

The stack monitoring facilities like ladder, platform and porthole at

all the stacks will be maintained in good condition.

Regular monitoring of all gaseous emissions from stacks/vents.

The performance of air pollution control equipment evaluated based

on these monitoring results.

Water consumption will be recorded daily.

As far as possible, noise curbed at its source, with the help of

acoustic hoods and other such noise reducing equipment. Regular

noise level monitoring will be carried out.

Greenbelt will be properly maintained and new plantation

programmes will be undertaken frequently.

Continuous environmental awareness programmes will be carried

out for the employees and also in the surrounding villages.

6.5 Ambient Air Quality monitoring

Scheme for monitoring ambient air quality, stack emissions and fugitive

emissions are proposed. The ambient air quality monitoring systems are

recommended for monitoring the ground level concentrations and fugitive

emissions around the plant. Unit should install three monitoring stations

around its battery limit (at 1200 as per guideline) for monitoring PM, SO2



and NOx. The combined data will provide overall characteristic and

emission from the industry. For this, the following equipment is

recommended to be procured or can higher the services from

Environmental consultant by the project proponent for implementing the

above mentioned monitoring schemes:

Respirable Dust Sampler

Blower - 1.0-1.5 m3/min capacity with adapter for uniform suction

through filter and a properly calibrated manometer assembly for the

determination of flow rate through filter paper.

Rota meter - For gaseous sampling, calibrated Rota meter (0-5 LPM) for

maintaining flow rate should be provided.

Main housing - The main housing should be rectangular with a stand of

about 1.25 m height.

Besides this, stack emissions monitoring as per GPCB guidelines shall be

carried out.

Water Environment:

Entire quantity of wastewater will be collected and treated in ETP

consisting of primary treatment units and reuse for scrubber. So there

will be no wastewater discharge outside the premises and unit will

achieve zero discharge.

Noise Environment:

Monitoring of noise levels is essential to assess the efficacy of

maintenance schedules undertaken to reduce noise levels and noise

protection measures. A good quality digital sound pressure level meter is

essential for this purpose.

Transportation:

All the necessary precaution will be taken while carrying out transport of

the materials as per the Hazardous rules of transportation, central Motor

Vehicle Act-1988 & 1989. The vehicle for transportation of raw materials,

by-products and products will be parked at specified loading facilities

where there will be a provision of fire extinguishers.



Table: 6.1 Environment Monitoring Plan

Nature of Analysis Frequency of analysis

with its analyzer

Parameters

Wastewater analysis Monthly by external agency pH, TDS, SS, Oil &

Grease, etc.

Stack Monitoring of

each stack

Monthly by external agency PM, SO2, NOX, HCl, Cl2

Ambient Air Quality

Monitoring

Monthly for 24 hours or as

per the statutory conditions

by external agency

PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX

Noise level Monthly as per the

statutory conditions by

external agency

Nr. Main gate, Nr.

Boiler, TFH, Nr. D. G.

Set, Process area etc.

Work zone fugitive

monitoring

Monthly by external agency RPM, Acid fumes, Cl2

Health check-up of

workers

As per the statutory

guideline

All workers



Table: 6.2 Budget for implementation of Environmental Monitoring Plan

Particulars No. of

location

Parameters Methodologies Total

Budget Method of

Monitoring

Method of

Analysis

Stack Monitoring

of each stack

All stacks PM, SO2, NOx Stack

monitoring

kit

PM: IS 11255:

part-1: 1985

SO2: IS 11255:

part-2: 1985

NOx: IS 11255:

part-7: 2005

HCl: Titrametric

Cl2: Colorimetric

3500/

stack

Ambient Air

Quality

Monitoring

3

locations

PM2.5, PM10,

SO2, NOx

RDS, Fine

particulate

sampler

PM2.5: IS 5182:

part-23: 2006

PM10: IS 5182:

part-23: 2006

SO2: IS 5182:

part-2: 2001

NOx: IS 5182:

part-6: 2006

5500/

station

Waste water

Analysis

1 sample pH, TDS, SS,

Oil & Grease,

etc.

-- APHA-AWWA

22nd edition

2500/

Sample

Work zone

fugitive

monitoring

2 to 3

locations

RPM, HCl & Cl2 Personal

sampler

Gravimetric,

Titrimetric,

Colorimetric

1500/

location

Noise Pollution 6 to 8

locations

Sound Level

Meter

Sound

Level Meter

Sound Level

Meter

1000/

location



Chapter-7

Additional Studies

Risk Assessment

A. HAZARDS ANALYSIS & RISK ASSESSMENT

7.1 INTRODUCTION

Industrial plants deal with materials, which are generally hazardous in

nature by virtue of their intrinsic chemical properties or their operating

temperatures or pressures or a combination of these. Fire, explosion,

toxic release or combinations of these are the hazards associated with

industrial plants using hazardous chemicals. More comprehensive,

systematic and sophisticated methods of Safety Engineering, such as,

Hazard Analysis and QuantitativeRisk Assessment have now been

developed to improve upon the integrity, reliability and safety of

industrial plants.

The primary emphasis in safety engineering is to reduce risk to human

life, property and environment. Some of the more important methods

used to achieve this are:

Quantitative Risk Analysis: Provides a relative measure of the

likelihood and severity of various possible hazardous events by

critically examining the plant process and design.

Work Safety Analysis: The technique discerns whether the plant

layout and operating procedures in practice have any inherent

infirmities.

Safety Audit: Takes a careful look at plant operating conditions,

work practices and work environments to detect unsafe conditions.

Together, these three broad tools attempt to minimize the chances of

accidents occurring. Yet, there always exists, no matter how remote,

probability of occurrence of a major accident. If the accident involves

highly hazardous chemicals in sufficiently large quantities, the

consequences may be serious to the plant, to surrounding areas and the

populations residing therein.



7.2 RISK ASSESSMENT

M/s. KARAN Intermediates Pvt. Ltd. (hence forth „KARAN‟) is a setting

up a plant at Survey No. 455 & 456, Village: Neja, Taluka: Khambhat,

District: Anand, Gujarat. The proposed unit is to manufacture various

types of Chlorinated organic products. A three „levels‟ risk assessment

approach has been adopted for the KARAN for their proposed chloro

organic chemicals unit. The risk assessment levels are generally consistent

with the practices encountered through various assignments for medium

and large chemical complexes. The brief outline of the three tier approach

is given below:

Level 1 – Risk Screening

This is top-down review of worst- case potential hazards/risks, aimed

primarily at identifying plant sites or areas within plant, which pose the

highest risk. Various screening factors considered include:

Inventory of hazardous materials;

Hazardous Materials properties;

Storage conditions (e.g. temperature and pressure);

Location sensitivity (distance to residential areas/populace).

The data/information is obtained from plant. The results provide a relative

indication of the extent of hazards and potential for risk exposure.

Level 2 – Major Risk Survey (Semi - Quantitative)

The survey approach combines the site inspection with established risk

assessment techniques applied both qualitative as well quantitative mode.

The primary objective is to identify and select major risks at a specific

location in the plant considering possible soft spots/weak links during

operation/maintenance. Aspects covered in the risk usually include:

Process Hazards;

Process Safety Management Systems;

Fire Protection and Emergency response equipments and

programs.

Security Vulnerability;

Impact of hazards consequences (equipment damage, business

interruption, injury, fatalities);



Qualitative risk identification of scenarios involving hazardous

materials;

Risk reduction measures.

Selection of critical scenarios and their potential of damage provide means

of prioritising mitigative measures and allocate the resources to the areas

with highest risks.

Level 3 – Quantitative Risk Assessment (Deterministic)

This is the stage of assessment of risks associated with all credible

hazards (scenarios) with potential to cause an undesirable outcome such

as human injury, fatality or destruction of property. The four basic

elements include:

i. Hazards identification utilising formal approach (Level 2, HAZOP

etc.);

ii. Frequency Analysis. Based on past safety data (incidents/

accidents); Identifying likely pathway of failures and quantifying the

toxic / inflammable material release;

iii. Hazards analysis to quantify the consequences of various hazards

scenarios (fire, explosion, BLEVE, toxic vapour release

etc.).Establish minimum value for damage (e.g. IDLH, over

pressure, radiation flux) to assess the impact on environment.

iv. Risk Quantification: Quantitative techniques are used considering

effect / impact due to weather data, population data, and frequency

of occurrences and likely hood of ignition/ toxic release. Data are

analysed considering likely damage (in terms of injury/fatality,

property damage) each scenarios is likely to cause.

QRA provides a means to determine the relative significance of a number

of undesired events, allowing analyst and the team to focus their risk

reduction efforts where they will be beneficial most.

M/s. KARAN Intermediates Pvt. Ltd. proposed project is hazardous in

nature. The QRA for this plant is based on Level 1 and Level 2.

Table in Chapter-2 gives the list of products (and their monthly production

capacity) to be manufactured in the proposed KARAN project. Table below



gives the bulk storages of liquid and gaseous raw materials and their

monthly consumption.

7.3 RISK SCREENING APPROACH

Proposed Plant: Risk screening of KARAN plant was undertaken through

process study and study of data/information provided by them. Data of

major / bulk storages of raw materials, intermediates and other chemicals

were collected. MSDS of hazardous chemicals were studied vis a vis their

inventories and mode of storage. KARAN plant will be using number of

hazardous chemicals and also producing organic chemicals – hazardous in

nature. The chemicals stored in bulk (liquid or gaseous) and defined under

MSHIC Rule will be considered for detailed analysis.

Many of the KARAN chemicals are hazardous in nature. However hazards

potential (for damage) of products and other materials to plant personnel,

environment and off-site area is different for different materials. KARAN

will be using a number of raw materials but only six are stored in bulk and

are listed under “List of hazardous and Toxic Chemicals” category under

MSIHC Rules, 1989. The raw materials coming under hazardous category

as specified by MSIHC Rules, 1989 (including subsequent amendments) is

given in Table 7.1 below:

Table 7.1: Hazards Analysis - Raw materials

S.

No.

Raw material S. No.& Threshold

Quantity (TQ in MT)

as per MSHIC Rules

Chemicals Hazards Potential Remarks

Sch

edul

e-1,

Part

-II

Sche

dule-

2,

Part-

I

Sched

ule-3,

Part-I

Hazards Toxic

1. Acetic Acid CAS No:64-19-7 UN 2790 CH3COOH

Clear colourless Liquid with strong vinegar odour; Infinitely soluble

2 - - BP-1180C; Flash Point: 390CFlammable limits in air % by

volume: LEL: 4.0; UEL: 19.9 Stable under ordinary conditions of use and storage. Heat and sunlight can

contribute to instability.

Incompatibilities with Other Materials: Oxidizing agents,

Oral rat LD50: 3310 mg/kg. Dermal rabbit LD50:

1.06g/Kg. Inhalation mouse LC50: 5620 ppm/1 hr.

May be fatal or cause blindness if swallowed. Vapor harmful.

Flammable liquid andvapor. Harmful if swallowed, inhaled, or absorbed through the

skin. Causes eye, skin, and

respiratory tractIrritation. May cause central nervous



reducing agents, acids, alkali

metals,

potassium, sodium, metals as powders

system depression.

2. Acetic Anhydride

CAS No: 108-24-7 (CH3CO)2 Liquid with strong odour and taste.

3 - - FP (OC)-510C; BP-139.90C LEL-

2.7%; UEL-10.3% Flammable liquid. Corrosive liquid. Keep away from heat. Keep away from sources of ignition. Stop leak

if without risk. Absorbwith DRY

earth, sand or other non-combustible material. Do not get water inside

container. Do not touch spilled material.Use water spray curtain to divert vapor drift.

Acute oral toxicity

(LD50): 1780 mg/kg [Rat]. Acute dermal toxicity (LD50): 4000 mg/kg [Rabbit].

Acute toxicity of the vapor

(LC50): 1000 4 hours [Rat].

Death if inhaled or absorbed;

severe eye irritation and burns; allergic dermatitis,skin burns; bronchitis, pulmonary

oedema; headache,

dizziness, nausea, vomiting

3. Chlorine CAS No:7782-50-5 UN No:1017

A greenish yellow gas with

a pungent suffocating odor. Toxic by inhalation.

119 5 TQ-1: 10MT TQ-2:

25 MT

108 TQ-1: 10MT TQ-2:

25 MT

Non Combustible;May ignite other combustible

materials (wood, paper, oil, etc.).

Mixture with fuels may cause explosion. Container may explode in heat of fire. Chlorine reacts explosively

with or supports the burning of numerous common materials. Ignites steel at 100°C in

the presence of soot, rust, carbon, or other catalysts. Ignites dry steel wool at 50°C. Hydrogen and chlorine mixtures

(5-95%) are exploded by almost any form of energy (heat, sunlight, sparks, etc.). Health Hazards:

Poisonous; may

be fatal if inhaled. Contact may cause burns to skin and eyes.

ERPG-1: 1.0 ppm ERPG-2: 3.0 ppm

ERPG-3: 20 ppm

IDLH: 10 ppm



Bronchitis or chronic lung

conditions

4. Thionyl Chloride CAS No: 7719-09-7 Cl2OS Clear Fuming

liquids with suffocating odour. BP -76°C

620 - - Very hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant), of eye contact (irritant), of

ingestion, of inhalation. Hazardous in case of skin contact Inhalation of the spray mistmay produce severe

irritation of respiratory tract,

characterized by coughing, choking, or shortness of breath. Severe

overexposurecan result in death.

Acute toxicity of the vapor (LC50): 500 1 hours [Rat].

Non-flammable.

THIONYL

CHLORIDE can

react with

water and/or

water vapor to

produce

hydrochloric

acid, sulfur

dioxide and

heat.

5. Sulphur Mono Chloride (SMC) CAS No:

100025-67-9 Cl2S2 A yellow-red oily fuming liquid with

pungent irritating odour.

BP -135,6 °C

588 - - Decomposes in water; Soluble in alcohol,benzene,

ether,carbon disulfide,carbon tetrachloride,oils. Ingestion: Gastritis, burns,

gastric hemorrhage,

dilation, edema, necrosis, and strictures may occur Inhalation:Changes in breathing pattern, irritation

and edema of the respiratory tract Skin: Burns, ulceration, scarring, blanching, and

irritation may occur.

Odour threshold: 7.0 mg/m3

Permissible exposure limit: 6 mg/m3

Warning: SMC can react with water and/or

water vapor to produce hydrochloric acid, sulfur dioxide,

hydrogen sulfide and heat

6. Hydrochloric acid (Gas) CAS No: 7647-01-0 UN No:

1789

313 - - Not Flammable; Inhalation of fumes results in coughing and

choking sensation, and irritation of nose and lungs. Liquid causes burns

ERPG-1: 3.0 ppm ERPG-2: 20 ppm

ERPG-3: 150 ppm IDLH: ---- ppm

Plant uses liquid and emits HCl gas

Note:

1. TQ-I: Threshold quantity (for application of rules 4,5,7 to 9 and 13

to 15)



TQ-II: Threshold quantity (for application of rules 10 to 12)

As detailed in the above table out of 6 hazardous raw materials (stored in

bulk) one is toxic gas and five are toxic liquids. One liquid is Toxic as well

inflammable.

Note:

1. Oral Toxicity (OT) in LD50 (mg/kg)

2. Dermal Toxicity (DT) in LD50 (mg/kg)

3. Inhalation Toxicity in LC50 (mg/l) [4 hrs.]

Acute Exposure Guideline Levels (AEGLs)

AEGL-3 is "the airborne concentration of a substance above which it is

predicted that the general population, including susceptible individuals,

could experience life-threatening adverse health effects or death."



could experience irreversible or other serious, long-lasting adverse health

effects or an impaired ability to escape."



could experience notable discomfort, irritation, or certain asymptomatic

non-sensory effects.

Emergency Response Planning Guidelines (ERPGs)

The 3 ERPG tiers are defined as follows:

ERPG-3 is "the maximum airborne concentration below which it is

believed that nearly all individuals could be exposed for up to 1 hour

without experiencing or developing life-threatening health effects."



without experiencing or developing irreversible or other serious health

effects or symptoms which could impair an individual's ability to take

protective action."





without experiencing other than mild transient health effects or perceiving

a clearly defined, objectionable odor."

Temporary Emergency Exposure Limits (TEELs)

TEELs are used in similar situations as the 60-minute AEGLs and

ERPGs. However, in situations where the concentration varies over

time, the TEEL developers recommend using a conservative 15-minute

time-weighted average concentration. A chemical may have up to 4

TEEL values, each of which corresponds to a specific tier of health

effects.

The 4 TEEL tiers are defined as follows:

TEEL-3 is "the maximum concentration in air below which it is believed

nearly all individuals could be exposed without experiencing or developing

life-threatening health effects."


nearly all individuals could be exposed without experiencing or developing

irreversible or other serious health effects or symptoms that could impair

their abilities to take protective action."


nearly all individuals could be exposed without experiencing other than

mild transient health effects or perceiving a clearly defined objectionable

odor."

TEEL-0 is "the threshold concentration below which most people will

experience no appreciable risk of health effects."

The National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) defines

an immediately dangerous to life or health condition as a situation "that

poses a threat of exposure to airborne contaminants when that exposure

is likely to cause death or immediate or delayed permanent adverse

health effects or prevent escape from such an environment."

The IDLH limit represents the concentration of a chemical in the air to

which healthy adult workers could be exposed (if their respirators fail)

without suffering permanent or escape-impairing health effects.



7.4 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS STORAGE

The solid raw materials will be received in bags or drums and will be

stored inchemicalsgodowns. The products (liquid or solid) will be packed in

drums and stored in product godowns as per market demand. The bulk

storages of liquid hazardous materials are given in the Table 7.2 below:

Table 7.2:Hazardous Chemicals Storage Facilities

Sr.

No.

Name of chemicals Type of

Storage

Physical

Form

Maximum

storage at a

time (MT)

RM 1 Acetic acid Tank Liquid 50

RM 2 Acetic anhydride Tank Liquid 2.0

RM 3 Chlorine Tonner Liquid 200 Nos.

(900 kg)

RM 4 Thionyl chloride Tank Liquid 15

RM 5 SMC

(Sulphur Mono

Chloride“588”)

Tank Liquid 15

RM 6 HCl Tank Liquid 250

The solid material powder or granules spillage can results in polluting

small area only. The damage to personnel can be through ingress- dermal

(if individual come in contact), oral (if individual food gets infected

through fugitive dust) or inhalation (fugitive dust). The main route is

fugitive dust which in covered area will move to short distance only.

The risk is through liquid/gaseous materials which are volatile material.

The toxic vapours due to spillage of such material can travel to some

distance (as they are stored in covered godowns) and cause damage.

7.5 QRA APPROACH

Identification of hazards and likely scenarios (based on Level-1 and Level-

2 activities) calls for detailed analysis of each scenario for potential of

damage, impact area (may vary with weather conditions/wind direction)

and safety system in place. Subsequently each incident is classified

according to relative risk classifications provided in Table below asTable

7.3.



Table 7.3 Risk Classification

Stage Description

High

(> 10-2/yr.)

A failure which could reasonably be expected to occur within

the expected life time of the plant.

Examples of high failure likelihood are process leaks or single

instrument or valve failures or a human error which could

result in releases of hazardous materials.

Moderate

(10-2 --10-4/yr)

A failure or sequence of failures which has a low probability of

occurrence within the expected lifetime of the plant.

Examples of moderate likelihood are dual instrument or valve

failures, combination of instrument failures and human errors,

or single failures of small process lines or fittings.

Low

(<10-4)

A failure or series of failures which have a very low probability

of occurrence within the expected lifetime of plant.

Examples of „low‟ likelihood are multiple instruments or valve

failures or multiple human errors, or single spontaneous

failures of tanks or process vessels.

Minor Incidents Impact limited to the local area of the event with potent for

„knock – on- events‟

Serious

Incident

One that could cause:

Any serious injury or fatality on/off site;

Property damage of $ 1 million offsite or $ 5 million onsite.

Extensive

Incident

One that is five or more times worse than a serious incident.

Assigning a relative risk to each scenario provides a means of prioritising

associated risk mitigation measures and planned actions.

7.6 THERMAL HAZARDS

In order to understand the damages produced by various scenarios, it is

appropriate to understand the physiological/physical effects of thermal

radiation intensities. The thermal radiation due to tank fire usually results

in burn on the human body. Furthermore, inanimate objects like

equipment, piping, cables, etc. may also be affected and also need to be

evaluated for damages.Table 7.4, Table 7.5andTable



7.6(below),respectively give tolerable intensities of various objects and

desirable escape time for thermal radiation.

Thermal hazards could be from fires or explosion. Fire releases energy

slowly while explosion release energy very rapidly (typically in micro

seconds). Explosion is rapid expansion of gases resulting in rapidly moving

shock wave. Explosion can be confined (within a vessel or building) or

unconfined (due to release of flammable gases).

BLEVE (boiling liquid expanding vapour explosion) occurs if a vessel

containing a liquid at a temperature above its atmospheric boiling point

ruptures. The subsequent BLEVE is the explosive vaporisation of large

fraction of its vapour contents; possibly followed by combustion or

explosion of the vaporised cloud if it is combustible.

Thermal hazards have been considered for various scenarios including:

Fire in inflammable chemicals storage tanks.

Table 7.4:Effects due to Incident Radiation Intensity

Incident Radiation

kW/m2 Damage Type

0.7 Equivalent to Solar Radiation

1.6 No discomfort on long duration

4.0 Sufficient to cause pain within 20 sec.

Blistering of skin (first degree burn are likely).

9.5 Pain threshold reached after 8 sec. Second

degree burn after 20 sec.

12.5 Minimum energy required for piloted ignition of

wood, melting of plastic tubing etc.

25

Minimum Energy required for piloted ignition

of wood, melting, plastic tubing etc.

37.5 Sufficient to cause damage to process

equipment.

62.0 Spontaneous ignition of wood.

Table 7.5: Thermal Radiation Impact to Human

Exposure

Duration

Radiation Energy

{1% lethality; kW/m2}

Radiation

Energy for 2nd degree burns;

kW/m2

Radiation

Energy for 1st degree burns;

kW/m2

10 sec 21.2 16 12.5

30 9.3 7.0 4.0



Table 7.6: Tolerable Intensities for Various Objects

Sl. No.

Objects Tolerable Intensities

(kw/m2)

1 Drenched Tank 38

2 Special Buildings (No window, fire proof

doors)

25

3 Normal Buildings 14

4 Vegetation 10-12

5 Escape Route 6 (up to 30 secs.)

6 Personnel in Emergencies 3 (up to 30 secs.)

7 Plastic Cables 2

8 Stationary Personnel 1.5

7.7 DAMAGE DUE TO EXPLOSION

The explosion of a dust or gas (either as a deflagration or detonation)

results in a reaction front moving outwards from the ignition source

preceded by a shock wave or pressure front. After the combustible

material is consumed the reaction front terminates but the pressure wave

continues its outward movement. Blast damage is based on the

determination of the peak overpressure resulting from the pressure wave

impacting on the object or structure. Damage estimates based on

overpressure are given in Table 7.7 below:

Table 7.7: Damage due to Overpressure

Sl.

No.

Overpressure

(psig/bar)

Damage

1. 0.04 Loud Noise / sonic boom glass failure

2. 0.15 Typical pressure for glass failure

3. 0.5 - 1 Large and small windows usually shattered

4. 0.7 Minor damage to house structure

5. 1 Partial demolition of houses, made

uninhabitable.

6. 2.3 Lower limit of serious structure damage

7. 5 - 7 Nearly complete destruction of houses

8. 9 Loaded train box wagons completely demolished.

9. 10 Probable total destruction of houses

10. 200 Limits of crater lip

In Karan case explosion probability is remote.



7.8 TOXIC RELEASE

Hazardous materials handled and stored in bulk in KARAN complex are

one gas i.e. chlorine and liquids (as detailed in Table 7.2) as defined in

MSHIC rules and indicated in Table 7.1. Some of these chemicals are

stored in bulk (in tank farm).

Damage criteria: For toxic release the damage criteria considered is IDLH

concentration (if data are available). In the absence of non-availability of

IDLH, „Inhalation Toxicity (IT) data for rats‟ are considered. „IT‟ data are

used for most of the pesticides products as IDLH are not available for

these chemicals.

7.8.1 Likely Failure Scenarios

Few likely failure scenarios have been selected after critical appraisal of

raw materialsand storage inventories. Acetic Anhydride storage is small

and Hydrochloric Acid is not hazardous (HCl gas is hazardous).Failure

scenarios selected are as given in Table 7.8 below:

Table 7.8: Different Failure Scenarios

S. No. Scenario Remark

Raw materials

RM-1 Acetic acid Spillage

RM-2 Chlorine Gas Heavy Gas Leakage

RM-3 Thionyl chloride Spillage

RM-4 Sulphur Mono Chloride (SMC) Spillage



B. QUANTITATIVE RISKASSESSMENT&CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS

7.9 PREAMBLE

In the previous Chapter 3 we have carried out the hazards analysis of the

KARAN existing complex considering various aspects including bulk

storages of hazardous chemicals, plant process system, plant

incidents/accidents records, critical appraisal and discussion at site for soft

spots in the plant etc. Based on the hazards analysis 4 critical scenarios

have been selected for QRA and consequence analysis. QRA quantifies

vulnerable zones for a conceived incident with various levels of severity.

Consequence calculations for risk assessment are invariably in terms of

percentage of fatalities but for emergency handling, fatalities are of no

interest saving lives is the main objectives then. The injury criteria have to

be agreed in terms of thermal load or toxic concentration versus exposure

duration in the first instance.

In consequence calculation, use is made of a number of calculation models

to estimate the physical effects of an accident (spill of hazardous material)

and to predict the damage (lethality, injury, material destruction, other

property damage). The risk assessment modelling can be roughly divided

into three groups:

Determination of source strength parameters;

Determination of consequential effects;

Determination of damage or damage distances (with specific

severity rates)

7.9.1 Weather Effect

The effect of ambient conditions on the impact of fire/heat radiation and

GLC of hazardous/toxic material can be beneficial as well as harmful. A

high wind (turbulence) can dilute the toxic material while stable

environment can extend the reach of IDLH or IT (inhalation LC50 rats for

products) concentration to long distance. Any inflammable gas/vapour

release in turbulent weather will soon dilute the hazardous gases below

LEL and thus save the disaster.



7.10 INCIDENTS IMPACTS

The identified failure scenarios (Table 7.8) have been analysed (Using

ALOHA) for the impact zones considering damage due to thermal and toxic

impacts. Similar impacts are considered for expansion units. Each incident

will have Impact on the surrounding environment which in extreme case

may cross plant boundary. The impact zones for various scenarios are

given in Table 7.9.

Table 7.9: HazardsScenario Impact ScenarioNo. Scenario Impact Zone

(m) Remarks

Scenario Raw Material RM-1 Acetic acid IDLH --85 Stability Class D

Figure 7.1 RM-2 Chlorine Gas IDLH -- 724

IDLH --924 Stability Class D Figure 7.2 Stability Class F Figure 7.3

RM-3 Thionyl chloride AEGL 3-- 233 Stability Class D Figure 7.4

RM-4 Sulphur Mono Chloride (SMC)

IDLH -- 850 Stability Class D Figure 7.5

Figure 7.1 Toxic Impact Zone Acetic Acid



Figure 7.2 Toxic Impact Zone Chlorine (Stability Class D)

Figure 7.3 Toxic Impact Zone Chlorine (Stability Class F)



Figure 7.4 Toxic Impact Zone Thionyl Chloride

Figure 7.5 Toxic Impact Zone Sulphur Mono Chloride



7.11 CONSEQUENTIAL IMPACTS

The consequential impacts from each incident scenarios can be though

thermal, over pressure wave and toxic route. The damage can be on plant

personnel (and neighbouring residents in case incident crosses boundary),

property and also loss in production. The impact zones for some of the

hazards are shown in above figures.

7.11.1 Thermal and Explosion Hazards

Incidents involving thermal hazards are mainly due to raw material fire

(in tank farms)are none as the raw materials are not highly inflammable

or explosive.

7.11.2 Toxic Hazards

Toxic hazards are mainly due to chlorine gas tonner leakage and liquid

Chemicals heavy spillage. Toxic impacts due to Chlorine tonner leakage

and heavy SMC spillage can cross plant boundary and affect neighboring

industries. The impact due to SMC can go to 850 m i.e. it may cross plant

boundary and may reach other places in the plant depending upon wind

direction.

7.11.3 Other Hazards

The other hazards in the plant include (but not limited to):

Other toxic hazards due to acids/other toxic spillages (mainly

limited to spillage area only.).

Mechanical hazards due to machines/equipment.

Hazards due to individual soft spots like walking casually and

noticing a pit and falling or colliding/stumbling or slipping (not

noticing a wet place etc.).

7.11.4 Other Toxic Hazards

Acid spillage-its impact will be limited to spillage area. The spillage if

comes in contact with metal parts will produce hydrogen which is highly

flammable gas. Any person moving in area and getting splash will get the

injury. In addition the spillage will cause pollution problem. The spillage is

to be collected and neutralized for toxic contents before disposal.



7.12 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH

KARAN will have a well-equipped first aid post. It will also have staff

personnel trained in first aid. Injured personnel will be immediately rushed

to hospital after giving first aid. All employees will have regular medical

checkup as per norms.

An emergency vehicle/ambulance will always (round the clock) available

for meeting any eventuality.

7.12.1 Treatment of workers affected by accidental spillage of

chemicals

Employees must notify their immediate supervisor of injury by spillage of

chemicals or exposure to hazardous materials. All injuries that may be

work related must be reported. Supervisor is responsible for reporting any

injuries or occupational illnesses to the management.

Following steps will be immediate taken by the Supervisor

Identify spillage/leakages of hazardous chemicals

Chemical Exposure to Skin:

Immediately flush with cool water for at least 15 minutes.If there are no

visible burns, remove the cloth from burning part of body. Seek medical

attention if aexposure/spillages occursmajor possible problems.

Chemical Exposure to Skin - Serious:

Remove all contaminated clothing.Locate the nearest emergency shower

and soak for at least 15 minutes.Have someone contact the Hospital for

immediate medical attention.

Chemicals in Eyes:

Irrigate eyes for at least 15 minutes with tempered water from emergency

eyewash station.Remove contact lenses if there is. Notify the management

and immediate medical attention.

Acid Fumes:

Anyone overcome by fumes should be removed by fresh air. Never attempt

to enter a location where potentially dangerous fumes might place you at

risk. If someone is down, contact emergency personnel and let them enter.

Self bridging apparatus is requiring to whom enter in the acidic fumes area.

Seek medical attention for exposure as soon as possible.



Chemical Spills:

There is an HCl present in the chemical plant. The safe clean up of aacid

spill requires some knowledge of the properties and hazards posed by the

HCl and any added dangers posed by the location of the spill. If you believe

a spill is beyond your capacity to clean up, do not attempt to do so on your

own, immediately contact to nearest fire/emergency station. Spill kits with

instructions, absorbents, neutralizing agents if applicable, protective

equipment, and sealable waste buckets should be present in plant area.

7.13 SAFE CHLORINE STORAGE, HANDLING & TRANSPORTATION

SYSTEM

7.13.1 Characteristics of Chlorine

Chlorine gas is 2.48 times heavier than air and is greenish yellow in colour

with disagreeable, sharp, pungent and penetrating odor. It is non-

flammable but strong oxidizer and highly corrosive, very toxic to aquatic

organisms and birds. It can exist as a gas or as a liquid.

The liquid chlorine is amber colored and about 1.44 times heavier than

water. It vaporizes at standard temperature and pressure with1 liters liquid

yielding about 450 liters of gas.

• Conversion – 1 ppm = 2.89 mg/m3

• Solubility in water – 0.7%

• Vapor density – 2.48 g/liter

• Vapor pressure – 5.8 bar at 200C

• Sp. Gravity – 1.47 g/ml at 00C

• Critical Temp. – 1440C

• Critical pressure – 76.1 atm (7711 kPa)

7.13.2 Exposure Routes

The chlorine enters the body through Skin, Eyes and Inhalation.

7.13.3 Exposure Limits

OSHA PEL (TLV) - 1 ppm (2.89 mg/m3)

IDLH - 10 ppm

TWA limit - 1 ppm (For skin)

(8 hours exposure)

NIOSH-REL 0.5 PPM (1.45 mg/m3)



(15 minutes exposure)

7.13.4 Location of storage of Chlorine Cylinder at Karan Intermediates

The Loading/Off-loading location:

Chlorine tonner will be handled by electrical hoist for the smooth and

safe handling of chlorine.

It will be above ground level

Adequately separated from traffic

As close as possible to the chlorine user or storage (minimizes length of

pipelines)

Accessible from at least two directions

Separated from other facilities and especially from potential sources of

heat

Preferably covered by a roof to protect the workers and the equipment

from snow, rain and sun

Complete with concrete flooring

Equipped with levelled rails to allow for the slow rolling of chlorine

tonner cylinders.

7.13.5 Pipe work, Valves, Accessories

The piping, valves, accessories and equipment should be located where it

cannot be subjected to a fire. The system should be protected from

mechanical damage resulting from the impact of vehicles, falling objects,

etc.

The piping systems (liquid chlorine, gaseous chlorine, vent system), should

be clearly marked with color code in order to provide for immediate

identification by the operating personnel.

The “open-close” position of the major valves should also be identified.

This feature is particularly important for pneumatic valves where the valve

position may not be easy to recognize.

7.13.6 Requirement of Safety Systems

All such installations must have written safe work procedures, but not

limited to, for the following:

Cylinder change

Leak detection & control



Use of repair kit and container repair

Checking protocol

Respiration protocol

Self-breathing apparatus protocol

Following safety arrangements will be in place at Karan

Intermediates to meet the emergency situation:

On-site Emergency Plan-As per the Factory Act

Breathing apparatus

Emergency kit

Leak detectors

Neutralization tank

Scrubber system

Siren system

Communication system

Tagging system for equipment

First aid including tablets and cough mixtures

Training & mock drill

Safety showers & Eye fountain

Protecting hoods for ton-containers.

Fire extinguishers.

Wind cock

Placards in local language for public cautioning, first aid and list of

different authorities with phone numbers.

Personal protective equipment, viz. protective glass, clothing,

gloves, shoes, helmet, goggles etc.

Placards at strategic locations showing Material Safety Data Sheet

(MSDS) of chlorine.

7.13.7 Storage & Handling of Chlorine Cylinders

The chlorine has a great potential for creating hazard hence there is need

to observe certain precautions for the storage, use and handling of chlorine

cylinders at site. Some of the measures that need to be observed in this

regard and covered in SOP followed at Karan Intermediates is given as

follows:



Do not store the cylinders in exits or egress routes.

Cylinder storage area should be well ventilated.

Cylinders should not be stored in damp areas, near salt or corrosive

Chemicals, fumes, heat or where exposed to the weather.

Cylinders should be stored in an upright position.

They must be stored in such a way that cylinders are used inthe order

in which they are received.

Avoid storing cylinder longer than one year without use.

Cylinders shall be kept at least 20 ft. away from all flammable,

combustible or incompatible substances.

Cylinders should not be dragged, rolled or physically carried. A

monorail should be used to carry or transport the cylinder in the

premises.

Magnets should not be used for lifting cylinders.

The cylinders should not be painted by users.

Close valves on gas cylinders when the system is not in use.

Do not open the cylinder if the valve is corroded.

Never attempt to modify, alter or repair containers & valves.

These tasks should be carried out by the suppliers.

Remove regulator after use and flush with dry air or nitrogen.

Never attempt to apply PTFE tape or other sealing material to tight the

seal. The tightening should be achieved metal to metal else the valve

or regulator should be replaced.

Never use oil or grease on the regulator of a cylinder valve.

An operator must be given proper training to handle the cylinder.

7.13.8 Chlorine Detection and Decontamination System

Detection System

Chlorine detection and neutralization facility is essentially required at

the site where chlorine cylinders or tonners are used. This system

activates the emergency services and decontaminates the spilled

material to tackle the chemical emergency situation.

The chlorine detection should be at strategic locations in the plant

area, including at chlorine injection area, cylinders storage area,



cylinder off-load site etc., so that it can sense the odor even at 0.1

ppm (0.289 mg/m3).

Ammonia torch Test: A glass rod having cotton wrapper on one end,

dipped in liquor ammonia, gives white smoke of ammonium chloride

when comes in contact with chlorine.

Silver nitrate Test: When a glass rod, dipped in silver nitrate

solution, comes in contact with chlorine, a white precipitate is formed

at its tip.

7.13.9 Transportation of Chlorine

In India, chlorine is deemed to be an explosive and filling, possession and

transport is governed by the Gas Cylinder Rules, 2004. The packing,

labeling, handling, and transportation of chlorine gas, when contained in a

metal container in a compressed or liquefied state is governed by the Gas

Cylinder Rules, 2004.

Cylinders being trucked should be carefully checked, clamped, or otherwise

suitably supported to prevent shifting and rolling. They should not be

permitted to drop, and no object should be allowed to strike them with

force. They should not project beyond the sides or ends of the vehicles in

which they are transported.The most important chemical needing

maximum attention during transportation is the liquid chlorine.

Moreover, the weight carrying capacity of vehicles should not be over

loaded. The valve cap and valve bonnet must be in position all the time

during transportation. The valve cap controls any miner leak of the valve

and protects valve threads from external corrosion. The valve bonnet

protects the valves from getting damaged due to any impact releasing the

chlorine to the atmosphere, creating a catastrophic situation. Only single

row of container should be loaded in the trucks. The truck should open at

least on one side to approach the valves of the container in case of

emergency leakage. The tonners in the truck should be loaded in such a

manner that all the valves are on the same side where truck side can open.

The truck must be open from the top so that overhead unloading devise

can remove any container of the truck without difficulty. It becomes

imperative that the truck drivers should be properly trained to handle the



miner leak from the valves or the gland nut. He should be advised to take

his truck to an isolated place away from the crowded when chlorine leak is

observed. The driver should inform the supplier of the goods and police to

get outside help. The TREMCARD and MSDS (Material Safety Data Sheet)

should be available with him in English/Hindi and local language. It is also

very important that no other material should be loaded in the trucks

carrying the chlorine ton containers.

Leaks in Transit-If a chlorine leak develops in transit in a populated area

and if the magnitude of the leakage is minor and no emergency kits are

available, excessive quantities of lime should be used to arrest leaking

chlorine. If the leakage is extensive, it is advisable, to keep the

transporting vehicle moving until open area is reached in order to minimize

the hazards. Appropriate emergency measure, as given above, should then

be taken as quickly as possible.



C. CONCLUSION & RECOMMENDATIONS

The hazard analysis and risk assessment of few possible selected incident

scenarios indicates that such incidents mostly are not limited to plant battery

limits and have impact on adjoining plants. There are possibilities of domino

effect and the secondary scenario not predictable can be worse than the

primary one. Two scenarios (specifically toxic hazards scenarios) are

crossing the KARAN plant boundaries. The direction of impact will be in down

wind direction (wind direction and speed varies with season).

Some of the recommendations for Tank farm storage system are as given

below:

Provision of flamedetectors/ thermal sensorsat strategic locations

in the tank farm area.

Auto water deluge system on each bulk storage tank for

inflammable liquids. The system should automatically start taking

signal from flame detectors or thermal relay.

Fixed foam system with adequate capacity.

Chlorine and SMC leakage/ spillage can have adverse impact in large area

and also in areas outside the KARAN battery limit. KARAN should have

provision for sucking and scrubbing Chlorine in alkali solution. In house

„capability building‟ to attend hazardous scenarios is to be taken up through

mock drills.

Real time exercise with controlled release of Chlorine

To attend the leakage in cylinder

To transfer leaky cylinder near scrubber and absorb chlorine in

alkali solution

To attend leaky cylinder with „Chlorine safety Kit‟.

Train staff in attending such scenarios.

All tanks in tank farms should be regularly inspected for any

valve/flange leakage.

Staff should be trained to attend such leakage and reclaim the

chemicals in emergency tank to the extent possible.



Please note that some of the chemicals are sensitive to water and can

produce hazardous gases / heat in contact with water.

Human Factors: KARAN should have well equipped fire station and also

safety department – safety practices. Human factors role in safety cannot be

ignored. Odd hours working and over/long hours work can drain out

individual. It shows in lack of efficiency and also the lack of apt attention the

modern chemical complex demand. They are to be closely looked into and

avoided.

„Safety‟ has unique features:

a. If no accident has happened so far probability of incident/accident

occurring increases.

b. „No accident‟/good safety record develops complacency inertia/over

confidence in the team. This attitude gives rise to gaps/soft spots in

the system giving chances to incidents/accidents.

c. Safety requires novelty. Routine training practices get stale with no

positive results. Look for novel scheme of training/ safety practices to

build up fresh impetus in safety. Involvement of employees with

refreshed outlook for safety is to be achieved.



7.14 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

M/s. KARAN Intermediates Pvt. Ltd. proposed project is coming under

MAH category as per MSIHC Rules 1989 due to Chlorine Storage Karan

has to prepare Disaster Management Plan and submit it to Statutory

Authorities for approval. Karan also carries out mock drills for critical

incidents to train staff and strengthen the weak links. A sample DMP is

given below for preparing the final DMP.

Disaster/ Emergency Management Plan is essential for a chemical plant as

the processes adopted for manufacturing are classified under Factory Act

as Hazardous due to handling and storage of toxic, flammable and

explosive hazardous materials. Over the years, the chemical process plant

has created adequate infrastructure and adopted risk mitigation measures

to tackle any emergency that may arise during the manufacturing process.

The important aspect in emergency planning is to control an emergency

by technical and organizational means, minimize accidents and

consequent losses. Emergency planning also brings to light deficiencies,

such as, lack of resources necessary for effective emergency response. It

also demonstrates the organization's commitment to safety of employees

and physical property as well as increases the awareness among

management and employees.

Disaster Management Plan for the plant is necessarily a combination of

various actions which are to be taken in a very short time but in a pre-set

sequence to deal effectively and efficiently with any disaster, emergency

or major accident with an aim to keep the loss of men, material,

plant/machinery etc. to the minimum.

A major emergency in a chemical plant is one, which has the potential to

cause serious injury. It may cause extensive damage to property and

serious disruption of both inside and outside the plant. Sometimes, it

would require the assistance of outside emergency services to handle it

effectively. Although the emergency at the plant may be caused by a

number of different factors, e.g. leakage of toxic and flammable materials

from piping/tanks, total/partial power failure, earthquake or sabotage, it

will normally manifest itself in fire/toxic release.



Primarily, DMP is prepared to furnish details which may require at the time

of the emergency, to delegate responsibility, to estimate the

consequences in advance and to prepare ourselves to control any type of

emergency. The plan explains basic requirements as follows:

Definition,

Objectives,

Organization set up,

Communication System,

Action on site,

Link with Off-site Emergency Plan,

Training rehearsal and record aspect.

7.14.1 Definitions

Various definitions on different analogy used on On-site & Off-site

Emergency Plan are as follows:

Accident:An accident may be defined as “an undesirable and unplanned

event with or without or major damage consequence of life and /or

property.

Major Accident:It is a sudden, unexpected, unplanned event resulting

from uncontrolled developments during an industrial activity, which causes

or has the potential to cause, death or hospitalization to a number of

people, damage to environment, evacuation of local population or any

combination of above effects.

Emergency: This can be defined as any situation, which presents a threat

to safety of person's or/and property. It may require outside help also.

Major Emergency: Occurring at a work is one that may affect several

departments within and/or may cause serious injuries, loss of life,

extensive damage to properly or serious disruption outside the works. It

will require the use of outside resources to handle it effectively.

Disaster: Disaster is a sudden calamitous event, bringing great damage,

loss or destruction.



Hazards: Hazard may be defined as “the potential of an accident”. Hazard

exists in man and the system of materials and machines.

Chemical Hazards: It is a hazard due to chemical(s) (including its

storage, process, handling, etc.) and it is realized by fire, explosion,

toxicity, corrosively, radiation, etc.

Risk: Risk may be defined as the combination of consequence and

probability or likelihood of an accident being caused in a given man-

material – machine system.

On-Site Emergency plan: It deals with measures to prevent and control

emergencies within the factory and not affecting outside public or

environment.

Off-Site Emergency plan: It deals with measures to prevent and control

emergencies affecting public and the environment outside the premises.

7.14.2 Objective of the Disaster Management Plan

The primary purpose of this Disaster Management Plan is to equip the

Plant with required resources and information for prompt implementation

of the set of actions to be undertaken in the event of an accident posing

hazards to the people and community after commissioning of the plant.

The objective of Disaster Management Plan (DMP), for the plant is to be in

a state of perceptual readiness through training, development and mock

drills, to immediately control and arrest any emergency situation so as to

avert a full fledge disaster and the consequence of human and property

damage and in the event of a disaster still occurring, to manage the same

to that the risk of the damage consequences to life and property are

minimized and thereafter, proper rehabilitation, review and revisions of

the DMP to overcome the shortcomings noticed are undertaken.

The DMP document is prepared keeping in view and to conform the

requirements of the provisions of The Factories Act 1948 under section 41

B (4), Guidelines issued by the Ministry of Environment and Forests, Govt.

of India and Manufacture, Import and Storage of Hazardous Chemicals

Rules, 1989 amended in 2000, Schedule 11 under Environmental

Protection Act 1986.



Following are the main objectives of the plan to:

Defined and assess emergencies, including hazards and risk

Control and contain incidents.

Safeguard employees and people in vicinity.

Minimize damage to property and/or the environment.

Minimization of risk and impact of event accident.

Preparation of action plan to handle disasters and to contain

damage.

Inform employees, the general public and the authority about the

hazards/risk assessed and to provide safeguard, and the role to be

played by them in the event of emergency.

Be ready for 'mutual aid' if need arises to help neighbouring unit.

Inform authorities and mutual aid centres to come for help.

Effect rescue and treatment of casualties.

Effective rehabilitation of the affected persons and prevention of

damage to the property.

Identify and list any fatalities.

Inform and help relatives.

Secure the safe rehabilitation of affected areas and to restore

normalcy.

Provide authoritative information to the news media.

7.15 EMERGENCY ORGANIZATION

7.15.1 Incident Controller

Incident Controller‟s role will be to control the emergency at the incident

site.

7.15.1.1 Duties of Incident Controller

Incident Controller will proceed to the place of emergency after hearing

siren/announcement. He will:

Assess the scale of emergency and decide if a major emergency

exists or is likely, accordingly activate emergency procedure.

Immediately give his feedback to Emergency Control Centre (ECC)

regarding emergency.

Direct all operations within the area with following priorities.



Secure the safety of personnel

Minimize damage to plant property and environment.

Minimize loss of material.

Direct rescue and fire fighting operations till the arrival of the

outside Fire Brigade; he will relinquish control to Sr. Officer of Fire

Brigade.

Ensure that the affected area is searched for causalities.

Ensure that all non-essential workers in the affected area evacuate

to the appropriate assembly point.

Set up communication point to establish

Radio/Telephone/Messenger contact as with emergency control

centre.

Pending arrival of works site controller, assume the duties of the

post in particular to:

Direct the shutting down and evacuation of plant and areas

likely to be threatened by emergency.

Ensure that the outside emergency services have been called

in.

Ensure that the key personnel have been called in.

Report all significant development to the Site Main Controller.

Provide advice and information, as required to the Senior Officer of

the Fire Brigade.

Preserve evidence that would facilitate any subsequent inquiry into

the cause and circumstances of emergency.

Dy. Incident Controller will carry out above said duties in absence of

Incident Controller.

7.15.2 Site Main Controller

Site Main Controller will be overall in-charge of emergency organization:

7.15.2.1 Duties of Site Main Controller

Relieve the Incident Controller of responsibility of overall main

control.

Co-ordinate ECC or if required, security for raising evacuation siren

and also all clear siren, in case emergency is over.



Declaration of major emergency ensures that outside emergency

services will be called and when required nearby firms will be

informed.

Ensure that key personnel will be called in.

Exercise direct operational control on parts of the works outside the

affected area.

Maintain a speculative continuous review of possible development

and assess these to determine most possible cause of events.

Direct the shutting down and evacuation of plants in consultation

with key personnel.

Ensure causalities are receiving adequate attention; arrange for

additional help if required. Ensure relatives are advised.

Liaison with Chief Officers of the Fire and Police services for

providing assistance in tackling the emergency.

Ensure the accounting of personnel.

Control traffic movement within the work.

Arrange for a chronological record of the emergency to be

maintained.

During prolonged emergency, arrange for the relief of the personnel

and provision of catering facilities.

Contact the local office to receive early notification of impending

changes in weather conditions, in case of prolonged emergency.

Issue authorized statements to the news media and informs H.O.

Ensure that proper consideration is given to the preservation of

evidence.

Control rehabilitation of affected areas after control of the

emergency.

7.15.3 Other Key Personnel

The key personnel required for taking decision about further action for

shutting down the plant, evacuate the personnel and carry out emergency

engineering works in consultation with Site Main Controller in light of the

information received.



HOD‟s /Senior Managers/ Section Heads will be responsible for safety,

security, fire, gas and pollution control, spillage control, communication

system including telephone, wireless etc. Also medical services, transport,

engineering, production, technical services, will form part of advising

team.

7.15.3.1 Emergency Response Team

The role of Emergency Response Team members is to actually combat the

emergency at the site and control the emergency situation and carry out

rescue operations.

All team members will be thoroughly trained to deal with fires,

explosions, chemical spills and atmospheric releases, first aid. As per

priority list during emergency, the activities will be carried out as per

emergency control plan.

7.15.3.2 Emergency Personnel’s responsibilities Outside

NormalWorking Hours of the Factory

The duties of Shift In-charge &team membershave been brought out in

emergency control plan. All team membersafter evacuating the area

shall report to ECC/ Incident Place. The non-essential workers shall be

evacuated from the plants if need arises and this will be determined with

the forcible rate with which incident may escalate. Non-essential workers

shall assemble at the earmarked/specified point of assembly.

7.15.3.3 Assembly Points

At the proposed plan, at least 2 assembly points will be identified and

marked properly.

7.15.4 Emergency Control Centre

It will be headed by Site Main Controller, HOD – PD, HOD- P&A and it is

sited in Office of Site Main Controller in Admin Building & New

security office (after office hours), which is readily accessible & with

minimum risk, equipped with telephone facilities and other

announcements extra communications facilities needed. It has enough

means to receive and transmit information and directions from site main

controller to incident controller and other areas. In emergency control

center due to its safer location and advantage of easier accessibility, all



necessary personnel protective equipment‟s firefighting extinguishers will

be stocked in sufficient quantity.

7.15.4.1 Role of Emergency Control Centre

In case of mishap or accident like fire, toxic gas leakage, explosion in the

factory, The Emergency Control Center will be Office of Head- Operations.

The plot plan indicating all the activities in the factory premises

including that of storage‟s utility services, production area,

administration, will be kept for ready reference, showing the

location of fire hydrant and fire fighting aids.

Normal roll of employees, work permits, gate entries and

documents for head count, employees blood group, other

information and addresses will be available and the person, who will

handle this operation will HOD P & A.

Stationery required is available in the Control Centre (ECC) and

HOD (P & A) looks after it.

The requirement of personnel protective equipment and other

material, like torches, have been worked out and the quantity

required during emergency will be kept in the Control Room (ECC).

The responsible person for maintaining the said

requirement/inventory will be HOD- HSE.

7.15.5 Fire & Toxicity Control Arrangements

The plant will be well equipped with suitable numbers of firefighting and

personnel protective equipment. The staff will be trained regularly to

handle the various emergency situations.

7.15.6 Medical Arrangements

Availability of first aid facilities in sufficient quantity will be always

ensured. In case of emergency arrangements will be made to avail

outside medical help immediately. Emergency transport facility will be

available.

7.15.7 Transport & Evacuation, Mutual Aid Arrangements

Transport & Evacuation and Mutual Aid arrangements will be available in

the factory.



7.16 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

7.16.1 Declaring the Emergency

In case of any emergency in the plant, speedy and effective

communication of the same to all concerned in least possible time is the

most important aspect of any emergency-handling plan. An early

communication increases the chances of control of emergency in the bud

stage. Blowing siren will be adopted as method of communication of

emergency, to all employees in the plant.

7.16.1.1 Types of Sirens

Three different types of sirens have been identified for communication of

emergency.

Alert Siren:Single Continuous Siren for One Minute. This indicates

that there is some accidental happening in the plant. All have to become

alert. Incident controller will be rush to the site of emergency. Plant area

people have to start safe shut down. Rescue team and other emergency

control teams have to reach at the site of emergency.

Siren for evacuation: Wailing & waning siren for three minutes.

This siren indicates that emergency is of serious proportion and

everybody has to leave his work place. All people having their role in

emergency control have to assume their assigned role. All non-essential

workers have to proceed immediately to assembly area and wait for

further instruction.

All clear siren:Long continuous siren for two minutes. This is a sign

of return of normalcy. On hearing this siren everybody should go back to

his or her respective workplace.

7.16.1.2 Location of Siren

Siren will be located in center of the pant for wide coverage of the whole

campus. Switch for siren will be provided at security gate. The switch at

Security gate should be operated only as a general rule.

Emergency manual call bell will be installed which will be used in case of

total failure of electricity. It is responsibility of HOD (HSE) to maintain the

upkeep of electric call bell and HOD- Security and administration to

maintain manual and Hand operated siren.



7.16.1.3 Raising Alarm

Any person noticing any emergency situation in the plant should

immediately call security gate with following information:

Identify oneself

State briefly the type of emergency i.e. whether fire, explosion,

toxic gas release etc.

Give the location of the incident

Estimated severity of the incident.

Security personnel after ensuring genuineness of the call shall raise the

ALERT SIREN. At the same time he will also contact the incident controller

and ECC in order and inform about the incident. He will keep the gate

open and rush his two security personnel at the site of emergency.

ECC will be located at the office of Head- Operations on normal working

hours and at Security gate after normal working hours (during night).

ECC shall be immediately manned on hearing alert siren. If the authorized

people to handle ECC are not available, any senior most people out of the

available person nearby shall occupy ECC till authorized person comes.

Incident controller, on hearing alert siren or by any other way of

information of the emergency, will immediately reach at the site of

incident and assess the situation. He will immediately give his feed back

to ECC. ECC shall direct security gate to raise evacuation siren, if the

need arise.

SIREN FOR EVACUATION shall be raised on instruction from Site Main

Controller or any Manager of the plant in the ECC.

Security gate person will be authorized to raise ALL CLEAR SIREN on

instruction from Site Main Controller or ECC, after the emergency is over.

Incident controller shall assume the responsibility of site main controller

in his absence.

7.16.2 Internal Communication

It shall be responsibility of ECC to communicate to all employees in the

plant. They may take help of telephone operator for such communication.

However, telephone operator can directly communicate information about



emergency to all internal departments, if such message comes from

incident controller or site main controller. Telephone operator will

continue to operate the switchboard advising the callers that staffs are

not available and pass all calls connected with the incident to ECC.

7.16.2.1 Availability of Key Personnel outside Normal Working Hours

The details of key personnel availability after working hours will be made

available at Security Gate, ECC, telephone operator as well as production

units. Security personnel shall call required key personnel from their

residence in case emergency occurs outside normal working hours.

Availability of emergency vehicle/Ambulance will be ensured to fetch the

key personnel residing outside. It will be the responsibility of HOD (P & A)

to maintain it.

7.16.2.2 To the Outside Emergency Services

Decision to call outside help to deal with emergency like fire brigade,

ambulance, police, etc., shall be taken by Site Main Controller. However,

in absence of Site Main Controller, if the incident controller realizes the

situation going out of control, he may ask for immediate help from

outside. ECC will be responsible for calling help from outside. A list of

emergency services available in the area with their telephone numbers

will be provided at ECC, at Security gate and with telephone operator.

Facilities such as phones, emergency vehicle, and security personnel will

be available to help calling outside emergency services and authorities.

7.16.3 Communication to the Authorities

The emergency will be immediately communicated to the government

officers and other authorities such as RSPCB, police, district emergency

authority, Factory Inspectorate, hospital etc. by Emergency Control

Centre.

7.16.3.1 To Neighbouring Firms & the General Public

In case of emergency having its outside impact, public will be cautioned

regarding the same. Co-ordination of police will be sought for speedy

action. This is to be ensured by ECC.



7.17 PRE-EMERGENCY ACTIVITIES

Internal Safety survey with regard to identification of hazards, availability

of protective equipment‟s, checking for proper installation of safety

devices will be carried out periodically.

Periodic pressure testing of equipment

Periodic pressure testing of lines.

Periodic safety/relief valve testing

Periodic fire hydrant system testing.

Mock drill to check up level of confidence, extent of

preparedness of personnel to face emergency is being

contemplated.

Regular training is being imparted to all personnel to create

awareness.

Adequate safety equipment will be made available.

Periodic check-up of emergency lights.

Safer assembly points will be identified.

Storage of adequate first aid treatment facilities.

Statutory information is imparted to workers.

Post emergency activities:

Following post emergency actions will be carried out to study in detail and

preventive measures to be taken.

Collection of records.

Inquiries

Insurance claims

Preparation of reports comprising suggestion and modification.

Rehabilitation of affected personnel.

Normalization of plant.

7.17.1 Evacuation and Transportation

In case of emergency, evacuation and transportation of non-essential

workers will be carried out immediately. The affected personnel will be

transported for medical aid.



7.17.2 Safe Close Down

During emergency plant shut down will be carried out if situation

warrants. This will be as per the instruction of site main controller under

guidance of incident controller.

7.17.3 Use of Mutual Aid

Mutual aid agreement with nearby industries will be ensures to provide

help to each other in the emergency,

7.17.4 Use of External Authorities

As and when necessary, statutory authorities, police, pollution control

personnel, medical aid/ center, ambulance etc. will be contacted.

7.17.5 Medical Treatment

The affected personnel will be brought to safer place immediately to give

them first aid. Immediate medical attention will be sought.

7.17.6 Accounting for Personnel

Proper accounting for personnel will be laid down in all the shifts. The

number of persons present inside the plant premises, their duty etc. will

be available with the P & A. This record will be regularly updated and will

be made available.

7.17.7 Access to Records

The relatives of affected personnel will be informed. The details regarding

all employees will be made available to Administration building.

7.17.8 Public Relations

In case of emergency, Manager P & A will be available for official release

of information pertaining to the incident.

7.17.9 Rehabilitation

The affected area will be cleared from emergency activities only after

positive ascertaining of the system in all respects. The entry to affected

area will have to be restricted until statutory authorities visit and inspect

the spot of incident. Nothing should be disturbed from the area till their

clearance. The site main controller will be in charge of the activities to be

undertaken.



The plan will cover emergencies, which can be brought under control by

the works with the help of emergency team/fire services. The DISASTER

CONTROL PLAN for gas leak and fire will be prepared for entire factory.

7.18 CAUSES OF EMERGENCY:

7.18.1 Risk

7.18.1.1 Nature

In the plant, the nature of dangerous events could be of the following:

FIRE : Chemical/Electrical

TOXIC RELEASE : From chemicals & Chlorine gas.

LEAKAGES : Equipment, pipe lines, valves, etc.

Release of vapors like Pyridine or chlorine gas or hexane can result in

highly toxic environment or in fire or explosion.

Improper handling of products (raw materials/finished products)

Large spillage to ground floors resulting in pollution & fire.

Failures of Equipment/Instruments.

Release of safety valves or ruptures of vessels due to excessive

pressures.

7.18.1.2 Various Emergency Actions

a. Onsite

Safe shut down of the plant and utilities.

Emergency control measures.

To attempt with the help of trained crew in fire fighting to contain

the fire spread up/gas emission and limit within limited space.

To cut off source of oxygen by use of fire fighting appliances/to

cut off source of gas emission.

Cut off fall sources of ignition like electrical gadgets.

To protect fire prone area from the fire.

To remove material which can catch fire to the extent possible

from fire prone area.

Evacuation of non-essential persons.

b. Medical Facilities/Treatment

The Plant will have a Health centre which is manned with trained

male nurse on continuous basis who can render medical first aid.



Doctor will visit two times a week for two hour each time. The

Plant is searching for a full time medical officer and will appoint as

and when available.

Depending on seriousness the injured person shall be shifted to

any other hospital.

Vehicle will be available round the clock for transportation.

Ambulance will be also made available in the campus on regular

basis.

c. In the event of Fatal Accidents

The information shall be given to following authorities:

Inspector of Police

Inspector of Factories

Mamlatdar

Corporate Office

Regd. Office

Insurance the plant

Regional Officer, HSPCB

d. Emergency Siren

Emergency siren shall be blown for announcing the emergency which

shall have different sound for identification/differentiation than the

normally used for commencement of factory working etc.

Location of Siren Above Plant

Type of Siren Industrial Siren

Position of siren switch Located at Main Gate

e. Seeking Help From Neighbouring Industries/Sources For Fire Engine

f. Advise for vacation of other areas

Since the effect of fire/gas emission shall be contained within the area

of the plant advice of vacation of other areas is not necessary.

7.18.1.3 Response Time-Minutes

Hazard Fire Fighting Police Medical Services

Fire & Explosion

Immediate with whatever facilities

available with the plant

10 minutes

10 minutes

External Help within 15

minutes



7.19 OFF-SITE EMERGENCY PLAN

7.19.1 Need of the Site Emergency Plan

Depending upon the wind direction and velocity of the effects of

accident in factory may spread to outside its premises. To avert major

disaster it is essential to seek guidance/assistance of statutory

authorities, police and health department. The movement of traffic may

have to be restricted.

Required information will be given to the authority and consultation will

be sought for remedial measures.

A purpose of the off-site emergency plan is:

To provide the local/district authorities, police, fire, brigade,

doctors, surrounding industries and public the basic information of

risk and environmental impact assessment and appraise them of

the consequences and the protection/prevention measures and to

seek their help to communicate with public in case of major

emergency.

To assist district authorities for preparing the off-site emergency

plan for district or particular area and to organize rehearsals from

time to time and initiate corrective actions on experience.

7.19.2 Structure of the Off-Site Emergency Plan

Available with concerned authorities.

7.19.3 Role of the Factory Management

The site main controller will provide a copy of action plan to the

statutory authorities in order to facilitate preparedness of district/area

off-site emergency plan.

7.19.4 Role of Emergency Co-ordination Office (ECO)

He will be a senior police or fire officer co-ordination with site main

controller. He will utilize emergency control center.

7.19.5 Role of Local Authority

Preparation of Off Site Plan lies with local authorities. An emergency-

planning officer (EPO) works to obtain relevant information for

preparing basis for the plan and ensures that all those organization



involved in offsite emergency and to know their role and

responsibilities.

7.19.6 Role of Fire Authorities

The fire authorities will take over the site responsibility from incident

controller after arrival. They will be familiarized with site of flammable

materials, water and foam applies points, firefighting equipment.

7.19.7 Role of the Police and Evacuation Authorities

Senior Police Officer designed, as emergency co-ordination officer shall

take over all control of an emergency. The duties include protection of

life, property and control of traffic movement.

Their functions include controlling standards, evacuating public and

identifying dead and dealing with casualties and informing relatives of

dead or injured.There may be separate authorities/agencies to carry

out evacuation and transportation work.Evacuation depends upon the

nature of accident, in case of fire only neighboring localities shall be

alerted. Whole areas have to be evacuated in case of toxic release.

7.19.8 Role of Health Authorities

After assessing the extent of effect caused to a person the health

authorities will treat them.

7.19.9 Role of Mutual Aid Agencies

Various types of mutual aid available from the surrounding factories

and other agencies will be utilized.

7.19.10 Role of Factory Inspectorate

In the event of an accident, the Factory Inspector will assist the District

Emergency Authority for information and helping in getting Neighboring

Industries/mutual aid from surrounding factories.

In the aftermath, Factory Inspector may wish to ensure that the

affected areas are rehabilitated safely.

7.20 Training Rehearsal and Records

7.20.1 Need of Rehearsal & Training

Regular training and rehearsal program of emergency procedures shall

be conducted with elaborate discussions and testing of action plan with



mock drill. If necessary, the co-operation/guidance of outside agencies

will be sought.

7.20.2 Some Check Points

The extent of realistic nature of incidents.

Adequate assessment of consequences of various incidents.

Availability of sufficient resources such as water, fire-fighting aids,

personnel.

The assessment of time scales.

Logical sequences of actions.

The involvement of key personnel in the preparation of plan.

At least 24 hour‟s covers to take account of absences due to

sickness and holiday, minimum shift manning.

Satisfactory co-operation with local emergency services and

district or regional emergency planning offices.

Adequacy of Site.

7.20.3 Records and Updating the Plan

All records of various on-site and off-site emergency plans of the factory

will be useful alone with those of the factors by which statutory

authorities draw a detailed plan for the whole area/district. The records

of the activity will be updated regularly.



Social Impact Assessment:

No any negative Social Impact envisaged from the proposed project

activities. In fact Positive Social impact was prevail during the study of

Sociological data because, necessity for unskilled and skilled person will

increase for proposed activities and unit will accord opportunity first prior

to the local people.

There will be no R & R due to proposed activities.

Public Consultation:

The public hearing was held on 14.10.2015 on the basis of the draft

EIA/EMP incorporating the Terms of References. Report is finalized after

incorporating the comments and suggestions by the public during pubic

consultation is given below. Final EIA/EMP will be submitted to MoEF&CC

for Environmental Clearance.

Table 7.10 Points raised during Pubic Hearing

Sr.

No.

Name and

Address


Proponent

1 Shri Jayantibhai

Jethabhai Patel,

Sokhda

Industrial

Association,

Ta: Khambhat,

Dist: Anand.

He stated that looking to

the products and the

presentation made by M/s

Karan Intermediates Ltd.,

it seems that there will be

no waste water discharge

and hence no water

pollution from the unit.

He further said that there

would be some air pollution

for which they have

proposed air pollution

control measures.

He added that he hoped

that the industry would run

their air pollution control

measures such that the air

emission does not cause

any problems to the

farmers and their land. He

then welcomed the project

to the Sokhda area.

--


Collector, explained the project in brief once again to the people and encouraged them

to raise questions. He also stated that this industry was going to invest Rs. One Crore

towards EMS facilities and so the people could ask questions regarding where it was

going to be utilized. He also said that generally problems arose after an industry came

up and they had an opportunity to pose questions before the industry came up and

hence they should do so.



He then asked the project proponent, whether there were other similar projects in the

region. The representative of the industry replied that yes, there were around four

projects in the region manufacturing the same products but through a different route.

Sr.

No.

Name and

Address


Proponent

2. Ms. Shweta

Thakkar,

Student of

Environmental

Planning, CEPT

University,

Ahmedabad

She asked where would the

waste water be

discharged?

She then asked when the

industry was going to

release HCl, Cl2 etc. into

the atmosphere, why was

ambient air quality

monitoring carried out only

for four parameters of

PM10, PM2.5, SOx and NOx?

She further asked the

depth of water table in the

area.

She then finally asked the

quantity of surface water

and underground water,

which was going to be

used.

The representative of the project

proponent replied that only 8.5

KLD of the treated waste water

would be reused, the rest of the

water used in scrubbers would be

finally sold as by products.

He replied that although only

these four parameters were

shown in the presentation, HCl,

Cl2 and VOCs have also been

measured, which has been given

in the EIA Report.

He replied that water was found

at around 30-35 mtrs and was

also a little saline.

He replied that only ground

water was going to be used for

water consumption in the

project.

3. Shri

Pinakinbhai

Bhrahmbhatt,

Ex-President

Khambhat

Municipality

Ta: Khambhat

Dist: Anand

He stated that the people

of the area wanted

industries to come up so

that employment was

generated.

He added that the

authorities would surely

look at the EMS measures

before granting EC to the

project. He further stated

that, he & all the people of

the area welcomed

projects that followed all

the Environmental laws.

--



Chapter-8

Project Benefits

8.1 INTRODUCTION

Project benefit focus on those points which will become beneficial to the

surrounding area or community in terms of infrastructural development,

Social development, employment and other tangible benefits due to

project. Proposed project has a potential for employment of skilled, semi-

skilled and unskilled employees during construction phase as well as

operational phase.

8.2 PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE INCLUDING TECHNICAL FACILITY

ASPECTS:

It includes infrastructural & technological facilities of the project,

necessary for the operation. Unit proposes to start chlorinated organic

compounds manufacturing activities at Survey No. 455 & 456, Village:

Neja, Taluka: Khambhat, Dist.: Anand. Unit will use modernized

technologies and infrastructural facilities. So that, nearby public or

workers will become aware to new technology launched or running in the

present market and thereby it will also helpful in increasing knowledge of

employ and surrounding people.

Following will be other improvements in the physical infrastructure:

Adoption of new technology

Awareness in local educated people for new technology

Improvement in local amenities facilities

Improvement in road link facilities as transportation through truck

and other vehicles will increased due to proposed project

Improvement in local civilization

Increase income of local population

Increase requirement of man power

8.3 IMPROVEMENT IN SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE:

Due to proposed project activity, social infrastructure will improve by

means of civilization, vocational training and basic amenities.



Civilization: Due to the project, employment and other infrastructural

facilities will boost up income of surrounding people and improve quality

of life. This will indirectly boost up the civilization of the surrounding

people.

Vocational Training: Moreover, unit will provide vocational training

opportunity to the surrounding people and greed for employment will

motivate the education activities that will lead the change in life style of

the surrounding and affected people hence social infrastructure will be

improved.

Basic Amenities: Better education facilities, proper healthcare, road

infrastructure and drinking water facilities are basic social amenities for

better living standard of any human being which will further increase the

above amenities directly/indirectly either by providing or by improving

the facilities in the area, which will help in uplifting the living standards of

local communities.

8.4 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL

Infrastructure will get improved and enhance the employment

opportunity for both skilled and unskilled person from nearby area. Direct

employment as well as indirect employment due to ancillary services will

be given to the local people. Therefore, the socio-economic status of the

local people will be improved. The details of employment opportunity

during Construction and Operation phase are discussed underneath:

Increase employment opportunity at Construction phase:

In the construction phase, direct and indirect manpower will be involved.

Thus temporary and permanent employment will be generated during

construction phase. Unit will require around 15-20 workers during the

construction phase. Moreover, unit will provide first priority to local

workers for the employment.

Increase employment opportunity at Operation phase:

During the operation phase of project, total 60 nos. of skilled and

unskilled manpower will require for routine operation of the project.



Chapter-9

Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis

9.0 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

As per EIA Notification 2006, this Chapter of the ‘Environmental Cost

Benefit Analysis’ is applicable only if it is recommended at the Scoping

stage. However, as per the ToR points issued by MoEF, New Delhi vide

File No. J-11011/91/2015-IA II (I) & ToR Letter dated 3rd July, 2015,

2014, the Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis is not applicable and hence

has not been prepared.



Chapter-10

Environment Management Plan

10.1 INTRODUCTION

An Environment Management Plan (EMP) has been prepared to minimize

negative impacts and is formed on the basis of prevailing environmental

conditions and likely impacts of this project on various environmental

parameters. This plan will also facilitate monitoring of environmental

parameters.

Assessment of environmental and social impacts arising due to

implementation of the proposed project activities is the technical heart of

EIA process. An equally essential element of this process is to develop

measures to eliminate, offset or reduce impacts to acceptable levels

during implementation and operation of projects. The integration of such

measures into project implementation and operation is supported by

clearly defining the environmental requirements within an Environmental

Management Plan (EMP). EMP includes scheme for proper and scientific

treatment and disposal mechanism for air, liquid and solid hazardous

pollutant, apart from this, greenbelt development, safety aspects of the

workers; noise control CSR activities etc. are also included in it.

From the previous chapter, it can be said that the proposed project has

significantly less pollution potential. For abatement of environmental

pollution, the unit would adopt several measures, which are summarized

in this chapter.

10.2 OBJECTIVE OF ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

The objective of the Environmental Management Plan is summarized

hereunder,

To limit/reduce the degree, extent, magnitude or duration of adverse

impacts.

To treat all the pollutants i.e. liquid effluent, air emissions and

hazardous waste with adoption of adequate and efficient technology.

To comply with the stipulated enviro-legal requirements & standards.

To create good working conditions.



To reduce any risk hazards and design the disaster management

plan.

Continuous development and search for innovative technologies for a

cleaner and better environment.

To account for recycling and reusing measures, proposed or required

to be adopted for minimization of consumption of resources and

generation of pollutants.

10.3 COMPONENTS OF EMP

EMP for the proposed project covers following aspects:

Description of mitigation measures for operation phase only

Description of monitoring program

Institutional arrangements

Implementation schedule and reporting procedures

All above aspects and objectives are kept in the view and considering the

same EMP is prepared for two major fields,

10.3.1 Environmental Management systems

Unit is well aware of environmental requirements for planning and

implementation of the project and set up a department with trained

personnel headed under the qualified environmental manager. As

indicated in the impact and mitigation chapter of this report, the

environmental impact due to the proposed activity is very marginal

release of pollutants.

10.3.2 Environmental, Health and Safety (EHS) Management System

Chemical Industries prefer an integrated approach and make

environmental management a part of overall Environment, Health and

Safety (EHS) Management system.

This model EHS system suggests and addresses EMS issues such as:

- Management system expectation

- Management leadership, responsibilities and accountability

- Risk assessment and management

- Compliance and other requirements

- Personnel, training and contractor services

- Documentation and communications



- Facilities design and construction

- Operation, maintenance and management

- Community awareness and emergency response

- EHS performance monitoring and measurement

- Incident investigation reporting and analysis

- EHS management system audit

- Management review and audit

10.3.3 Environmental Management Cell

Unit will set up separate Environmental Management Cell and assigned

responsibilities to officers from various disciplines to co-ordinate the

activities concerned with management and implementation of

environment control measures. Basically, this department keep a close

watch on the performance of the pollution control equipments, emissions

from the sources and the quality of surrounding environment in

accordance with the monitoring programme either departmentally or

appointing external agency whenever necessary.

The cell will also include the safety cell for observing, inspecting and

regulating the safety measures inside the plant campus. The cell will be

responsible for maintaining records of all the data, documents and

information in line with the statutory requirements. The setup of the

Environmental Management Cell is shown in Figure-10.1.

10.4 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Unit through its head project contractor will provide the necessary

infrastructural facilities to the labour. The following factors would be

given consideration to maintain good environmental quality during

construction phase:

This is a proposed unit; hence excavation work will be carried out as per

requirement. There will also be installation of new machineries and

equipments that ultimately lead adverse impact on environment. But it

will be temporary in nature. Installation work shall generate noise and

dust but it will within working areas. Therefore, measures will need to be

taken to protect workers.



To mitigate the adverse environment impact due to the construction

phase, following measures will be taken:

Regular sprinkling of the water will be recommended along with the

construction activities.

Regular preventing maintenance of machinery and transportation of

vehicles during construction to reduce noise pollution.

Provision of silencer, to modulate the noise generated by the machine,

if required.

Reduce the exposure time of workers to the higher noise level by job

rotation.

To protect workers working in noisy area, personal protective

equipments like earmuffs/earplugs will be provided.

The domestic sewage generated during the construction activity will be

routed to soak pit followed by septic tank.

Tree plantation will be proposed periphery of plant premises and along

the roads.

Water Environment

During construction phase, provision for infra-structural services including

water supply, sewage, drainage facilities and electrification will be made.

The construction site would be provided with suitable toilet facilities for

the workers to allow proper standards of hygiene. These facilities would

be connected to a septic tank and maintained to ensure minimum impact

on the environment.

Safety and Health during Construction Phase

Adequate space will be provided for construction of temporary sheds for

construction workers mobilized by the contractors. Unit will also supply

potable water for the construction workers. The safety department will

supervise the safe working of the contractor and their employees. Work

spots will be maintained clean, provided with optimum lighting and

enough ventilation to eliminate dust/fumes.

Socio-economic Environment

Management will give preference to local people through both direct and

indirect employment.



10.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT DURING THE OPERATIONAL

PHASE

EMP proposed for implementation is detailed under the following heads:

Air Pollution Control

Wastewater Management

Solid/Hazardous Waste Management

Noise Management

Greenbelt Development

Occupational Safety and Health

Implementation of EMP and monitoring programme

10.5.1 Air Pollution Management

A) Source of air pollution and control measures:

There will be mainly two type of point sources for air emissions i.e. Flue

gas emission & process gas emission.

Flue gas emission will be from common stack of Boiler & thermic fluid

heater and stand by D. G. Set.

Process emission will be from two stacks attached to reaction vessels of

MCA and CAC and TCAC.

Bio-fuel (Briquette) will be used as fuel for boiler and TFH. Most probable

emitted pollutants from flue gas stacks will be SPM, SO2 and NOx and

process pollutants will be HCl, Chlorine and SO2. Cyclone & Bag filter will

be provided as APCM to flue gas stack and 3 Stage water scrubber

followed by alkali scrubber will be provided to control of Air Emission emit

from process. Adequate height of chimney will be provided to all the

stacks for proper atmospheric dispersion.

Unit is also proposed to install D.G. set of 200 kVA capacity to fulfill

power requirement in case of non-availability of power/emergency, where

HSD will be used as a fuel. Probable pollutants likely to emit will be SPM,

SO2 and NOx, but it will not the constant source of emission as it will be

used in case of power failure only.

Emitted flue gas pollutants will be SPM, SO2 and NOx and main pollutants

from process stacks will be HCl, Cl2 and SO2.



Adequate stack height to the flue gas stack and process gas stack has

been provided for proper dispersion of gaseous emission.

However, in order to achieve the reduction, it is suggested that during

operational phase, regular maintenance and periodic tuning of the burner

system should be done to ensure proper atomization and subsequent

minimization of any unburned combustibles. Besides reduction in

particulate emissions, it would also result in better operating efficiency of

APC measures.

In order to minimize the air pollution the unit will develop greenbelt on

and around its premises considering the following guidelines,

i) Green cover should be created at all the available open spaces.

ii) Strict surveillance is made to increase the survival rate of the trees.

iii) Plants with higher height, medium and low height should be planted

to ensure thick belt for attenuation of fugitive emission. This activity

demands expert advice and guidance.

B) Measures for fugitive emission

The fugitive emissions of acid fumes are likely to be emitted from leakage

through valves, fittings, pumps, material handling etc.

Unit will adopt following measures:

Good house-keeping, proper maintenance and continuous observation

will prevent the chances of any fugitive emission from the process

plant.

Paved road make to reduce the fugitive emission. Water sprinkler will

be provided to reduce the dusting from road transportation.

Regular maintenance of valves, pumps and other equipment is done to

prevent leakage and thus minimize the fugitive emissions.

Entire process is carried out in the closed reactors with proper

maintenance of pressure and temperature.

Regular periodic monitoring of work area to check the fugitive

emission.

To reduce the pollutant emission during transportation, the unit has

adopted the practice of regular check-up and maintenance of vehicular

engines for complete combustion of the fuel.



10.5.2 Water Environment

The unit will satisfy its fresh water requirement from bore well. Total

water requirement of the plant will be 99 KLD, out of which 90.5 KLD will

be fresh water requirement and 8.5 KLD will be met from recycle/treated

water which will be use in scrubber for recovery of byproducts.

Sewage generation will be approximately 4.5 KLD, which will dispose off

into soak pit though septic tank.

The mitigation measures for minimizing the impacts on water

environment in general includes following:

- Minimization of water use.

- Minimize waste generation and facilitate treatment and recycle.

10.5.3 Hazardous/Solid Waste Management

The Waste Management plan includes:

- Classification of waste

- Collection, storage, transportation, disposal & sell to approved TSDF

site/appropriate recycler &/or reuse.

- Data Management and Reporting

- Personnel Training

- Waste Minimization

The source of solid/hazardous waste generation is ETP sludge; distillation

residue discarded containers/liners & used oil.

Unit will provide isolated storage area for hazardous waste storage with

roof cover and impervious floor. ETP sludge will be disposed by land filling

at approved TSDF site. Distillation Residue will be incinerated at Common

Incineration Facility (CHWIF) or send for co-processing in cement kiln

after approval from concern authorities. Used oil will be sold to registered

re-refiners, whereas discarded containers/liners will be used for packing

of ETP sludge and incase of excess, it will be sold to approved recycler or

traders.

Fly Ash Management & Disposal

Fly ash whichever will be sold to brick manufacturer & hollow concrete

brick manufacturer and also will be supplied to the company for land

leveling, conditioning, road construction, etc.



10.5.4 Noise Control Technique

The main sources of noise generation will be from driving unit of plant &

machinery. Additional noise will be generated due to installation of new

machineries and equipments. However, these impacts will be very minor

and temporary in nature. The impact on the environment during the

operational phase will be long term but of insignificant.

However, to minimize the noise pollution the unit proposes the following

noise control measures,

Noise suppression measures such as enclosures, buffers and/or

protective measures should be provided, if required (wherever noise

level is more than 90 dB (A)).

Employees should be provided with ear protection measures like

earplugs or earmuffs. Earplug should be provided to all workers where

exposure is 85 dB (A) or more.

The transportation contractor shall be informed to avoid unnecessary

speeding of the vehicles inside the premises.

Extensive oiling, lubrication and preventive maintenance will be carried

out for the machineries and equipments to reduce noise generation.

The selection of any new plant equipment will be made with

specification of low noise levels.

Areas with high noise levels will be identified and segregated where

possible and will include prominently displayed caution boards.

Greenbelt area will be developed within industrial premises and around

the periphery to prevent the noise pollution in surrounding area.

By taking measures as mentioned above, it is anticipated that noise levels

in the plant will be maintained below the permissible limit.

10.6 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT PLAN

Tree plantation is one of the effective remedial measures to control the

air pollution and noise pollution. It also causes aesthetics improvement of

the area as well as sustains and supports the biosphere. The unit

proposes to develop the green belt on 1500 m2 area, which will be around

33% of the area of Phase-I (current Development). Greenbelt will be

developed by planting drought resistant trees suitable for local climate.



Moreover, avenue trees will be planted all along the roads and local

species are recommended. The density of tree will be 1000 tree per acres

i.e. 1 tree per 4 m2 to minimize the effect of air and noise pollution and to

improve overall environment. These trees are planted in open and close

patches in multiple rows.

The plantation of trees in and around the company are meant mainly to

reduce air pollution caused by factory emissions, to absorb sound, to

prevent soil erosion and to maintain aesthetic value for healthy living. For

the development of greenbelt, plants having simple big leaves and native

species are preferred to the plants.

The plants are suitable for green belt development based on gaseous

exchange capacity of foliage which is ascertained by the following

characteristics:

- The plant should be fast growing.

- It should have thick canopy cover.

- It should be perennial and evergreen.

- It should have large leaf area index.

- It should be indigenous.

- It should be efficient in absorbing pollutants without significant effects

on plant growth.

The objectives of the industrial greenbelt are to improve the micro-

environment. The success depends on the type of land available and

selection of suitable tree species for pollution control. Selection of tree

species for industrial areas is influenced by the nature of industry. The

objective should be to ensure a green cover tolerating pollutant gases

and solid particulates present in the atmosphere. It is also advisable to

select suitable tree species and adopt simple techniques which require

minimum investment and care.

Design of Green Belt

As far as possible, following guidelines will be considered in greenbelt

development.

The spacing between the trees will be maintained as per GPCB

guideline i.e. 1 tree/4 sqm.



Spaces, so that the trees may grow vertically and slightly increase

the effective height of the green belt.

Planting of trees in each row will be in staggered orientation.

The short trees (< 10 m height) will be planted in the first two rows

(towards plant side) of the green belt. The tall trees (> 10 m height)

will be planted in the outer three rows (away from plant side).

Planting methodology

The plantation shall be done in pits. Pits of about 50 cm dia shall be dug

in grid of 0.5 m x 0.5 m up to a depth of 0.3 m. The pit shall be refilled

with soil after the planting. The sampling of healthy, nursery raised,

seedlings in polythene containers shall be transported in baskets. Planting

shall be done after first monsoon showers.

The level of soil is about 10 cm above of ground level. The soil around the

plant shall be pressed to form a low through. About 25 gm chemical

fertilizers shall be added in ring of 25 cm radius around the plant.

Watering shall be continued after plantation if any dry spells follows.

Planted area shall be inspected and mortality rate ensured for each

species. The dead and drying plant shall be replaced by fresh seedlings.

Plantation Programme

Plantation of trees in and around the company are meant mainly to

reduce air pollution caused by factory emissions, to absorb sound, to

prevent soil erosion and to maintain aesthetic value for healthy living.

List of suggested species for greenbelt

Following list of trees are suggested for the greenbelt development with

respect to this particular area. They are mostly deciduous and evergreen

tree types suitable to be grown in the area.

Botanical Name Common Name

Delonix regia Gulmohar

Azadirachta indica Neem

Acacia nilotica Desi baval

Ficus benghalensis Banyan tree

Tamrindus indica Amli

Syzygium cummini Jamun



Salvadora perriea Pilu

Eucalyptus citriodora Nilgiri

Survival rate of trees and post plantation care

Considering the availability of water and general survey of surrounding

area, the survival rate is expected to be around 60-65%. Moreover, the

wire net guards will be provided to protect the saplings. The same will be

properly manure and watered so that it can grow well.

Protection of plantation site:

Protection from grazing will be done by erecting tree guards a rounded

planted sapling.

Though the tree suggested for plantation will require very less water,

however during the first year watering will be done twice in a day.

There after watering will be done twice in a week.

The manuring will be done when plantation take up. For this propose

cow dung will be dump in the pit. No other manuring will require for

proposed plantation. Cow dung is easily available in the study area.

Damaged plants will be replaced with new plants.

10.7 Resource Conservation/Waste Minimization, Recycling, Reuse and

Cleaner Production Options

All the air pollutants are converting in to usable by products like HCl,

Sodium bi Sulphite & Sodium Hypochlorite. Above all steps are to be

taken for waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recover techniques and

convert it into usable by products. Unit will recycle around 8.5 KLD

treated wastewater reuse as scrubber water.

Unit shall also implement the concept of waste minimization circle

including:

Good House Keeping: Proper house keeping practices makes the

system easier and less costly and reduce the spillage and leakages.

Rain water harvesting system shall be adopted to reduce the fresh

water requirement.

Cleaner production technology shall be adopted for the resource

conservation and pollution control and get valued by products.



10.7.1 Action plan for odour control

Chlorinated mass of Mono Chloro Acetic acid (MCA) is main source of

odour in the Karan Intermediates. In addition to this Hydrogen Chloride

(HCl) gas liberated during Chlorination as well as Hydrogenation reaction

is scrubbed with water to obtain commercial grade, 30% Hydrochloric

acid. This is other source of odour.

Entire chlorination and scrubbing systems should be in close manner. HCl

receiver tank should also be close to avoid any odour. Hood will be

provided at the outlet of MCA product from reactor. Fully ventilated plant

which help to reduce the odour problems.

10.8 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY

The following check-ups shall be carried out regularly to avoid

occupational hazard,

Pre-medical check-up of the employees at the time of employment in

unit.

Provision of periodic medical check-up for all the employees.

First aid training shall also be given to the employees.

Monitoring of occupational hazards like noise, ventilation, chemical

exposure shall be carried out at frequent intervals.

Appointing the medical officer for the regular medical examination and

treatment of the employee.

The following precautions shall be taken to avoid foreseeable accident like

spillage, fire and explosion hazards and to minimize the effect of any such

accident and to combat the emergency at site level in case of emergency.

Various emergency spots in plant area will be identified and kept in

sharp and alert watch.

Protective equipments will be regularly checked and will be kept easily

accessible and easily workable during emergency.

Safety installations like available quantity of running water will be

regularly watched.

Fire bucket and hose reels will be provided to withstand the fire or

explosion conditions.



Various types of fire extinguishers such as (Foam type, water CO2

type, CO2 type) will be provided inside the factory premises.

10.8.1 Possibility of occupational health hazard, its control &

Occupational surveillance

An occupational hazard is a thing or situation with the potential to harm a

worker. Occupational hazards can be divided into two categories: safety

hazards that cause accidents that physically injure workers, and health

hazards which result in the development of disease. Hazards can be rated

according to the severity of the harm they cause - a significant hazard

being one with the potential to cause a critical injury or death.

Chemical agents: There are possibility to generate gases, vapours and

aerosols (dusts, fumes, mists). We will take care to reduce it at optimum

minimum level and advices to workers to use PPE who work in such

identify area.

Noise: Noise is considered as any unwanted sound that may adversely

affect the health and well-being of individuals or populations. Aspects of

noise hazards include total energy of the sound, frequency distribution,

duration of exposure and impulsive noise. Noise might result in acute

effects like communication problems, decreased concentration, and

sleepiness and as a consequence interference with job performance.

Exposure to high levels of noise (usually above 85 dB(A)) over a

significant period of time may cause both temporary and chronic hearing

loss. Permanent hearing loss is the most common occupational disease in

compensation claims. There will be no high noise level issue. However,

unit will identify such areas like D.G. Sets, utilities area and advice to

workers to not enter without PPE.

Occupational surveillance involves active programmes to anticipate,

observe, measure, evaluate and control exposures to potential health

hazards in the workplace. Depending upon the occupational environment

and problem, two surveillance methods can be employed: medical and

environmental.



1. Medical surveillance is used to detect the presence or absence of

adverse health effects for an individual from occupational exposure to

contaminants, by performing medical examinations and appropriate tests.

2. Environmental surveillance is used to document potential exposure

to contaminants for a group of employees, by measuring the

concentration of contaminants in the air, in bulk samples of materials and

on surfaces. Medical surveillance is performed because diseases can be

caused or exacerbated by exposure to hazardous substances. So periodic

medical check-up will be carried out.

10.8.2 Preventive Measures

The methods of protecting the work force from exposure to toxic agents

in the workplace:

Enclosures or special ventilator control of processes;

Good general ventilation - particularly important if the haz.

Chemicals/acids are used in a confined space;

Personal protection - Protective clothing should be worn, including

gloves. Suitable respiratory protection is necessary like Panorama

gas mask with cartridge suitable for the chemicals we will be

handling, Breathing air apparatus and Air hood with instrument air

connection.

Keep Emergency alarm systems in confined area.

Emergency preparedness plan.

10.9 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH PROGRAMME

Unit will employ well qualified and experienced safety manager and make

arrangement for part time doctor for regular checking of health of the

employees. Also, plans to become member of any local hospital for

emergency need. Annual health check for employees will be carried out

and record will be maintained. Regular training to plant personnel in

safety fire fighting and first aid will be provided.

Unit will maintain a healthy work environment. This is accomplished

through the identification, evaluation and control of workplace

environmental factors which may cause sickness, impaired health or

significant discomfort and inefficiency among workers. Environmental



factors such as noise, physical hazards toxicity/ chemical hazard and

ergonomic hazards are monitored on a periodic basis. Workers exposed to

noise and toxic materials will be evaluated against applicable recognised

exposure levels in the Factories Act. Hearing protection aid will be

provided to workers who work in the high noise areas, during

construction of the proposed facilities and also to those who will continue

through the life of the facility.

(A) Exposure of workers with major chemicals

Mainly acids/alkalis will be the major chemicals where workers are

directly exposed. All workers are directly or indirectly comes with above

chemicals are aware about the hazardousness of such chemicals and all

have provide Personnel protective equipments and also provide

appropriate training for use it.

(B) List of chemicals, their threshold limit and measures

Unit will use numbers chemicals where workers are directly or indirectly

exposed in work area. Details of hazardous chemicals characteristics are

summarized in Chapter-7 of RA report. Unit will handle above chemicals

with proper handling process suggested in MSDS. Estimated work area

quality with TWA limit is summarized in Table 2.7(a) of Chapter-2.

Measured value indicates that exposure of such chemicals are within the

Threshold Limit Values (TLV)/Permission Exposure Levels as per ACGIH

recommendation.

(C) Details of Pre-placement and periodical medical monitoring of

workers

Pre-employment Medical Examinations

There are two main purposes of pre-employment medical examinations:

1. To provide base-line health data against which subsequent

changes after employment can be evaluated

This is important for assessment of the effectiveness of preventive

measures at work. For example, where the hearing threshold of a worker,

which is normal before employment in a noisy occupation, is found to

have increased after employment, this possibly indicates noise-induced

hearing loss and a review of the hearing protection measures would be



required. On the other hand, if the pre-employment hearing threshold of

the workers has not been assessed, it would be difficult to ascertain

whether the worker’s high hearing threshold after employment is due to

excessive noise exposure at work or to his own hearing problem before

employment. Pre-employment health data is also important in

substantiating or negating employees’ compensation claims since it

provides evidence of the health status of claimants before employment.

2. To ensure medical fitness for work

Pre-employment medical examinations identify those persons who are

medically unfit for employment in particular occupations. Persons with

certain underlying medical conditions are particularly vulnerable to the

effects of certain health hazards and are not suitable for employment in

particular occupations. Persons with certain underlying medical conditions

are particularly vulnerable to the effects of certain health hazards and are

not suitable for employment in work with such exposures. For example,

workers with thalassemia (a genetic disease of the blood) should not be

engaged in work involving lead exposure which may aggravate the

anaemia. Workers may fail to meet the specific health requirements for

particular job so that they cannot undertake the jobs safely without risks

to themselves or others.

Periodic Medical Examinations

Periodic medical examinations aim to detect susceptible workers for

whom corrective actions are required before they develop overt

occupational diseases. The frequency of periodic medical examinations

depends on the nature of the occupational hazards. For most hazardous

exposures, however, these examinations are conducted annually.

Requirements of Medical Examination

The requirements of medical examinations depend on the nature of the

hazardous exposures of workers. In general, the doctor will take a

detailed occupational and medical history, conduct a physical examination

and prescribe a range of ancillary laboratory and/or radiological

investigations such as urine test, blood test, X-ray, lung function test and

audiometric test.



Liver Function Test (LFT)

Clinical examination and Pre-placement medical examination carried out

in every 12 months. Liver function tests including serum bilirubin, alkaline

phosphatase estimations every 12 months are required.

Occupational Health and First aid measures

Unit is using numbers of chemicals, which if handled in safe ways with all

precautions (as detailed in respective MSDS) will not cause harm to

employees. However, in rare case of exposures, immediate action is to be

taken to save life and reduce the extent of damage. Unit has first aid

facilities and calling base ambulance facilities as and when required.

Industry will appoint part time doctor for periodically health check-up.

Instructions for immediate actions to exposures to some of the chemicals

will be given to employees.

Mitigation Measures:

Entire materials will be transfer either pneumatically or closed manner

and charging the raw materials in reactor with deep charges so that

chances of un-reacted materials are minimized.

Engineering controls

Engineering controls are the preferred method of controlling exposure

to workplace hazards. They can be placed in three categories:

Substitution includes the use of a less hazardous material, a change in

the process equipment used, or a change in the process itself. Care must

be taken to ensure that the substitution actually does result in less

hazardous conditions.

Isolation is a method of limiting exposure to those employees who are

working directly with the hazard, often by enclosing them within a

containment structure. While isolation will reduce the risk to those

outside the isolated area, it should be accompanied by appropriate

controls to ensure that those within are not faced with an increased

exposure to the hazard.

Ventilation is most important for the control of airborne hazards. It

involves the removal (from the workplace) of air that contains a

hazardous contaminant and its replacement with uncontaminated outside



air. There are two types: local exhaust and general dilution. A properly

designed local exhaust system can capture a contaminant where it is

generated and remove it before it is dispersed into the work environment.

Unit have focus on above three areas to maintain work air quality in work

zone area.

10.9.1 Occupational Health and First aid measures

Unit will use numbers of chemicals, which if handled in safe ways with all

precautions (as detailed in respective MSDS) will not cause harm to

employees. However, in rare case of exposures, immediate action is to be

taken to save life and reduce the extent of damage. Unit has first aid

facilities and ambulance facilities are available round the clock. Industry

has appointed part time doctor for periodically health check-up of

workers. Instructions for immediate actions to exposures to some of the

chemicals will be given to employees.

10.9.2 Hazard Communication and Chemical Safety

A hazardous chemical directory is being developed to maintain

information on the hazards associated with each chemical used. Copies of

Material Safety Data Sheets for all hazardous materials at the

existing/proposed facility will be kept at the unit and will be available for

employee review. Specific programs and procedures for the control of

health hazards associated with potentially harmful materials such as

Acids, Alkali etc. will be followed. The hazard communication program will

serve as the basis for selection of personal protective equipment such as

gloves, goggles, face shields, etc. A select group of employees at the

proposed facilities will receive first aid training to provide an immediate

response and medical care for injuries.

Material handling areas should be clearly defined.

The workers should be made aware about the hazards associated with

manual material handling.

A written process safety information document should be compiled for

general use.



The document compilation should include an assessment of the

hazards presented including (i) Physical data (ii) Thermal data (iii)

Process and mechanical design.

Personnel engaged in handling of hazard activities should be trained to

respond in an unlikely event of emergencies.

The plant should check and ensure that all instruments provided in the

plant are in good condition and documented.

10.10 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ACTIVITIES

Socio-economic development activities refers to voluntary actions

undertaken by company/organization to either improve the living

conditions (economically, socially, and environmentally) of local

communities or to reduce the negative effects of the project. Socio-

economic development activities is a concept of organization whereby

organizations serve the interests of society by taking responsibility for the

impact of their activities on customers, employees, shareholders,

communities and the environment in all aspects of their operations.

PA has identified focused areas for community development and

implement developmental program.

The identified activities under CSR program are as follows:

Scholarships to meritorious students

Health and Family Welfare including support to primary health center

Supporting education through distribution of stationary, science kits,

etc.

Rural infrastructure development by construction of rainwater

harvesting ponds, check dams etc.

Following activities will be under taken as a part of CSR under

different heads:

Education

Awarding meritorious school students in SSC & HSC

Providing utensils to schools and anganwadi for Mid-Day Meal

preparation

Science Lab - Equipment & books in libraries for schools

Supports for sport & cultural competitions in schools



Health and family welfare

Malaria eradication camps (collection of blood sample & detection of

virus & free medicine distribution, Blood donation camp)

General Health Camp for men, women & kids

Contribution towards primary Health Services depending on local

needs.

Preservation of the Environment and to Sustainable Development

Water harvesting systems in nearby villages.

Landscaping and greenbelt development in & around the project site.

Provide sanitation facilities to villagers.

Unit has committed to spend about Rs. 32.0 Lakhs in the first five years

of the operation towards various rural up-liftman and community

development programs.

Table: 10.1 Budgetary provisions for the social upliftment

(for the first five years)

Sr.

No.

Activity Budgetary provision

(Rs. in Lakhs)

1 Educational activities 6.25

2 Health and family welfare 3.75

3 Drinking water and sanitation

facilities 3.75

4 Preservation of the Environment and

Sustainable Development 6.25

5 Cattle camp 5.0

6 Women & children Development

activities 10.0

Total 32.0

10.11 POST-PROJECT ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

Post - project environmental monitoring suggested herewith should be as

per the guideline. The highlights of the integrated environmental

monitoring plan are:

The stack monitoring facilities like ladder, platform and port-hole of all

the stacks maintained in good condition.

Regular monitoring of all gaseous emissions from stacks/vents and all

fugitive emissions in the process areas.



The performance of air pollution control equipment evaluated based on

these monitoring results.

Water consumption in the unit recorded daily.

Analysis of untreated and treated effluent will be carried out regularly.

Performance of effluent treatment plant units evaluated based on

these analysis results.

As far as possible, noise curbed at its source, with the help of acoustic

hoods and other such noise reducing equipment. Regular noise level

monitoring carried out.

Green belt properly maintained and new plantation programmes

undertaken frequently.

Continued environmental awareness programmes carried out within

the employees and also in the surrounding villages.

Rain water harvesting ponds will be developed within the industrial

premises and encouraged in the surrounding villages too.

10.12 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT COST ESTIMATE

The management will spend about Rs. 20 lakhs as recurring cost per

annum on the pollution control measure, green belt development and

other environment management. Recurring cost is estimated as below:

Table 10.2: Budget Allocation for Environment Management

(Proposed)

S. No.

Description Recurring Cost (Lakh/Annum)

1 Air pollution Control 14.0

2 Water pollution Control 2.0

3 Hazardous waste management 0.5

4 Environment Monitoring and

Management

1.5

5 Occupational Health 0.5

6 Green Belt Development Plan 0.5

7 Rain water harvesting system 1.0

Total 20



10.13 ENVIRONMENT POLICY

Unit has proposed to set up a new unit and there will be an Environment

Policy approved by the management.

They commit themselves to:

Ensure continuous improvement in environmental performance of our

works through protective Environmental management system.

Comply with applicable legal and other requirements related to

environmental aspects.

Conserve the resources particularly water, power by fixing and

improving consumption norms.

Concept of cleaner production will be adopted.

Ensure involvement of all employees and contractors in effective

implementation of Environment Management System through

training and awareness.

Promote awareness among local surrounding community for

preservation and maintaining clean environment.

10.14 REPORTING SYSTEM OF NON COMPLIANCES/VIOLATIONS OF

ENVIRONMENTAL NORMS

Company will develop reporting systems of non-compliances/ violations of

environmental norms to the Board of Directors.

The mechanism is summarized below:

1. Identify deviation/non-compliance/violation of environmental norms

as lay down in consent to operate and letter of Environmental

clearance. Record to communication/complain received from

plausible stake holder.

2. The EHS manager will identify deviation/non-compliance/ violation

from failure to comply with statutory requirements.

3. Respond from EHS manager within reasonable time limit to concern

authorities with c/c mark to Technical head.

4. Technical head will take it in action and give necessary guideline to

comply this deviation/ non-compliance/violation of environmental

norms. Parallel arrange budget for necessary action to comply the

condition.



5. Communication received from the EHS manager will be discussed in

technical management meeting.

6. Board discussion, Decision and Action

The Chairperson will review the information available and take a

decision depending on the seriousness of the violation.

The decision will be taken to ensure the compliance of non-

compliance/ violation of environmental norms and it’s

safeguarded. The decision will be taken by consensus and if no

consensus is arrived at, voting will be conducted.

Enlist measures that would undertake to ensure that deviations/

noncompliance /violations of Environmental norms and take care

not to occur same violation in future.



Table: 10.3 Environment Monitoring Plan


with its analyzer

Parameters


Grease, etc.

Stack Monitoring of

each stack

Monthly by external agency PM, SO2, NOX, HCl, Cl2

Ambient Air Quality

Monitoring



by external agency




external agency

Nr. Main gate, Nr.



Work zone fugitive

monitoring


Health check-up of

workers


guideline

All workers



Figure 10.1

EHS Management

Technical Director

General Manager

(Operation)

ETP Chemist/operator

Environmental

Chemist

EHS Manager



Chapter-11

Summary & Conclusion

11.1 BACKGROUND

Since India is a developing country and industries have always played

major role in the economic development of the country. Gujarat is one of

the well-developed industrialized state, has a significant contribution in

industrial as well as economic growth of the country.

M/s. Karan Intermediates Pvt. Ltd. is proposed to start new unit for

manufacturing of various types of Chlorinated organic products like Mono

Chloro Acetic Acid (MCA)-300 MTPM, Chloro Acetyl Chloride (CAC)-150

MTPM, Tri Chloro Acetyl Chloride (TCAC)-150 MTPM, Sulphur Mono Chloride

(SMC)-100 MTPM, Aluminium Chloride-350 MTPM, Ferric Chloride-500 MTPM

at Survey No. 455 & 456, Village: Neja, Taluka: Khambhat, Dist.: Anand.

Total Area of project is 28025 m2, out of which 4500 m2 will be utilized for

current proposal and balance will be for future expansion.

11.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

Location of Project

Details of the project site are as given in following table:

Sr.

No.

Particulars Details

1 Plant location

Survey No. 455 & 456

Village Neja

Taluka Khambhat

District Anand

State Gujarat

2 Site Coordinates

Latitude 22°20'21.90" N

Longitude 72°34'52.01" E

3 Nearest Railway Station Khambhat (5.5 km)

4 Nearest Airport Vadodara (66.5 km)

5 Nearest City Anand (40 km)



6 Nearest Town Khambhat (4.5 km)

7 Nearest Village Sokhada (1.7 km)

8 Nearest Highway State highway 2.05 km

Site Details

The project site is in proximity of Anand District of Gujarat State. The land

in and around the plant site is plain. Project Proponent is very well familiar

with the surrounding environment; therefore, it becomes easy for the unit

to set up the project on the above said location.

The other supporting features are briefly summarized hereunder,


Availability of all basic facilities like infrastructure, communication,

transportation, medical facilities, fuel, water, power, unskilled &

skilled manpower, raw materials, road network etc.


Nearest town Khambhat & city Anand are 4.5 km and 40.0 km away

from the project site and very well connected with other parts of the

country by road & rail;



from project site.

The location of project is best suited to start the proposed activities. So no

alternative for site is analyzed.

11.3 PRODUCTION CAPACITIES

Production details are as under:

Details of the products

Sr.

No.


(MT/Month)






6. Feric Chloride 500



Total 1550

By product


2. Hydrochloric Acid (30%), sold or

captive consumption

1710




Investment of the project

The estimated cost of the project is around Rs. 650 lakhs. Out of this

around Rs. 100 lakhs will be invested for pollution control measures as

capital investment and around 20.0 lakhs as recurring cost of EMS per

annum.

11.4 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT

To predict the impact of the proposed activities on the surrounding

environment, the current baseline environmental status was studied by

collecting the data and carrying out monitoring for the period of March-

2015 to May-2015.

The environmental quality has been analyzed with respect to ambient air

quality, water quality, noise levels, soil characteristics, flora & fauna and

parameters concerning human interest. Based on the data, the relevant

impacts on various environmental components were also predicted by using

appropriate mathematical models as well as impact assessment techniques.

An appropriate environmental management plan was also delineated to

minimize the adverse impacts.

11.5 AIR ENVIRONMENT

The ambient air quality monitoring was carried out at eight AAQM locations,

to assess existing sub regional air quality status during the period of

March-2015 to May-2015.

Respirable dust sampler & Fine Particulate Sampler along with the analytical

methods prescribed by CPCB were used for carrying out air quality

monitoring. At all these sampling locations; PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, VOCs,

CO, HC (methane & non-methane) were monitored to enable the



comparison with ambient air quality standards prescribed by the Central

Pollution Control Board.

The data on concentrations of various pollutants were processed for

different statistical parameters like arithmetic mean, standard deviation,

minimum and maximum concentration and various percentile values.

Particulate Matter (PM10)

An average and 98th percentile value of 24-hourly PM10 values at all the

locations varied between 53.1-64.7 g/m3 and 60.8-71.4 g/m3, which are

well within the stipulated standard of CPCB, 100 g/m3.

Particulate Matter (PM2.5)

An average and 98th percentile value of 24-hourly PM2.5 values at all the

locations varied between 28.5-34.2 g/m3 and 33.6-40.9 g/m3, which are

well within the stipulated standard of CPCB, 60 g/m3.

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

An average and 98th percentile value of 24-hourly SO2 value of arithmetic


g/m3 respectively, which are well within the stipulated standards of 80

g/m3.

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)

An average and 98th percentile value of 24 hourly NOx value of arithmetic


g/m3 respectively, which are much lower than the standards stipulated by

CPCB, i.e. 80 g/m3.

11.6 WATER ENVIRONMENT

Ground water quality (Primary data)

Color: All the samples were colorless meeting desirable norms.

pH: All the samples meet the desirable standards (pH ranges from 7.2 to

7.8).

Total Dissolved Solids (TDS): TDS in samples ranges from 1253 mg/L

(Khambhat) to 2318 mg/L (Navagam Bara). All the samples meet the

permissible limit of 2000 mg/L (If alternate sources of potable water are not

available) except Navagam Bara.



Calcium: Calcium contents in the water ranges from 44 mg/L (Neja) to 102

mg/L (Navagam Bara), all the samples meet the permissible limit of 200

mg/L (If alternate sources of potable water are not available).

Magnesium: Magnesium content in the water ranges from 47 mg/L (Paldi)

to 95 mg/L (Lunej). All the samples meet even the permissible limit of 100

mg/L (if alternate source of potable water in not available).

Sulphate: Sulphate content in the water ranges from 89 mg/L (Nr. Project

site) to 119 mg/L (Nagra). All the samples meet the desirable limit of 200

mg/L for drinking water.

Fluoride: Fluoride content in the water ranges from 0.49 mg/L (Nagra) to

0.65 mg/L (Nr. Project site). All the samples meet the desirable limit (1.0

mg/L).

Total Alkalinity: Total alkalinity in the water samples ranges from 307

mg/L (Navagam Bara) to 345 mg/L (Lunej). All the samples are within the

permissible limit of drinking water (600 mg/L) (if alternate source of

portable water is not available).

Other Parameters: Potassium (ranges from 59 mg/L to 94 mg/L), Sodium

(ranges from 343 mg/L to 518 mg/L) and Chloride (ranges from 563 mg/L

to 1096 mg/L).

Heavy metals like copper, lead, chromium and zinc are found below

detectable limit in all samples.

Conclusions: Ground water samples from villages meet the permissible

limit set by the authority (BIS) except for TDS & Chloride (Navagam Bara).

11.7 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

The Leq values of noise levels during day-time varied from 51.2 dB(A) to

62.7 dB(A). Highest Leq daytime value was recorded at Khambhat Bus stand

due to transportation of vehicles. The Leq values of noise levels during night

time varied from 40.2 dB(A) to 58.3 dB(A). Highest Leq value during night

time was also recorded at Khambhat Bus stand.

11.8 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

Air Environment

Flue gas emission will be from the common stack attached to Boiler &

Thermic Fluid Heater (TFH) due to combustion of fuel. Bio fuel (Briquettes)



will be used as fuel. Unit has proposed to install cyclone & bag filter to the

stack attached to boiler & TFH as Air Pollution Control System. Process

emission will be from two stacks attached to reaction vessels of MCA and

CAC and TCAC. 3 Stage water scrubber followed by alkali scrubber will be

provided to control of Air Emission emit from process.

Most probable emitted pollutants from flue gas stacks will be SPM, SO2 and

NOx and process pollutants will be HCl, Chlorine and SO2.

Adequate stack height will be provided for proper dispersion of gaseous

emission. Unit has proposed to install D.G. set with capacity of 200 kVA,

which will be used in case of power failure/emergency only. HSD will be

used as a fuel hence no need of APCM.

Air Quality Modelling and Predictions

It is predicted that highest 24–hourly incremental GLC value for SPM, SO2,

NOx, HCl & Cl2 are 0.266 g/m3, 0.105 g/m3, 0.074 g/m3, 0.050 g/m3,

0.016 g/m3 respectively. The point of maximum concentration by unit

would be 1.00 km from center of industry in E direction.

With this marginal contribution due to the proposal of the project, the levels

of PM10, SO2, NOx, will remain well below the 24 –hourly ambient air quality

standards for SO2 & NOx (80 g/m3), PM10 (100 g/m3), PM2.5 (60 g/m3)

prescribed by CPCB.

Water Environment

The unit will satisfy its fresh water requirement by ground water source

because no alternative water source is available there. Total water

requirement will be tune around 99.0 KLD, out of which 90.5 KLD will be

fresh water requirement and 8.5 KLD will be treated w/w recycled. Fresh

water requirement will be mainly for scrubber, utilities, domestic and

gardening.

Source of wastewater generation will be mainly from utilities. Total

wastewater generation will be 13.0 KL/day; out of which 8.5 KL/day will be

industrial wastewater, which will be treated in primary treatment plant and

treated water reuse back in scrubber to achieve zero discharge. Rest 4.5

KL/day of domestic w/w will be disposed to soak pit followed by septic tank.

Thus, there will not be any major impact on the water environment due to

proposed project activities.



Hazardous Waste Management

The entire quantity of hazardous waste will be handled and disposed as per

Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Trans boundary Movement)

Rules'2008, amended time to time. Main source of hazardous waste

generation will be ETP sludge, distillation residue, used oil, discarded

containers & empty bags & liners.

ETP Sludge will be sent to TSDF site for final disposal, while distillation

residue will send to CHWIF for incineration and used lubricant oil will be

used within premises as a lubricant/ sell to registered recycler. Whereas

discarded containers/ barrels/liners will use for packing of ETP sludge, in

case of excess, it will be sold to approved recyclers or traders.

Unit has provided isolated storage area for the storage of hazardous waste.

Thus, hazardous waste management system provided by the unit will be

adequate and there will not be any major impact on the environment due to

hazardous waste management.

Noise Control Measures

The main noise generating sources in the plant will be boiler, TFH, material

handling, process plant, D.G. set, other machineries etc. However, the

noise transmitted outside the plant boundary will be low because most of

the noise generating equipments will be in closed structures provided with

acoustic enclosure. Greenbelt will be developed around the periphery of the

plant. Ear muff, ear plug will be provided to all workers working at noisy

area.

Green Belt Development

The unit proposes to develop greenbelt in area of 1500 m2 and it will be

more than 33% of total land utilization for proposed project.

11.9 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAMME

The details of monitoring are as below:


with its analyzer

Parameters


Grease, etc.

Stack Monitoring of Monthly by external agency PM, SO2, NOX, HCl, Cl2



each stack

Ambient Air Quality

Monitoring



by external agency




external agency

Nr. Main gate, Nr.



Work zone fugitive

monitoring


Health check-up of

workers


guideline

All workers

11.10 Qualitative Risk Analysis

Risk analysis and study have been carried out for identification of hazards,

selection of credible scenarios, Risk Mitigation measures etc. All the

hazardous chemicals will be stored and handled as per MSDS guidelines.

11.11 PROJECT BENEFITS

Proposed project will become beneficial to the surrounding area or

community in terms of infrastructural development, Social development,

employment and other tangible benefits.

The proposed project has a potential for employment of skilled, semi-skilled

and unskilled employees during construction phase as well as operational

phase.

11.12 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

Overall objective of EMP

Prevention: Measures aimed at impeding the occurrence of negative

environmental impacts and/or preventing such an occurrence having

harmful environmental impacts.

Preservation: Preventing any future actions that might adversely affect an

environmental resource or attribute.

Minimization: Limiting or reducing the degree, extent, magnitude, or

duration of adverse impacts.

EMP for proposed for the proposed project of Karan Intermediates covers

following aspects:

Description of mitigation measures



Description of monitoring program

Institutional arrangements

Implementation schedule

11.13 CONCLUSION

Based on the study it is concluded that,

There will be no major impact on water environment as generated

effluent will be treated in Effluent Treatment Plant having primary

treatment units and recycle in scrubber. Hence unit will achieve zero

discharge.

Domestic effluent will be disposed to soak pit followed by septic tank.

Bio fuel (Briquettes) will be used as a fuel. Unit has proposed to

install cyclone & bag filter as Air Pollution Control System to achieve

norms of GPCB.

3 stage water scrubber followed by alkali scrubber will be provided to

control process emission.

To prevent Fugitive emission, various steps will be taken like regular

sprinkling of water and pucca road.

Adequate arrangement for handling and disposal of Hazardous waste

will be made.

Fire protection and safety measures will be provided to take care of

fire and explosion hazard.

Suggestions of qualitative risk analysis study will be followed to

minimize accidents and for safe operations.

Recommendations suggested in Environmental Management Plan will

be followed to minimize the impact of proposed project.

Overall, direct and indirect employment opportunities, improvement in

basic infrastructures by development of industry etc. will be observed with

negligible impact on environment.

It can be concluded that on positive implementation of mitigation measures

and environmental management plan during the construction and

operational phase, there will be negligible impact on the environment.



Chapter-12

Disclosure of Consultant engaged Introduction

San Envirotech Pvt. Ltd. (An ISO 9001:2008, 14001:2008 and OHSAS 18001

certified company) is a leading multi-disciplinary testing laboratory in Gujarat.

SEPL provides testing services in the areas of environmental assessment and

analytical testing.

SAN Envirotech Pvt. Ltd. (henceforth SEPL) has started its work in 1990 to

serve the environment as a trustee of a next generation with a small

infrastructure under the dynamic leadership of Dr. Mahendra Sadaria.

During last two decade, SEPL has been taking care of client’s unique problems

and concerns in order to develop cost effective strategies to meet their

regulatory obligations. We focus on strategic planning and comprehensive

solutions to address both the short and long term needs of the clients.

Consequently we have developed long-term relationship with our clients to

provide them the services necessary to meet their changing needs.

To protect and preserve the natural resources on earth for future generation, it

offers extensive consultancy services in the field of environment. With its rich

experience, multidisciplinary expertise and with the support of its state-of the-

art analytical equipments, the services offered by the division are wide ranging

and encompasses entire scope of environment management and monitoring

services. With its emphasis on quality services over the years, it has evolved

itself into a single reference point in India for comprehensive environmental

services.

We conduct analytical works pertaining to various Environmental

Parameters. We perform Effluent treatability studies also. To conduct the

analysis work, we follow National & International Quality Standard and update

our process regularly.

“Quality Assurance Team” always welcomes any suggestion and

feedback, to improve the Quality, Performance and Standards of the

services. These suggestion and feedback are considered for reviewing of the

services and complied immediately.



Major Milestones and Accreditation

SEPL is a recognize schedule-II Environmental Auditor appointed by Gujarat

Pollution Control Board as per the directives of the Honorable High Court of

Gujarat. Recognize laboratory under Environment Protection (EP) Act, 1986 by

Government of India (GOI). SEPL has listed as Accredited EIA consultant

organization by NABET/QCI for EIA report preparation. The certificate of same

is attached with EIA report. SEPL has necessary manpower and expertise in

various fields and also the required infrastructure facilities to carry out work

related to EIA. Technical experts involved in the preparation of this EIA/EMP

report are given below:

Sr.

No.

Name Qualification Position Contribution Signature

1. Dr. Mahendra

Sadaria

Ph.D. Director Coordinator &

FAE of WP, AP,

HW & ISW

2. Dr. Khyati

Thacker

Ph.D. In-house

expert

Coordinator &

FAE for HW, EB,

AQ

3. Shobhana

Sadaria

MSW In-house

expert

FAE of SE

4. Diti Patel M.Sc.

(Env. Sci.)

In-house

expert

Associate

coordinator &

FAE of AP, WP,

AQ & team

member for NV

5. Shreya Bhatt M.Sc. (Micro) In-house

expert

FAE of WP

6. Henal Mehta M. Sc.

(Env. Sci.)

In-house

expert

Associate FAE of

AP & WP

7. Prabhat Kumar

Shrivastava

B. Tech

(Chemical)

Empanel

expert

FAE for RH

8. Mr. Satish Borad B.E. (Civil) Empanelled

expert

FAE of LU

9. Mr. Hardik Patel M.Sc.

(Geology)

Empanelled

expert

FAE of HG & GEO

10. Ashwin Sadaria B. Tech

(Agriculture

Engineering)

Empanelled

expert

Team member of

SC

CONTACT DETAILS:

San Envirotech Pvt. Ltd. 424, Medicine Market, Opp. Shefali Cross Road,

Paldi cross Road,

Ahmedabad-380006, Gujarat

Phone: 079-26583077

E-mail: [email protected]

mailto:[email protected]

Annexure-I MSDS of major hazardous chemicals

2 3 0

He a lt h

Fire

Re a c t iv it y

Pe rs o n a lPro t e c t io n

3

2

0

H

Material Safety Data SheetAcetic acid MSDS

Section 1: Chemical Product and Company Identification

Product Name: Acetic acid

Catalog Codes: SLA3784, SLA1438, SLA2101, SLA3604,SLA1258

CAS#: 64-19-7

RTECS: AF1225000

TSCA: TSCA 8(b) inventory: Acetic acid

CI#: Not applicable.

Synonym: Acetic acid; glacial acetic acid

Chemical Name: Acetic Acid, Glacial

Chemical Formula: C2-H4-O2

Contact Information:

Sciencelab.com, Inc.14025 Smith Rd.Houston, Texas 77396

US Sales: 1-800-901-7247International Sales: 1-281-441-4400

Order Online: ScienceLab.com

CHEMTREC (24HR Emergency Telephone), call:1-800-424-9300

International CHEMTREC, call: 1-703-527-3887

For non-emergency assistance, call: 1-281-441-4400

Section 2: Composition and Information on Ingredients

Composition:

Name CAS # % by Weight

Acetic acid 64-19-7 100

Toxicological Data on Ingredients: Acetic acid: ORAL (LD50): Acute: 3310 mg/kg [Rat]. 4960 mg/kg [Mouse]. 3530 mg/kg[Rat]. DERMAL (LD50): Acute: 1060 mg/kg [Rabbit]. VAPOR (LC50): Acute: 5620 ppm 1 hours [Mouse].

Section 3: Hazards Identification

Potential Acute Health Effects:Very hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant), of eye contact (irritant), of ingestion, of inhalation. Hazardous in case of skincontact (corrosive, permeator), of eye contact (corrosive). Liquid or spray mist may produce tissue damage particularly onmucous membranes of eyes, mouth and respiratory tract. Skin contact may produce burns. Inhalation of the spray mist mayproduce severe irritation of respiratory tract, characterized by coughing, choking, or shortness of breath. Inflammation of theeye is characterized by redness, watering, and itching. Skin inflammation is characterized by itching, scaling, reddening, or,occasionally, blistering.

Potential Chronic Health Effects:Hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant), of ingestion, of inhalation. CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: Not available.MUTAGENIC EFFECTS: Mutagenic for mammalian somatic cells. Mutagenic for bacteria and/or yeast. TERATOGENICEFFECTS: Not available. DEVELOPMENTAL TOXICITY: Not available. The substance may be toxic to kidneys, mucousmembranes, skin, teeth. Repeated or prolonged exposure to the substance can produce target organs damage. Repeated

http://www.sciencelab.com/

ABC

Text Box

A-1

or prolonged contact with spray mist may produce chronic eye irritation and severe skin irritation. Repeated or prolongedexposure to spray mist may produce respiratory tract irritation leading to frequent attacks of bronchial infection.

Section 4: First Aid Measures

Eye Contact:Check for and remove any contact lenses. In case of contact, immediately flush eyes with plenty of water for at least 15minutes. Cold water may be used. Get medical attention immediately.

Skin Contact:In case of contact, immediately flush skin with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes while removing contaminated clothingand shoes. Cover the irritated skin with an emollient. Cold water may be used.Wash clothing before reuse. Thoroughly cleanshoes before reuse. Get medical attention immediately.

Serious Skin Contact:Wash with a disinfectant soap and cover the contaminated skin with an anti-bacterial cream. Seek immediate medicalattention.

Inhalation:If inhaled, remove to fresh air. If not breathing, give artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. Get medicalattention immediately.

Serious Inhalation:Evacuate the victim to a safe area as soon as possible. Loosen tight clothing such as a collar, tie, belt or waistband. Ifbreathing is difficult, administer oxygen. If the victim is not breathing, perform mouth-to-mouth resuscitation. WARNING: It maybe hazardous to the person providing aid to give mouth-to-mouth resuscitation when the inhaled material is toxic, infectious orcorrosive. Seek immediate medical attention.

Ingestion:Do NOT induce vomiting unless directed to do so by medical personnel. Never give anything by mouth to an unconsciousperson. Loosen tight clothing such as a collar, tie, belt or waistband. Get medical attention if symptoms appear.

Serious Ingestion: Not available.

Section 5: Fire and Explosion Data

Flammability of the Product: Flammable.

Auto-Ignition Temperature: 463°C (865.4°F)

Flash Points: CLOSED CUP: 39°C (102.2°F). OPEN CUP: 43°C (109.4°F).

Flammable Limits: LOWER: 4% UPPER: 19.9%

Products of Combustion: These products are carbon oxides (CO, CO2).

Fire Hazards in Presence of Various Substances:Flammable in presence of open flames and sparks, of heat. Slightly flammable to flammable in presence of oxidizingmaterials, of metals.

Explosion Hazards in Presence of Various Substances:Risks of explosion of the product in presence of mechanical impact: Not available. Risks of explosion of the product inpresence of static discharge: Not available. Slightly explosive in presence of oxidizing materials.

Fire Fighting Media and Instructions:Flammable liquid, soluble or dispersed in water. SMALL FIRE: Use DRY chemical powder. LARGE FIRE: Use alcohol foam,water spray or fog. Cool containing vessels with water jet in order to prevent pressure build-up, autoignition or explosion.

Special Remarks on Fire Hazards:Reacts with metals to produces flammable hydrogen gas. It will ignite on contact with potassium-tert-butoxide. A mixture ofammonium nitrate and acetic acid ignites when warmed, especially if warmed.

Special Remarks on Explosion Hazards:

ABC

Text Box

A-2

Acetic acid vapors may form explosive mixtures with air. Reactions between acetic acid and the following materialsare potentially explosive: 5-azidotetrazole, bromine pentafluoride, chromium trioxide, hydrogen peroxide, potassiumpermanganate, sodium peroxide, and phorphorus trichloride. Dilute acetic acid and dilute hydrogen can undergo anexothermic reaction if heated, forming peracetic acid which is explosive at 110 degrees C. Reaction between chlorinetrifluoride and acetic acid is very violent, sometimes explosive.

Section 6: Accidental Release Measures

Small Spill:Dilute with water and mop up, or absorb with an inert dry material and place in an appropriate waste disposal container. Ifnecessary: Neutralize the residue with a dilute solution of sodium carbonate.

Large Spill:Flammable liquid. Corrosive liquid. Keep away from heat. Keep away from sources of ignition. Stop leak if without risk. If theproduct is in its solid form: Use a shovel to put the material into a convenient waste disposal container. If the product is inits liquid form: Absorb with DRY earth, sand or other non-combustible material. Do not get water inside container. Absorbwith an inert material and put the spilled material in an appropriate waste disposal. Do not touch spilled material. Use waterspray curtain to divert vapor drift. Prevent entry into sewers, basements or confined areas; dike if needed. Call for assistanceon disposal. Neutralize the residue with a dilute solution of sodium carbonate. Be careful that the product is not present at aconcentration level above TLV. Check TLV on the MSDS and with local authorities.

Section 7: Handling and Storage

Precautions:\Keep away from heat. Keep away from sources of ignition. Ground all equipment containing material. Do not ingest. Do notbreathe gas/fumes/ vapor/spray. Never add water to this product. In case of insufficient ventilation, wear suitable respiratoryequipment. If ingested, seek medical advice immediately and show the container or the label. Avoid contact with skin andeyes. Keep away from incompatibles such as oxidizing agents, reducing agents, metals, acids, alkalis.

Storage:Store in a segregated and approved area. Keep container in a cool, well-ventilated area. Keep container tightly closed andsealed until ready for use. Avoid all possible sources of ignition (spark or flame).

Section 8: Exposure Controls/Personal Protection

Engineering Controls:Provide exhaust ventilation or other engineering controls to keep the airborne concentrations of vapors below their respectivethreshold limit value. Ensure that eyewash stations and safety showers are proximal to the work-station location.

Personal Protection:Splash goggles. Synthetic apron. Vapor respirator. Be sure to use an approved/certified respirator or equivalent. Gloves(impervious).

Personal Protection in Case of a Large Spill:Splash goggles. Full suit. Vapor respirator. Boots. Gloves. A self contained breathing apparatus should be used to avoidinhalation of the product. Suggested protective clothing might not be sufficient; consult a specialist BEFORE handling thisproduct.

Exposure Limits:TWA: 10 STEL: 15 (ppm) [Australia] TWA: 25 STEL: 27 (mg/m3) [Australia] TWA: 10 STEL: 15 (ppm) from NIOSH TWA: 25STEL: 37 (mg/m3) from NIOSH TWA: 10 STEL: 15 (ppm) [Canada] TWA: 26 STEL: 39 (mg/m3) [Canada] TWA: 25 STEL: 37(mg/m3) TWA: 10 STEL: 15 (ppm) from ACGIH (TLV) [United States] [1999] TWA: 10 (ppm) from OSHA (PEL) [United States]TWA: 25 (mg/m3) from OSHA (PEL) [United States]Consult local authorities for acceptable exposure limits.

Section 9: Physical and Chemical Properties

ABC

Text Box

A-3

Physical state and appearance: Liquid.

Odor: Pungent, vinegar-like, sour (Strong.)

Taste: Vinegar, sour (Strong.)

Molecular Weight: 60.05 g/mole

Color: Colorless. Clear (Light.)

pH (1% soln/water): 2 [Acidic.]

Boiling Point: 118.1°C (244.6°F)

Melting Point: 16.6°C (61.9°F)

Critical Temperature: 321.67°C (611°F)

Specific Gravity: 1.049 (Water = 1)

Vapor Pressure: 1.5 kPa (@ 20°C)

Vapor Density: 2.07 (Air = 1)

Volatility: Not available.

Odor Threshold: 0.48 ppm

Water/Oil Dist. Coeff.: The product is more soluble in water; log(oil/water) = -0.2

Ionicity (in Water): Not available.

Dispersion Properties: See solubility in water, diethyl ether, acetone.

Solubility:Easily soluble in cold water, hot water. Soluble in diethyl ether, acetone. Miscible with Glycerol, alcohol, Benzene, CarbonTetrachloride. Practically insoluble in Carbon Disulfide.

Section 10: Stability and Reactivity Data

Stability: The product is stable.

Instability Temperature: Not available.

Conditions of Instability: Heat, ignition sources, incompatible materials

Incompatibility with various substances: Reactive with oxidizing agents, reducing agents, metals, acids, alkalis.

Corrosivity:Highly corrosive in presence of stainless steel(304). Slightly corrosive in presence of aluminum, of copper. Non-corrosive inpresence of stainless steel(316).

Special Remarks on Reactivity:Reacts violently with strong oxidizing agents, acetaldehyde, and acetic anhydride. Material can react with metals, strongbases, amines, carbonates, hydroxides, phosphates, many oxides,cyanides, sulfides, chromic acid, nitric acid, hydrogenperoxide, carbonates. ammonium nitrate, ammonium thiosulfate, chlorine trifluoride, chlorosulfonic acid, perchloric acid,permanganates, xylene, oleum, potassium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, phosphorus isocyanate, ethylenediamine, ethyleneimine.

Special Remarks on Corrosivity: Moderate corrosive effect on bronze. No corrosion data on brass

Polymerization: Will not occur.

Section 11: Toxicological Information

Routes of Entry: Absorbed through skin. Dermal contact. Eye contact. Inhalation. Ingestion.

ABC

Text Box

A-4

Toxicity to Animals:WARNING: THE LC50 VALUES HEREUNDER ARE ESTIMATED ON THE BASIS OF A 4-HOUR EXPOSURE. Acute oraltoxicity (LD50): 3310 mg/kg [Rat]. Acute dermal toxicity (LD50): 1060 mg/kg [Rabbit]. Acute toxicity of the vapor (LC50): 56201 hours [Mouse].

Chronic Effects on Humans:MUTAGENIC EFFECTS: Mutagenic for mammalian somatic cells. Mutagenic for bacteria and/or yeast. May cause damage tothe following organs: kidneys, mucous membranes, skin, teeth.

Other Toxic Effects on Humans:Extremely hazardous in case of inhalation (lung corrosive). Very hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant), of ingestion, .Hazardous in case of skin contact (corrosive, permeator), of eye contact (corrosive).

Special Remarks on Toxicity to Animals: Not available.

Special Remarks on Chronic Effects on Humans: May affect genetic material and may cause reproductive effects based onanimal data. No human data found.

Special Remarks on other Toxic Effects on Humans:Acute Potential Health Effects: Skin: Extremely irritating and corrosive. Causes skin irritation (reddening and itching,inflammation). May cause blistering , tissue damage and burns. Eyes: Extremely irritating and corrosive. Causes eye irritation,lacrimation, redness, and pain. May cause burns, blurred vision, conjunctivitis, conjunctival and corneal destruction andpermanent injury. Inhalation: Causes severe respiratory tract irritation. Affects the sense organs (nose, ear, eye, taste),and blood. May cause chemical pneumonitis, bronchitis, and pulmonary edema. Severe exposure may result in lung tissuedamage and corrosion (ulceration) of the mucous membranes. Inhalation may also cause rhinitis, sneezing, coughing,oppressive feeling in the chest or chest pain, dyspnea, wheezing, tachypnea, cyanosis, salivation, nausea, giddiness,muscular weakness. Ingestion: Moderately toxic. Corrosive. Causes gastrointestinal tract irritation (burning and pain of themouth, throat, and abdomen, coughing, ulceration, bleeding, nausea, abdomial spasms, vomiting, hematemesis, diarrhea.May Also affect the liver (impaired liver function), behavior (convulsions, giddines, muscular weakness), and the urinarysystem - kidneys (Hematuria, Albuminuria, Nephrosis, acute renal failure, acute tubular necrosis). May also cause dyspneaor asphyxia. May also lead to shock, coma and death. Chronic Potential Health Effects: Chronic exposure via ingestion maycause blackening or erosion of the teeth and jaw necrosis, pharyngitis, and gastritis. It may also behavior (similar to acuteingestion), and metabolism (weight loss). Chronic exposure via inhalation may cause asthma and/or bronchitis with cough,phlegm, and/or shortness of breath . It may also affect the blood (decreased leukocyte count), and urinary system (kidneys).Repeated or prolonged skin contact may cause thickening, blackening, and cracking of the skin.

Section 12: Ecological Information

Ecotoxicity:Ecotoxicity in water (LC50): 423 mg/l 24 hours [Fish (Goldfish)]. 88 ppm 96 hours [Fish (fathead minnow)]. 75 ppm 96 hours[Fish (bluegill sunfish)]. >100 ppm 96 hours [Daphnia].

BOD5 and COD: BOD-5: 0.34-0.88 g oxygen/g

Products of Biodegradation:Possibly hazardous short term degradation products are not likely. However, long term degradation products may arise.

Toxicity of the Products of Biodegradation: The products of degradation are less toxic than the product itself.

Special Remarks on the Products of Biodegradation: Not available.

Section 13: Disposal Considerations

Waste Disposal:Waste must be disposed of in accordance with federal, state and local environmental control regulations.

Section 14: Transport Information

DOT Classification:

ABC

Text Box

A-5

CLASS 3: Flammable liquid. Class 8: Corrosive material

Identification: : Acetic Acid, Glacial UNNA: 2789 PG: II

Special Provisions for Transport: Not available.

Section 15: Other Regulatory Information

Federal and State Regulations:New York release reporting list: Acetic acid Rhode Island RTK hazardous substances: Acetic acid Pennsylvania RTK: Aceticacid Florida: Acetic acid Minnesota: Acetic acid Massachusetts RTK: Acetic acid New Jersey: Acetic acid California Director'sList of Hazardous Subtances (8 CCR 339): Acetic acid TSCA 8(b) inventory: Acetic acid CERCLA: Hazardous substances.:Acetic acid: 5000 lbs. (2268 kg)

Other Regulations:OSHA: Hazardous by definition of Hazard Communication Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200). EINECS: This product is on theEuropean Inventory of Existing Commercial Chemical Substances.

Other Classifications:

WHMIS (Canada):CLASS B-3: Combustible liquid with a flash point between 37.8°C (100°F) and 93.3°C (200°F). CLASS E: Corrosive liquid.

DSCL (EEC):R10- Flammable. R35- Causes severe burns. S23- Do not breathe gas/fumes/vapour/spray [***] S26- In case of contact witheyes, rinse immediately with plenty of water and seek medical advice. S45- In case of accident or if you feel unwell, seekmedical advice immediately (show the label where possible).

HMIS (U.S.A.):

Health Hazard: 3

Fire Hazard: 2

Reactivity: 0

Personal Protection: H

National Fire Protection Association (U.S.A.):

Health: 3

Flammability: 2

Reactivity: 0

Specific hazard:

Protective Equipment:Gloves (impervious). Synthetic apron. Vapor respirator. Be sure to use an approved/certified respirator or equivalent. Wearappropriate respirator when ventilation is inadequate. Splash goggles.

Section 16: Other Information

References: Not available.

Other Special Considerations: Not available.

Created: 10/09/2005 03:35 PM

Last Updated: 05/21/2013 12:00 PM

The information above is believed to be accurate and represents the best information currently available to us. However, wemake no warranty of merchantability or any other warranty, express or implied, with respect to such information, and we assume

ABC

Text Box

A-6

no liability resulting from its use. Users should make their own investigations to determine the suitability of the information fortheir particular purposes. In no event shall ScienceLab.com be liable for any claims, losses, or damages of any third party or forlost profits or any special, indirect, incidental, consequential or exemplary damages, howsoever arising, even if ScienceLab.comhas been advised of the possibility of such damages.

ABC

Text Box

A-7

2 3 1

He a lt h

Fire

Re a c t iv it y


3

2

0

Material Safety Data SheetAcetic anhydride MSDS


Product Name: Acetic anhydride

Catalog Codes: SLA1693

CAS#: 108-24-7

RTECS: AK1925000

TSCA: TSCA 8(b) inventory: Acetic anhydride

CI#: Not available.

Synonym:

Chemical Formula: (CH3CO)2)









Composition:


Acetic anhydride 108-24-7 100

Toxicological Data on Ingredients: Acetic anhydride: ORAL (LD50): Acute: 1780 mg/kg [Rat]. DERMAL (LD50): Acute: 4000mg/kg [Rabbit].


Potential Acute Health Effects:Extremely hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant), of eye contact (irritant), of ingestion, of inhalation. Very hazardous incase of skin contact (corrosive). Hazardous in case of skin contact (permeator). Liquid or spray mist may produce tissuedamage particularly on mucous membranes of eyes, mouth and respiratory tract. Skin contact may produce burns. Inhalationof the spray mist may produce severe irritation of respiratory tract, characterized by coughing, choking, or shortness of breath.Inflammation of the eye is characterized by redness, watering, and itching. Skin inflammation is characterized by itching,scaling, reddening, or, occasionally, blistering.

Potential Chronic Health Effects:CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: Not available. MUTAGENIC EFFECTS: Not available. TERATOGENIC EFFECTS: Not available.DEVELOPMENTAL TOXICITY: Not available. The substance is toxic to lungs, mucous membranes. Repeated or prolongedexposure to the substance can produce target organs damage. Repeated or prolonged contact with spray mist may producechronic eye irritation and severe skin irritation. Repeated or prolonged exposure to spray mist may produce respiratory tractirritation leading to frequent attacks of bronchial infection.


ABC

Text Box

A-8


Eye Contact:Check for and remove any contact lenses. In case of contact, immediately flush eyes with plenty of water for at least 15minutes. Get medical attention immediately.

Skin Contact:In case of contact, immediately flush skin with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes while removing contaminated clothingand shoes. Cover the irritated skin with an emollient. Wash clothing before reuse. Thoroughly clean shoes before reuse. Getmedical attention immediately.




Ingestion:Do NOT induce vomiting unless directed to do so by medical personnel. Never give anything by mouth to an unconsciousperson. If large quantities of this material are swallowed, call a physician immediately. Loosen tight clothing such as a collar,tie, belt or waistband.



Flammability of the Product: Flammable.

Auto-Ignition Temperature: 316°C (600.8°F)

Flash Points: CLOSED CUP: 49°C (120.2°F). OPEN CUP: 51°C (123.8°F).

Flammable Limits: LOWER: 2.7% UPPER: 10.3%

Products of Combustion: These products are carbon oxides (CO, CO2).

Fire Hazards in Presence of Various Substances: Flammable in presence of heat.

Explosion Hazards in Presence of Various Substances:Risks of explosion of the product in presence of mechanical impact: Not available. Risks of explosion of the product inpresence of static discharge: Not available.

Fire Fighting Media and Instructions:Flammable liquid. SMALL FIRE: Use DRY chemical powder. LARGE FIRE: Use alcohol foam, water spray or fog. Coolcontaining vessels with water jet in order to prevent pressure build-up, autoignition or explosion.

Special Remarks on Fire Hazards: Not available.

Special Remarks on Explosion Hazards: Not available.


Small Spill: Absorb with an inert material and put the spilled material in an appropriate waste disposal.

ABC

Text Box

A-9

Large Spill:Flammable liquid. Corrosive liquid. Keep away from heat. Keep away from sources of ignition. Stop leak if without risk. Absorbwith DRY earth, sand or other non-combustible material. Do not get water inside container. Do not touch spilled material.Use water spray curtain to divert vapor drift. Prevent entry into sewers, basements or confined areas; dike if needed. Callfor assistance on disposal. Be careful that the product is not present at a concentration level above TLV. Check TLV on theMSDS and with local authorities.


Precautions:Keep container dry. Keep away from heat. Keep away from sources of ignition. Ground all equipment containing material.Do not ingest. Do not breathe gas/fumes/ vapor/spray. Never add water to this product. In case of insufficient ventilation,wear suitable respiratory equipment. If ingested, seek medical advice immediately and show the container or the label. Avoidcontact with skin and eyes.

Storage:Store in a segregated and approved area. Keep container in a cool, well-ventilated area. Keep container tightly closed andsealed until ready for use. Avoid all possible sources of ignition (spark or flame).



Personal Protection:Face shield. Full suit. Vapor respirator. Be sure to use an approved/certified respirator or equivalent. Gloves. Boots.


Exposure Limits:TWA: 5 TWA: 20 Consult local authorities for acceptable exposure limits.



Odor: Strong.

Taste: Strong.


Color: Light.

pH (1% soln/water): Not available.

Boiling Point: 139.9°C (283.8°F)

Melting Point: -73.1 (-99.6°F)

Critical Temperature: Not available.




ABC

Text Box

A-10


Odor Threshold: 0.1 ppm

Water/Oil Dist. Coeff.: Not available.


Dispersion Properties: Not available.

Solubility: Not available.




Conditions of Instability: Not available.

Incompatibility with various substances: Not available.

Corrosivity: Not available.

Special Remarks on Reactivity: Not available.

Special Remarks on Corrosivity: Not available.



Routes of Entry: Dermal contact. Eye contact. Inhalation. Ingestion.

Toxicity to Animals:WARNING: THE LC50 VALUES HEREUNDER ARE ESTIMATED ON THE BASIS OF A 4-HOUR EXPOSURE. Acute oraltoxicity (LD50): 1780 mg/kg [Rat]. Acute dermal toxicity (LD50): 4000 mg/kg [Rabbit]. Acute toxicity of the vapor (LC50): 10004 hours [Rat].

Chronic Effects on Humans: Causes damage to the following organs: lungs, mucous membranes.

Other Toxic Effects on Humans:Extremely hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant), of ingestion, . Very hazardous in case of skin contact (corrosive).Hazardous in case of skin contact (permeator), of eye contact (corrosive), of inhalation (lung corrosive).


Special Remarks on Chronic Effects on Humans: Not available.

Special Remarks on other Toxic Effects on Humans: Not available.


Ecotoxicity: Not available.

BOD5 and COD: Not available.




ABC

Text Box

A-11


Waste Disposal:


DOT Classification: Class 8: Corrosive material

Identification: : Acetic Anhydride UNNA: UN1715 PG: II



Federal and State Regulations:Pennsylvania RTK: Acetic anhydride Massachusetts RTK: Acetic anhydride TSCA 8(b) inventory: Acetic anhydride CERCLA:Hazardous substances.: Acetic anhydride

Other Regulations: OSHA: Hazardous by definition of Hazard Communication Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200).


WHMIS (Canada):CLASS B-3: Combustible liquid with a flash point between 37.8°C (100°F) and 93.3°C (200°F). CLASS E: Corrosive liquid.

DSCL (EEC):R10- Flammable. R20/22- Harmful by inhalation and if swallowed. R34- Causes burns.

HMIS (U.S.A.):

Health Hazard: 3

Fire Hazard: 2

Reactivity: 0

Personal Protection:


Health: 3

Flammability: 2

Reactivity: 1

Specific hazard:

Protective Equipment:Gloves. Full suit. Vapor respirator. Be sure to use an approved/certified respirator or equivalent. Wear appropriate respiratorwhen ventilation is inadequate. Face shield.




Created: 10/10/2005 08:13 PM

Last Updated: 05/21/2013 12:00 PM

The information above is believed to be accurate and represents the best information currently available to us. However, wemake no warranty of merchantability or any other warranty, express or implied, with respect to such information, and we assume

ABC

Text Box

A-12

no liability resulting from its use. Users should make their own investigations to determine the suitability of the information fortheir particular purposes. In no event shall ScienceLab.com be liable for any claims, losses, or damages of any third party or forlost profits or any special, indirect, incidental, consequential or exemplary damages, howsoever arising, even if ScienceLab.comhas been advised of the possibility of such damages.

ABC

Text Box

A-13

MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET

SECTION 1 CHEMICAL PRODUCT AND COMPANY IDENTIFICATION

SUBSTANCE: CHLORINE TRADE NAMES/SYNONYMS: MTG MSDS 22; CHLORINE MOLECULAR; DIATOMIC CHLORINE; DICHLORINE; MOLECULAR CHLORINE; UN 1017; Cl2; MAT04600; RTECS FO2100000 CHEMICAL FAMILY: halogens, gas CREATION DATE: Jan 24 1989 REVISION DATE: Dec 16 2002

SECTION 2 COMPOSITION, INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS

COMPONENT: CHLORINE CAS NUMBER: 7782-50-5 PERCENTAGE: 100.0

SECTION 3 HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION

NFPA RATINGS (SCALE 0-4): HEALTH=4 FIRE=0 REACTIVITY=0 EMERGENCY OVERVIEW: COLOR: yellow or green PHYSICAL FORM: gas ODOR: distinct odor, irritating odor MAJOR HEALTH HAZARDS: harmful if inhaled, respiratory tract burns, skin burns, eye burns PHYSICAL HAZARDS: Containers may rupture or explode if exposed to heat. May ignite combustibles. POTENTIAL HEALTH EFFECTS: INHALATION: SHORT TERM EXPOSURE: burns, chest pain, difficulty breathing, headache, dizziness, hyperactivity, emotional disturbances, bluish skin color, lung damage, death LONG TERM EXPOSURE: burns, skin disorders, lack of sense of smell, lung damage SKIN CONTACT: SHORT TERM EXPOSURE: burns LONG TERM EXPOSURE: burns EYE CONTACT:

MATHESON TRI-GAS, INC. EMERGENCY CONTACT:959 ROUTE 46 EAST CHEMTREC 1-800-424-9300PARSIPPANY, NEW JERSEY 07054-0624 INFORMATION CONTACT:

973-257-1100

ABC

Text Box

A-14

SHORT TERM EXPOSURE: burns LONG TERM EXPOSURE: burns INGESTION: SHORT TERM EXPOSURE: ingestion of harmful amounts is unlikely LONG TERM EXPOSURE: ingestion of harmful amounts is unlikely

SECTION 4 FIRST AID MEASURES

INHALATION: If adverse effects occur, remove to uncontaminated area. Give artificial respiration if not breathing. If breathing is difficult, oxygen should be administered by qualified personnel. Get immediate medical attention. SKIN CONTACT: Wash skin with soap and water for at least 15 minutes while removing contaminated clothing and shoes. Get immediate medical attention. Thoroughly clean and dry contaminated clothing and shoes before reuse. Destroy contaminated shoes. EYE CONTACT: Immediately flush eyes with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes. Then get immediate medical attention. INGESTION: Contact local poison control center or physician immediately. Never make an unconscious person vomit or drink fluids. Give large amounts of water or milk. Allow vomiting to occur. When vomiting occurs, keep head lower than hips to help prevent aspiration. If person is unconscious, turn head to side. Get medical attention immediately. NOTE TO PHYSICIAN: For inhalation, consider oxygen. Avoid gastric lavage or emesis.

SECTION 5 FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES

FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARDS: Negligible fire hazard. Oxidizer. May ignite or explode on contact with combustible materials. EXTINGUISHING MEDIA: water Do not use dry chemicals, carbon dioxide or halogenated extinguishing agents. Large fires: Flood with fine water spray. FIRE FIGHTING: Move container from fire area if it can be done without risk. Cool containers with water spray until well after the fire is out. Stay away from the ends of tanks. For fires in cargo or storage area: If this is impossible then take the following precautions: Keep unnecessary people away, isolate hazard area and deny entry. Let the fire burn. For small fires, contain and let burn. Use extinguishing agents appropriate for surrounding fire. Cool containers with water spray until well after the fire is out. Apply water from a protected location or from a safe distance. Avoid inhalation of material or combustion by-products. Stay upwind and keep out of low areas. Evacuation radius: 800 meters (1/2 mile).

SECTION 6 ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES

AIR RELEASE: Reduce vapors with water spray. Collect runoff for disposal as potential hazardous waste.

ABC

Text Box

A-15

SOIL RELEASE: Dig holding area such as lagoon, pond or pit for containment. Dike for later disposal. Trap spilled material at bottom in deep water pockets, excavated holding areas or within sand bag barriers. Absorb with sand or other non-combustible material. Add an alkaline material (lime, crushed limestone, sodium bicarbonate, or soda ash). WATER RELEASE: Add an alkaline material (lime, crushed limestone, sodium bicarbonate, or soda ash). Absorb with activated carbon. Collect spilled material using mechanical equipment. OCCUPATIONAL RELEASE: Stop leak if possible without personal risk. Avoid contact with combustible materials. Keep unnecessary people away, isolate hazard area and deny entry. Ventilate closed spaces before entering. Notify Local Emergency Planning Committee and State Emergency Response Commission for release greater than or equal to RQ (U.S. SARA Section 304). If release occurs in the U.S. and is reportable under CERCLA Section 103, notify the National Response Center at (800)424-8802 (USA) or (202)426-2675 (USA).

SECTION 7 HANDLING AND STORAGE

STORAGE: Store and handle in accordance with all current regulations and standards. Protect from physical damage. Keep separated from incompatible substances. Store outside or in a detached building. Notify State Emergency Response Commission for storage or use at amounts greater than or equal to the TPQ (U.S. EPA SARA Section 302). SARA Section 303 requires facilities storing a material with a TPQ to participate in local emergency response planning (U.S. EPA 40 CFR 355.30).

SECTION 8 EXPOSURE CONTROLS, PERSONAL PROTECTION

EXPOSURE LIMITS: CHLORINE: 1 ppm (3 mg/m3) OSHA ceiling 0.5 ppm (1.5 mg/m3) OSHA TWA (vacated by 58 FR 35338, June 30, 1993) 1 ppm (3 mg/m3) OSHA STEL (vacated by 58 FR 35338, June 30, 1993) 0.5 ppm ACGIH TWA 1 ppm ACGIH STEL 0.5 ppm (1.45 mg/m3) NIOSH recommended ceiling 15 minute(s) VENTILATION: Provide local exhaust or process enclosure ventilation system. Ensure compliance with applicable exposure limits. EYE PROTECTION: Wear splash resistant safety goggles with a faceshield. Provide an emergency eye wash fountain and quick drench shower in the immediate work area. CLOTHING: Wear appropriate chemical resistant clothing. GLOVES: Wear appropriate chemical resistant gloves. RESPIRATOR: The following respirators and maximum use concentrations are drawn from NIOSH and/or OSHA.

ABC

Text Box

A-16

5 ppm Any chemical cartridge respirator with cartridge(s) providing protection against this substance. Any supplied-air respirator. 10 ppm Any supplied-air respirator operated in a continuous-flow mode. Any powered, air-purifying respirator with cartridge(s) providing protection against this substance. Any chemical cartridge respirator with a full facepiece and cartridge(s) providing protection against this substance. Any air-purifying respirator with a full facepiece and a canister providing protection against this substance. Any self-contained breathing apparatus with a full facepiece. Any supplied-air respirator with a full facepiece. Escape - Any air-purifying respirator with a full facepiece and a canister providing protection against this substance. Any appropriate escape-type, self-contained breathing apparatus. For Unknown Concentrations or Immediately Dangerous to Life or Health - Any supplied-air respirator with full facepiece and operated in a pressure-demand or other positive-pressure mode in combination with a separate escape supply. Any self-contained breathing apparatus with a full facepiece.

SECTION 9 PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES

PHYSICAL STATE: gas COLOR: yellow or green ODOR: distinct odor, irritating odor MOLECULAR WEIGHT: 70.906 MOLECULAR FORMULA: Cl2 BOILING POINT: -31 F (-35 C) FREEZING POINT: -150 F (-101 C) VAPOR PRESSURE: 5168 mmHg @ 21 C VAPOR DENSITY (air=1): 2.49 SPECIFIC GRAVITY: Not applicable DENSITY: 3.214 g/L @ 0 C WATER SOLUBILITY: 1.46% @ 0 C PH: Not applicable VOLATILITY: Not applicable ODOR THRESHOLD: 0.01 ppm EVAPORATION RATE: Not applicable VISCOSITY: 0.01327 cP @ 20 C COEFFICIENT OF WATER/OIL DISTRIBUTION: Not applicable SOLVENT SOLUBILITY: Soluble: alkali

SECTION 10 STABILITY AND REACTIVITY

REACTIVITY: Stable at normal temperatures and pressure. CONDITIONS TO AVOID: Avoid contact with combustible materials. Minimize contact with material. Avoid inhalation of material or combustion by-products. Keep out of water supplies and sewers.

ABC

Text Box

A-17

INCOMPATIBILITIES: combustible materials, bases, metals, halogens, metal salts, reducing agents, amines, metal carbide, metal oxides, oxidizing materials, halo carbons, acids HAZARDOUS DECOMPOSITION: Thermal decomposition products: chlorine POLYMERIZATION: Will not polymerize.

SECTION 11 TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION

CHLORINE: TOXICITY DATA: 293 ppm/1 hour(s) inhalation-rat LC50 CARCINOGEN STATUS: ACGIH: A4 -Not Classifiable as a Human Carcinogen LOCAL EFFECTS: Corrosive: inhalation, skin, eye ACUTE TOXICITY LEVEL: Toxic: inhalation MEDICAL CONDITIONS AGGRAVATED BY EXPOSURE: heart problems TUMORIGENIC DATA: Available. MUTAGENIC DATA: Available. REPRODUCTIVE EFFECTS DATA: Available.

SECTION 12 ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION

ECOTOXICITY DATA: FISH TOXICITY: 390 ug/L 96 hour(s) LC50 (Mortality) Orangethroat darter (Etheostoma spectabile) INVERTEBRATE TOXICITY: 637.5 ug/L 1 hour(s) LC50 (Mortality) Pacific oyster (Crassostrea gigas) ALGAL TOXICITY: 50-1000 ug/L 23 hour(s) (Population) Algae,phytoplankton,algal mat (Algae) PHYTOTOXICITY: 20 ug/L 96 day(s) (Growth) Water-milfoil (Myriophyllum spicatum)

SECTION 13 DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS

Subject to disposal regulations: U.S. EPA 40 CFR 262. Hazardous Waste Number(s): D001. Dispose in accordance with all applicable regulations.

SECTION 14 TRANSPORT INFORMATION

U.S. DOT 49 CFR 172.101: PROPER SHIPPING NAME: Chlorine ID NUMBER: UN1017 HAZARD CLASS OR DIVISION: 2.3 LABELING REQUIREMENTS: 2.3; 8 ADDITIONAL SHIPPING DESCRIPTION: Toxic-Inhalation Hazard Zone B

ABC

Text Box

A-18

CANADIAN TRANSPORTATION OF DANGEROUS GOODS: SHIPPING NAME: Chlorine ID NUMBER: UN1017 CLASSIFICATION: 2.3, 8

SECTION 15 REGULATORY INFORMATION

U.S. REGULATIONS: CERCLA SECTIONS 102a/103 HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES (40 CFR 302.4): CHLORINE: 10 LBS RQ SARA TITLE III SECTION 302 EXTREMELY HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES (40 CFR 355.30): CHLORINE: 100 LBS TPQ SARA TITLE III SECTION 304 EXTREMELY HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES (40 CFR 355.40): CHLORINE: 10 LBS RQ SARA TITLE III SARA SECTIONS 311/312 HAZARDOUS CATEGORIES (40 CFR 370.21): ACUTE: Yes CHRONIC: No FIRE: No REACTIVE: No SUDDEN RELEASE: Yes SARA TITLE III SECTION 313 (40 CFR 372.65): CHLORINE OSHA PROCESS SAFETY (29CFR1910.119): CHLORINE: 1500 LBS TQ STATE REGULATIONS: California Proposition 65: Not regulated. CANADIAN REGULATIONS: WHMIS CLASSIFICATION: ACD1E NATIONAL INVENTORY STATUS: U.S. INVENTORY (TSCA): Listed on inventory. TSCA 12(b) EXPORT NOTIFICATION: Not listed. CANADA INVENTORY (DSL/NDSL): Not determined.

SECTION 16 OTHER INFORMATION

MSDS SUMMARY OF CHANGES SECTION 15 REGULATORY INFORMATION

ABC

Text Box

A-19

©Copyright 1984-2002 MDL Information Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. MATHESON TRI-GAS, INC. MAKES NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, GUARANTEES OR REPRESENTATIONS REGARDING THE PRODUCT OR THE INFORMATION HEREIN, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR USE. MATHESON TRI-GAS, INC. SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY PERSONAL INJURY, PROPERTY OR OTHER DAMAGES OF ANY NATURE, WHETHER COMPENSATORY, CONSEQUENTIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR OTHERWISE, RESULTING FROM ANY PUBLICATION, USE OR RELIANCE UPON THE INFORMATION HEREIN.

ABC

Text Box

A-20

CAS# 10025-67-9

Code AC-8748P

Formula weight

Supersedes

135.03

SULFUR MONOCHLORIDE

S2Cl2

Disulfur dichloride, Sulfursub chloride, Thiosulfurousdichloride, AC-8748P, 88320

For laboratory use only.

Anachemia Science.500 - 2nd Ave.Ville St. Pierre (Montreal), QueH8R 1M3

Section II. Ingredients

Material Safety Data Sheet

Synonyms

Chemical formula

Material uses

WHMIS Protective Clothing TDG Road/Rail

Section I. Product Identification and Uses

Not available.

Supplier

CI#Product name

PIN: UN1828 PG: I

WHMIS CLASS: E D-1B F TDG CLASS: 8

1) SULFUR MONOCHLORIDE 10025-67-9 98 Exposure limits: ACGIH Ceiling 1 ppm(6 mg/m3)

SULFUR MONOCHLORIDE: ORAL (LD50): Acute: 132 mg/kg (Rat). VAPOR (LC50): Acute: 150 ppm (Mouse).

Toxicity values of thehazardous ingredients

Name CAS # %

EMERGENCY NUMBERS:

(USA) CHEMTREC : 1(800) 424-9300 (24hrs)(CAN) CANUTEC : 1(613) 996-6666 (24hrs)(USA) Anachemia : 1(518) 297-4444(CAN) Anachemia : 1(514) 489-5711

TLV

ABC

Text Box

A-21

Section V. Toxicological Properties

May be fatal by ingestion, inhalation, or by skin absorption. Severe lachrymator. Target organs: eyes, skin,respiratory system, lungs. 5 ppm (SULFUR MONOCHLORIDE) is immediately dangerous to life or health.

Section III. Physical DataPhysical state andappearance / Odor

Percent volatile

pH (1% soln/water)

Freezing point

Boiling point

Vapor pressure

Odor threshold

Specific gravity

Vapor density

Water/oil dist. coeff.

Evaporation rate

Solubility

Not available.

Not applicable.

-80°C

138°C

1.688 (Water = 1)

4.7 (Air = 1)

6.8 (44) mm of Hg @ 20°C (55°C)

Not available.

Not available.

Decomposes in water.

Not available.

Unpleasant odor. Clear liquid.

SULFUR MONOCHLORIDE page 2/4

Auto-ignition temperature

Fire degradationproducts

Flash point

Fire extinguishingprocedures

Flammable limits

Fire and ExplosionHazards

232°C

CLOSED CUP: >94°C

Not available.

Use dry chemical powder. DO NOT use water. Wear adequate personal protection to prevent contact with materialor its combustion products. Self contained breathing apparatus with a full facepiece operated in a pressure demandor other positive pressure mode.

Flammable/explosive hydrogen gas may be formed upon contact of this product with metals in the presence ofmoisture. Container explosion may occur under fire conditions or when heated. Reacts violently with water. Emitstoxic fumes under fire conditions.

Section IV. Fire and Explosion Data

Effects of AcuteExposure

Routes of entry Ingestion and inhalation. Eye contact. Skin contact.

Ingestion

Inhalation

Skin

Eye Causes severe burns and loss of vision. May cause permanent damage.

Causes severe burns.

Material is extremely destructive to tissue of the mucous membranes and upper respiratory tract. Inhalation may befatal as a result of spasm, inflammation and edema of the larynx and bronchi, chemical pneumonitis and pulmonaryedema. Symptoms of exposure may include burning sensation, coughing, laryngitis, dyspnea, headache, nausea, andvomiting.

Burns in mouth, pharynx and gastrointestinal tract. See inhalation.

Hydrogen chloride. Hydrogen sulfide. Oxides of sulfur (SO2, SO3 ...).

ABC

Text Box

A-22

Section VI. First Aid Measures

Section V. Toxicological Properties

Evolves hydrochloric acid, thiosulfuric acid, and sulfur in presence of moisture. Hazardous polymerization will notoccur.

If conscious, wash out mouth with water. Seek immediate medical attention. Never give anything by mouth to anunconscious person.

Hazardous decomp.products

Stability

Incompatibility

Stable. Conditions to avoid: High temperatures, sparks, open flames and all other sources of ignition,contamination.

Hydrogen chloride, sulfur oxides (SO2, SO3...), hydrogen sulfide. Readily hydrolyzed by moisture.

Reacts violently with water, acids, alcohols, bases, peroxides, amines, antimony, antimony sulfide, arsenic sulfide,chromyl chloride, sodium peroxide, phosphorus oxides, alkenes, terpenes, unsaturated glycerides, mercury oxide,acetone, aluminum, dimethylsulfoxide, tin, dimethylformamide. Organic materials, metals. May attack some formsof plastics, rubbers and coatings.

Section VII. Reactivity Data

Reaction Products

SULFUR MONOCHLORIDE page 3/4

IMMEDIATELY flush eyes with copious quantities of water for at least 15 minutes holding lids apart to ensure flushingof the entire surface. Seek immediate medical attention.

Remove patient to fresh air. Administer approved oxygen supply if breathing is difficult. Administer artificial respirationor CPR if breathing has ceased. Seek immediate medical attention.

Eye contact

Skin contact

Inhalation

Ingestion

Immediately flush skin with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes while removing contaminated clothing and shoes.Seek immediate medical attention. Wash contaminated clothing before reusing. Discard contaminated leatherarticles such as shoes and belt.

Effects of ChronicOverexposure

Repeated inhalation can produce varying degree of respiratory irritation or lung damage. To the best of our knowledge,the chemical, physical, and toxicity of this substance has not been fully investigated.

ABC

Text Box

A-23

While the company believes the data set forth herein are accurate as of the date hereof, the company makes no warranty with respect theretoand expressly disclaims all liability for reliance thereon. Such data are offered solely for your consideration, investigation and verification.

Section X. Other Information

Waste disposal

Storage and Handling

Spill and leak

Protective Clothing incase of spill and leak

For small quantities: CAUTIOUSLY add to a large stirred excess of water. Adjust the pH to neutral, separate anyinsoluble solids or liquids and package them for hazardous-waste disposal. Flush the aqueous solution down thedrain with plenty of water. The hydrolysis and neutralization reactions may generate heat and fumes which can becontrolled by rate of addition. According to all applicable regulations.

Evacuate the area. Absorb on sand or vermiculite and place in a closed container for disposal. Ventilate area andwash spill site after material pick up is complete. DO NOT empty into drains. DO NOT touch spilled material.

Wear self-contained breathing apparatus, rubber boots and heavy rubber gloves. Full suit.

Store in a cool place away from heated areas, sparks, and flame. Store in a well ventilated area. Store away fromincompatible materials. Do not add any other material to the container. Do not wash down the drain. Do not breathegas/fumes/vapor/spray. In case of insufficient ventilation, wear suitable respiratory equipment. Keep away from directsunlight or strong incandescent light. Keep container tightly closed and dry. Keep under inert atmosphere. Store undernitrogen. Manipulate under an adequate fume hood. Empty containers may contain a hazardous residue. Handle andopen container with care. Take off immediately all contaminated clothing. Never add water to this product. Thisproduct must be manipulated by qualified personnel. Do not get in eyes, on skin, or on clothing. Wash well after use. Inaccordance with good storage and handling practices. Do not allow smoking and food consumption while handling.After handling, always wash hands thoroughly with soap and water.

Section VIII. Preventive Measures page 4/4SULFUR MONOCHLORIDE

Face shield and splash goggles. Impervious gloves, apron, coveralls, and/or other resistant protective clothing. Sufficient to protectskin. A OSHA/MSHA jointly approved respirator is advised in the absence of proper environmental controls. If more than TLV, do notbreathe vapor. Wear self-contained breathing apparatus. Do not wear contact lenses. Make eye bath and emergency showeravailable.

Section IX. Protective Measures

Engineering controls Use only in a chemical fume hood to keep airborne levels below recommended exposure limits.

Protective clothing

Prepared by MSDS Department/Département de F.S.. Validated 06-May-2013

EMERGENCY NUMBERS:(USA) CHEMTREC :1(800) 424-9300 (24hrs)(CAN) CANUTEC :1(613) 996-6666 (24hrs)(USA) Anachemia :1(518) 297-4444(CAN) Anachemia :1(514) 489-5711

Corrosive! Highly toxic! Dangerously reactive material! Lachrymator. Causes severeburns! Do not breathe vapor. Avoid all contact with the product. Avoid prolonged orrepeated exposure. Use only in a chemical fume hood. Handle and open container withcare. Never add water to this product. Reacts violently with water.RTECS NO: WS4300000 (Sulfur monochloride).

Special Precautions orcomments

41

W2

NFPA

ABC

Text Box

A-24

0 4 2

He a lt h

Fire

Re a c t iv it y


3

0

2

Material Safety Data SheetThionyl chloride MSDS


Product Name: Thionyl chloride

Catalog Codes:

CAS#: 7719-09-7

RTECS: XM5150000

TSCA: TSCA 8(b) inventory: Thionyl chloride

CI#: Not available.

Synonym: Sulfurous oxychloride; Sulfinyl chloride; Sulfurchloride oxide; Sulfurous dichloride; Thionyl dichloride

Chemical Name: Thionyl chloride

Chemical Formula: Cl2OS









Composition:


Thionyl chloride 7719-09-7 100

Toxicological Data on Ingredients: Thionyl chloride: VAPOR (LC50): Acute: 500 ppm 1 hours [Rat].


Potential Acute Health Effects:Very hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant), of eye contact (irritant), of ingestion, of inhalation. Hazardous in case ofskin contact (corrosive, permeator), of eye contact (corrosive). Liquid or spray mist may produce tissue damage particularlyon mucous membranes of eyes, mouth and respiratory tract. Skin contact may produce burns. Inhalation of the spray mistmay produce severe irritation of respiratory tract, characterized by coughing, choking, or shortness of breath. Severe over-exposure can result in death. Inflammation of the eye is characterized by redness, watering, and itching. Skin inflammation ischaracterized by itching, scaling, reddening, or, occasionally, blistering.

Potential Chronic Health Effects:CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: Not available. MUTAGENIC EFFECTS: Not available. TERATOGENIC EFFECTS: Not available.DEVELOPMENTAL TOXICITY: Not available. The substance may be toxic to upper respiratory tract, skin, eyes. Repeatedor prolonged exposure to the substance can produce target organs damage. Repeated or prolonged contact with spray mistmay produce chronic eye irritation and severe skin irritation. Repeated or prolonged exposure to spray mist may producerespiratory tract irritation leading to frequent attacks of bronchial infection. Repeated exposure to a highly toxic material mayproduce general deterioration of health by an accumulation in one or many human organs.


ABC

Text Box

A-25


Eye Contact:Check for and remove any contact lenses. In case of contact, immediately flush eyes with plenty of water for at least 15minutes. Get medical attention immediately.

Skin Contact:In case of contact, immediately flush skin with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes while removing contaminated clothingand shoes. Cover the irritated skin with an emollient. Wash clothing before reuse. Thoroughly clean shoes before reuse. Getmedical attention immediately.




Ingestion:Do NOT induce vomiting unless directed to do so by medical personnel. Never give anything by mouth to an unconsciousperson. If large quantities of this material are swallowed, call a physician immediately. Loosen tight clothing such as a collar,tie, belt or waistband.



Flammability of the Product: Non-flammable.

Auto-Ignition Temperature: Not applicable.

Flash Points: Not applicable.

Flammable Limits: Not applicable.

Products of Combustion: Not available.

Fire Hazards in Presence of Various Substances: Not applicable.

Explosion Hazards in Presence of Various Substances:Risks of explosion of the product in presence of mechanical impact: Not available. Risks of explosion of the product inpresence of static discharge: Not available.

Fire Fighting Media and Instructions: Not applicable.

Special Remarks on Fire Hazards: When heated to decomposition it emits toxic fumes.

Special Remarks on Explosion Hazards:I t w i l l e x p l o d e i n t h e p r e s e n c e o f s e v e r a l c h e m i c a l s : A z i d o a c e t y l a c i d , C h l o r y l p e r c h lo r a t e , N,N-Dimethylformamide, Dimethyl sulfoxide and acyl halides, Hexafluoropropyplideneaminolithium, Linseed oil +quinoline, o-Nitrobenzoylacetic acid, p-Nitrobenzoyl and cold ammonia solution, o-Nitrophenylacetic acid; Sodium hydroxide,Sulfur dioxide, Toluene + ethanol+ water, water.


ABC

Text Box

A-26

Small Spill: Absorb with an inert material and put the spilled material in an appropriate waste disposal.

Large Spill:Corrosive liquid. Poisonous liquid. Stop leak if without risk. Absorb with DRY earth, sand or other non-combustible material.Do not get water inside container. Do not touch spilled material. Use water spray curtain to divert vapor drift. Use water sprayto reduce vapors. Prevent entry into sewers, basements or confined areas; dike if needed. Call for assistance on disposal. Becareful that the product is not present at a concentration level above TLV. Check TLV on the MSDS and with local authorities.


Precautions:Keep container dry. Keep away from heat. Keep away from sources of ignition. Keep away from direct sunlight or strongincandescent light. Do not ingest. Do not breathe gas/fumes/ vapor/spray. Never add water to this product. Avoid shock andfriction. In case of insufficient ventilation, wear suitable respiratory equipment. If ingested, seek medical advice immediatelyand show the container or the label. Avoid contact with skin and eyes. Keep away from incompatibles such as metals, acids,alkalis, moisture.

Storage: Keep container tightly closed. Keep container in a cool, well-ventilated area.





Exposure Limits:CEIL: 1 (ppm) from OSHA (PEL) [United States] CEIL: 1 from ACGIH (TLV) [United States] CEIL: 1 (ppm) from NIOSH [UnitedStates] TWA: 1 (ppm) [Denmark] STEL: 1 (ppm) [Belgium] STEL: 1 (ppm) [United Kingdom (UK)] Consult local authorities foracceptable exposure limits.


Physical state and appearance: Liquid. (Fuming liquid.)

Odor: Suffocating.

Taste: Not available.


Color: Colorless to light yellow.

pH (1% soln/water): Not applicable.

Boiling Point: 76°C (168.8°F)

Melting Point:-104.5°C (-156.1°F) Decomposition temperature: >140 deg. C



ABC

Text Box

A-27




Odor Threshold: Not available.



Dispersion Properties: Not available.

Solubility:Insoluble in cold water. Miscible with chloroform, benzene, carbon tetrachloride




Conditions of Instability: Incompatible materials, moisture/moist air, temperatures above 140 deg. C

Incompatibility with various substances:Reactive with metals, acids, alkalis, moisture. The product may undergo hazardous decomposition, condensation orpolymerization, it may react violently with water to emit toxic gases or it may become self-reactive under conditions of shock orincrease in temperature or pressure.

Corrosivity: Non-corrosive in presence of glass.

Special Remarks on Reactivity:Thionyl chloride fumes on exposure to moist air. In the presence of moisture/water it decomposes and liberates toxic gasesof hydrogen chloride and sulfur dioxide. Decomposes when heated above 140 deg. C forming chlorine, sulfur dioxide, sulfurmonochloride, hydrogen chloride. Thionyl chloride decomposes in acids, alcohols, alkalies. It is also incompatible with amines,ammonia, chloryl perchlorate, dimethyl sulfoxide, hexafluoro isopropylidene amino lithium, linseed oil, quinoline, sodium,sulfinyl chloride, N,N-Dimethylformamide, metals. It reacts with Grignard reagents to form suloxides.

Special Remarks on Corrosivity: Not available.



Routes of Entry: Absorbed through skin. Dermal contact. Eye contact. Inhalation. Ingestion.

Toxicity to Animals:WARNING: THE LC50 VALUES HEREUNDER ARE ESTIMATED ON THE BASIS OF A 4-HOUR EXPOSURE. Acute toxicityof the vapor (LC50): 500 1 hours [Rat].

Chronic Effects on Humans: May cause damage to the following organs: upper respiratory tract, skin, eyes.

Other Toxic Effects on Humans:Extremely hazardous in case of inhalation (lung corrosive). Very hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant), of ingestion, .Hazardous in case of skin contact (corrosive, permeator), of eye contact (corrosive).


Special Remarks on Chronic Effects on Humans: Not available.

Special Remarks on other Toxic Effects on Humans:Acute Potential Health Effects: Skin: Corrosive. Causes skin burns. May be absorbed through skin in harmful amounts. Eyes:Corrosive. Causes eye burns. Lachrymator. May cause conjunctivitis, corneal damage. Inhalation: Corrosive. Harmful if

ABC

Text Box

A-28

inhaled. Causes chemical burns to the respiratory tract. Inhalation may be fatal as a result of spasm, inflammation, edema ofthe larynx and bronchi, chemical pneumonitis, and pulmonary edema. Toxic exposure to fumes of Thionyl chloride reactingwith water may result in delayed pulmonary response, bronchiolitis Oblitereans(inflammmation of the bronchioles). Ingestion:Corrosive. Harmful if swallowed. Causes gastrointestinal/digestive tract burns. May cause severe and permanent damage tothe digestive tract.





Toxicity of the Products of Biodegradation: The products of degradation are more toxic.



Waste Disposal:Waste must be disposed of in accordance with federal, state and local environmental control regulations.



Identification: : Thionyl chloride UNNA: 1836 PG: I



Federal and State Regulations:Connecticut hazardous material survey.: Thionyl chloride Illinois toxic substances disclosure to employee act: Thionyl chlorideRhode Island RTK hazardous substances: Thionyl chloride Pennsylvania RTK: Thionyl chloride Florida: Thionyl chlorideMinnesota: Thionyl chloride Massachusetts RTK: Thionyl chloride Massachusetts spill list: Thionyl chloride New Jersey:Thionyl chloride California Director's List of Hazardous Substances: Thionyl chloride TSCA 8(b) inventory: Thionyl chloride



WHMIS (Canada):CLASS D-1A: Material causing immediate and serious toxic effects (VERY TOXIC). CLASS E: Corrosive liquid. CLASS F:Dangerously reactive material.

DSCL (EEC):

HMIS (U.S.A.):

Health Hazard: 3

Fire Hazard: 0

Reactivity: 2

ABC

Text Box

A-29



Health: 4

Flammability: 0

Reactivity: 2

Specific hazard:





Created: 10/10/2005 12:19 PM

Last Updated: 05/21/2013 12:00 PM

The information above is believed to be accurate and represents the best information currently available to us. However, wemake no warranty of merchantability or any other warranty, express or implied, with respect to such information, and we assumeno liability resulting from its use. Users should make their own investigations to determine the suitability of the information fortheir particular purposes. In no event shall ScienceLab.com be liable for any claims, losses, or damages of any third party or forlost profits or any special, indirect, incidental, consequential or exemplary damages, howsoever arising, even if ScienceLab.comhas been advised of the possibility of such damages.

ABC

Text Box

A-30

0 3 1

He a lt h

Fire

Re a c t iv it y


3

0

1

Material Safety Data SheetHydrochloric acid MSDS


Product Name: Hydrochloric acid

Catalog Codes: SLH1462, SLH3154

CAS#: Mixture.

RTECS: MW4025000

TSCA: TSCA 8(b) inventory: Hydrochloric acid

CI#: Not applicable.

Synonym: Hydrochloric Acid; Muriatic Acid

Chemical Name: Not applicable.

Chemical Formula: Not applicable.









Composition:


Hydrogen chloride 7647-01-0 20-38

Water 7732-18-5 62-80

Toxicological Data on Ingredients: Hydrogen chloride: GAS (LC50): Acute: 4701 ppm 0.5 hours [Rat].


Potential Acute Health Effects:Very hazardous in case of skin contact (corrosive, irritant, permeator), of eye contact (irritant, corrosive), of ingestion, . Slightlyhazardous in case of inhalation (lung sensitizer). Non-corrosive for lungs. Liquid or spray mist may produce tissue damageparticularly on mucous membranes of eyes, mouth and respiratory tract. Skin contact may produce burns. Inhalation of thespray mist may produce severe irritation of respiratory tract, characterized by coughing, choking, or shortness of breath.Severe over-exposure can result in death. Inflammation of the eye is characterized by redness, watering, and itching. Skininflammation is characterized by itching, scaling, reddening, or, occasionally, blistering.

Potential Chronic Health Effects:Slightly hazardous in case of skin contact (sensitizer). CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: Classified 3 (Not classifiable forhuman.) by IARC [Hydrochloric acid]. MUTAGENIC EFFECTS: Not available. TERATOGENIC EFFECTS: Not available.DEVELOPMENTAL TOXICITY: Not available. The substance may be toxic to kidneys, liver, mucous membranes, upperrespiratory tract, skin, eyes, Circulatory System, teeth. Repeated or prolonged exposure to the substance can produce target

ABC

Text Box

A-31

organs damage. Repeated or prolonged contact with spray mist may produce chronic eye irritation and severe skin irritation.Repeated or prolonged exposure to spray mist may produce respiratory tract irritation leading to frequent attacks of bronchialinfection. Repeated exposure to a highly toxic material may produce general deterioration of health by an accumulation in oneor many human organs.


Eye Contact:Check for and remove any contact lenses. In case of contact, immediately flush eyes with plenty of water for at least 15minutes. Cold water may be used. Get medical attention immediately.

Skin Contact:In case of contact, immediately flush skin with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes while removing contaminated clothingand shoes. Cover the irritated skin with an emollient. Cold water may be used.Wash clothing before reuse. Thoroughly cleanshoes before reuse. Get medical attention immediately.




Ingestion:If swallowed, do not induce vomiting unless directed to do so by medical personnel. Never give anything by mouth to anunconscious person. Loosen tight clothing such as a collar, tie, belt or waistband. Get medical attention immediately.



Flammability of the Product: Non-flammable.

Auto-Ignition Temperature: Not applicable.

Flash Points: Not applicable.

Flammable Limits: Not applicable.

Products of Combustion: Not available.

Fire Hazards in Presence of Various Substances: of metals

Explosion Hazards in Presence of Various Substances: Non-explosive in presence of open flames and sparks, of shocks.

Fire Fighting Media and Instructions: Not applicable.

Special Remarks on Fire Hazards:Non combustible. Calcium carbide reacts with hydrogen chloride gas with incandescence. Uranium phosphide reacts withhydrochloric acid to release spontaneously flammable phosphine. Rubidium acetylene carbides burns with slightly warmhydrochloric acid. Lithium silicide in contact with hydrogen chloride becomes incandescent. When dilute hydrochloric acid isused, gas spontaneously flammable in air is evolved. Magnesium boride treated with concentrated hydrochloric acid producesspontaneously flammble gas. Cesium acetylene carbide burns hydrogen chloride gas. Cesium carbide ignites in contact withhydrochloric acid unless acid is dilute. Reacts with most metals to produce flammable Hydrodgen gas.

Special Remarks on Explosion Hazards:

ABC

Text Box

A-32

Hydrogen chloride in contact with the following can cause an explosion, ignition on contact, or other violent/vigorous reaction:Acetic anhydride AgClO + CCl4 Alcohols + hydrogen cyanide, Aluminum Aluminum-titanium alloys (with HCl vapor), 2-Aminoethanol, Ammonium hydroxide, Calcium carbide Ca3P2 Chlorine + dinitroanilines (evolves gas), Chlorosulfonic acid Cesiumcarbide Cesium acetylene carbide, 1,1-Difluoroethylene Ethylene diamine Ethylene imine, Fluorine, HClO4 Hexalithiumdisilicide H2SO4 Metal acetylides or carbides, Magnesium boride, Mercuric sulfate, Oleum, Potassium permanganate,beta-Propiolactone Propylene oxide Rubidium carbide, Rubidium, acetylene carbide Sodium (with aqueous HCl), Sodiumhydroxide Sodium tetraselenium, Sulfonic acid, Tetraselenium tetranitride, U3P4 , Vinyl acetate. Silver perchlorate with carbontetrachloride in the presence of hydrochloric acid produces trichloromethyl perchlorate which detonates at 40 deg. C.


Small Spill:Dilute with water and mop up, or absorb with an inert dry material and place in an appropriate waste disposal container. Ifnecessary: Neutralize the residue with a dilute solution of sodium carbonate.

Large Spill:Corrosive liquid. Poisonous liquid. Stop leak if without risk. Absorb with DRY earth, sand or other non-combustible material.Do not get water inside container. Do not touch spilled material. Use water spray curtain to divert vapor drift. Use water sprayto reduce vapors. Prevent entry into sewers, basements or confined areas; dike if needed. Call for assistance on disposal.Neutralize the residue with a dilute solution of sodium carbonate. Be careful that the product is not present at a concentrationlevel above TLV. Check TLV on the MSDS and with local authorities.


Precautions:Keep locked up.. Keep container dry. Do not ingest. Do not breathe gas/fumes/ vapor/spray. Never add water to this product.In case of insufficient ventilation, wear suitable respiratory equipment. If ingested, seek medical advice immediately and showthe container or the label. Avoid contact with skin and eyes. Keep away from incompatibles such as oxidizing agents, organicmaterials, metals, alkalis, moisture. May corrode metallic surfaces. Store in a metallic or coated fiberboard drum using a strongpolyethylene inner package.

Storage: Keep container tightly closed. Keep container in a cool, well-ventilated area.





Exposure Limits:CEIL: 5 (ppm) from OSHA (PEL) [United States] CEIL: 7 (mg/m3) from OSHA (PEL) [United States] CEIL: 5 from NIOSHCEIL: 7 (mg/m3) from NIOSH TWA: 1 STEL: 5 (ppm) [United Kingdom (UK)] TWA: 2 STEL: 8 (mg/m3) [United Kingdom(UK)]Consult local authorities for acceptable exposure limits.



ABC

Text Box

A-33

Odor: Pungent. Irritating (Strong.)

Taste: Not available.

Molecular Weight: Not applicable.

Color: Colorless to light yellow.

pH (1% soln/water): Acidic.

Boiling Point:108.58 C @ 760 mm Hg (for 20.22% HCl in water) 83 C @ 760 mm Hg (for 31% HCl in water) 50.5 C (for 37% HCl in water)

Melting Point:-62.25°C (-80°F) (20.69% HCl in water) -46.2 C (31.24% HCl in water) -25.4 C (39.17% HCl in water)


Specific Gravity:1.1- 1.19 (Water = 1) 1.10 (20%and 22% HCl solutions) 1.12 (24% HCl solution) 1.15 (29.57% HCl solution) 1.16 (32% HClsolution) 1.19 (37% and 38%HCl solutions)

Vapor Pressure: 16 kPa (@ 20°C) average



Odor Threshold: 0.25 to 10 ppm



Dispersion Properties: See solubility in water, diethyl ether.

Solubility: Soluble in cold water, hot water, diethyl ether.




Conditions of Instability: Incompatible materials, water

Incompatibility with various substances:Highly reactive with metals. Reactive with oxidizing agents, organic materials, alkalis, water.

Corrosivity:Extremely corrosive in presence of aluminum, of copper, of stainless steel(304), of stainless steel(316). Non-corrosive inpresence of glass.

Special Remarks on Reactivity:Reacts with water especially when water is added to the product. Absorption of gaseous hydrogen chloride on mercuricsulfate becomes violent @ 125 deg. C. Sodium reacts very violently with gaseous hydrogen chloride. Calcium phosphideand hydrochloric acid undergo very energetic reaction. It reacts with oxidizers releasing chlorine gas. Incompatible with,alkali metals, carbides, borides, metal oxides, vinyl acetate, acetylides, sulphides, phosphides, cyanides, carbonates. Reactswith most metals to produce flammable Hydrogen gas. Reacts violently (moderate reaction with heat of evolution) withwater especially when water is added to the product. Isolate hydrogen chloride from heat, direct sunlight, alkalies (reactsvigorously), organic materials, and oxidizers (especially nitric acid and chlorates), amines, metals, copper and alloys (e.g.brass), hydroxides, zinc (galvanized materials), lithium silicide (incandescence), sulfuric acid(increase in temperature andpressure) Hydrogen chloride gas is emitted when this product is in contact with sulfuric acid. Adsorption of Hydrochloric Acidonto silicon dioxide results in exothmeric reaction. Hydrogen chloride causes aldehydes and epoxides to violently polymerize.Hydrogen chloride or Hydrochloric Acid in contact with the folloiwng can cause explosion or ignition on contact or

Special Remarks on Corrosivity:

ABC

Text Box

A-34

Highly corrosive. Incompatible with copper and copper alloys. It attacks nearly all metals (mercury, gold, platinium, tantalum,silver, and certain alloys are exceptions). It is one of the most corrosive of the nonoxidizing acids in contact with copper alloys.No corrosivity data on zinc, steel. Severe Corrosive effect on brass and bronze



Routes of Entry: Absorbed through skin. Dermal contact. Eye contact. Inhalation.

Toxicity to Animals:Acute oral toxicity (LD50): 900 mg/kg [Rabbit]. Acute toxicity of the vapor (LC50): 1108 ppm, 1 hours [Mouse]. Acute toxicity ofthe vapor (LC50): 3124 ppm, 1 hours [Rat].

Chronic Effects on Humans:CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: Classified 3 (Not classifiable for human.) by IARC [Hydrochloric acid]. May cause damage to thefollowing organs: kidneys, liver, mucous membranes, upper respiratory tract, skin, eyes, Circulatory System, teeth.

Other Toxic Effects on Humans:Very hazardous in case of skin contact (corrosive, irritant, permeator), of ingestion, . Hazardous in case of eye contact(corrosive), of inhalation (lung corrosive).

Special Remarks on Toxicity to Animals:Lowest Published Lethal Doses (LDL/LCL) LDL [Man] -Route: Oral; 2857 ug/kg LCL [Human] - Route: Inhalation; Dose: 1300ppm/30M LCL [Rabbit] - Route: Inhalation; Dose: 4413 ppm/30M

Special Remarks on Chronic Effects on Humans:May cause adverse reproductive effects (fetoxicity). May affect genetic material.

Special Remarks on other Toxic Effects on Humans:Acute Potential Health Effects: Skin: Corrosive. Causes severe skin irritation and burns. Eyes: Corrosive. Causes severeeye irritation/conjuntivitis, burns, corneal necrosis. Inhalation: May be fatal if inhaled. Material is extremely destructive totissue of the mucous membranes and upper respiratory tract. Inhalation of hydrochloric acid fumes produces nose, throat,and larryngeal burning, and irritation, pain and inflammation, coughing, sneezing, choking sensation, hoarseness, laryngealspasms, upper respiratory tract edema, chest pains, as well has headache, and palpitations. Inhalation of high concentrationscan result in corrosive burns, necrosis of bronchial epithelium, constriction of the larynx and bronchi, nasospetal perforation,glottal closure, occur, particularly if exposure is prolonged. May affect the liver. Ingestion: May be fatal if swallowed. Causesirritation and burning, ulceration, or perforation of the gastrointestinal tract and resultant peritonitis, gastric hemorrhage andinfection. Can also cause nausea, vomitting (with "coffee ground" emesis), diarrhea, thirst, difficulty swallowing, salivation,chills, fever, uneasiness, shock, strictures and stenosis (esophogeal, gastric, pyloric). May affect behavior (excitement), thecardiovascular system (weak rapid pulse, tachycardia), respiration (shallow respiration), and urinary system (kidneys- renalfailure, nephritis). Acute exposure via inhalation or ingestion can also cause erosion of tooth enamel. Chronic Potential HealthEffects: dyspnea, bronchitis. Chemical pneumonitis and pulmonary edema can also








Waste Disposal:

ABC

Text Box

A-35

Waste must be disposed of in accordance with federal, state and local environmental control regulations.



Identification: : Hydrochloric acid, solution UNNA: 1789 PG: II



Federal and State Regulations:Connecticut hazardous material survey.: Hydrochloric acid Illinois toxic substances disclosure to employee act: Hydrochloricacid Illinois chemical safety act: Hydrochloric acid New York release reporting list: Hydrochloric acid Rhode Island RTKhazardous substances: Hydrochloric acid Pennsylvania RTK: Hydrochloric acid Minnesota: Hydrochloric acid MassachusettsRTK: Hydrochloric acid Massachusetts spill list: Hydrochloric acid New Jersey: Hydrochloric acid New Jersey spill list:Hydrochloric acid Louisiana RTK reporting list: Hydrochloric acid Louisiana spill reporting: Hydrochloric acid CaliforniaDirector's List of Hazardous Substances: Hydrochloric acid TSCA 8(b) inventory: Hydrochloric acid TSCA 4(a) proposed testrules: Hydrochloric acid SARA 302/304/311/312 extremely hazardous substances: Hydrochloric acid SARA 313 toxic chemicalnotification and release reporting: Hydrochloric acid CERCLA: Hazardous substances.: Hydrochloric acid: 5000 lbs. (2268 kg)



WHMIS (Canada):CLASS D-2A: Material causing other toxic effects (VERY TOXIC). CLASS E: Corrosive liquid.

DSCL (EEC):R34- Causes burns. R37- Irritating to respiratory system. S26- In case of contact with eyes, rinse immediately with plenty ofwater and seek medical advice. S45- In case of accident or if you feel unwell, seek medical advice immediately (show the labelwhere possible).

HMIS (U.S.A.):

Health Hazard: 3

Fire Hazard: 0

Reactivity: 1



Health: 3

Flammability: 0

Reactivity: 1

Specific hazard:



ABC

Text Box

A-36

References:-Hawley, G.G.. The Condensed Chemical Dictionary, 11e ed., New York N.Y., Van Nostrand Reinold, 1987. -SAX, N.I.Dangerous Properties of Indutrial Materials. Toronto, Van Nostrand Reinold, 6e ed. 1984. -The Sigma-Aldrich Library ofChemical Safety Data, Edition II. -Guide de la loi et du règlement sur le transport des marchandises dangeureuses au canada.Centre de conformité internatinal Ltée. 1986.


Created: 10/09/2005 05:45 PM

Last Updated: 05/21/2013 12:00 PM

The information above is believed to be accurate and represents the best information currently available to us. However, wemake no warranty of merchantability or any other warranty, express or implied, with respect to such information, and we assumeno liability resulting from its use. Users should make their own investigations to determine the suitability of the information fortheir particular purposes. In no event shall ScienceLab.com be liable for any claims, losses, or damages of any third party or forlost profits or any special, indirect, incidental, consequential or exemplary damages, howsoever arising, even if ScienceLab.comhas been advised of the possibility of such damages.

ABC

Text Box

A-37

Annexure-II Photographs of proposed plant site

A-38

Photographs of Propsoed plant site

North side

South side

A-39

East side

West side

Annexure-III Land Documents

ABC

Text Box

A-40

ABC

Text Box

A-41

ABC

Text Box

A-42

ABC

Text Box

A-43

ABC

Text Box

A-44

ABC

Text Box

A-45

Annexure-IV Questionnaire for industry sector

Industry Sector Projects A-46

QUESTIONNAIRE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL APPRAISAL

(INDUSTRY SECTOR PROJECTS)

I. General Information

A. Name of the Project : Karan Intermediates Pvt. Ltd.

1. Existing project/proposed project/

expansion project/modernization project : Proposed project

2. If Existing/expansion/

modernization project, whether

environmental clearance has

been obtained : N.A.

B. Plant Capacity (TPA) : Mono Chloro Acetic Acid -300 MTPM

Chloro Acetyl Chloride-150 MTPM

Tri Chloro Acetyl Chloride-150 MTPM

Sulphur Mono Chloride-100 MTPM

Aluminum Chloroide-350 MTPM Ferric Chloride-500 MTPM

C. Location

Village Tehsil District State

Neja Khambhat Anand Gujarat

D. Geographical Information

1. Latitude

2. Longitude

3. Elevation above Mean

Sea Level (metres)

4. Total Area envisaged for setting up

of project (in ha.)

5. Nature of terrain (hilly, valley, plains,

Coastal plains etc.)

6. Nature of Soil (sandy, clayey, sandy

loam etc.).

7. Permeability (cm/sec)

22020’21.90” N

72034’52.01” E

13 meter

28050 m2

Plains

Sandy loam

2.94

Note 1: All information given in the form of annexures should be part of this file itself.

Annexures as separate files will not be accepted.

Note 2: Please enter x in appropriate box where answer is Yes/No


E. Alternate sites considered

No alternatives for site is consider.

F. Reasons for selecting the proposed site based on comparative evaluation of

environmental considerations.


Availability of infrastructure facilities such as water supply, power, roads, social

infrastructure and man power;

Availability of raw materials of proper quality and in adequate quantity;



The nearest city Anand is 40.0 km away from the project site, which is very well

connected with other parts of the country by road & rail


No national park or wildlife habitat falls within 10 km radial distance from

proposed project site.

II. Environmental Setting

A. Current land usage of the proposed project site area (in hectares)

1. Notified Industrial Area/Estate

2. Agricultural

Irrigated

Unirrigated

3. Homestead

4. Forest

5. Grazing

6. Fallow

8. Mangroves

9. Others (Pl. specify)

Total

B. Please indicate area earmarked for each of the following (in ha.)

1. Plant Facilities

2. Ash Disposal

3. Storage (Fuel)

4. Storage (Water)

-

NA

28050 m2

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

7. Marshy

NA

650 m2

28050 m2

0

125 m2

150 m2


5. Storage (Hazardous Waste)

6. Storage (Hazardous Chemicals)

7. Storage (Others)

8. Approach Road(s)

9. Township

10. Green Belt

11. Others (Parking, office, Medical room,

DG room, open area)

Total

C. Is the proposed site located in a low-lying area?

Yes No

If yes,

1. Level before filling (above MSL, in metres) ___________________

2. Level after filling (above MSL in metres) _____________________

Quantity of Fill Material

required (in cum.)

Source

D. Proximity to sea/water bodies:

Sea Other Water bodies like

River/creek/lake etc.

(Please specify)

Distance of site*

boundary (in m) More than 50 km

Creek-32.0 km

Lake-Neja-3.1 km

Distance of plant

facilities (in m) More than 50 km --

* From highest flood line/high tide line

E. Whether any of the following exist within 7 km. of the periphery of the project site. If

so, please indicate aerial distance and the name of the eco-system as given under the

table.

S.

No.

Name Area falling within

7 km periphery of

project (ha.)

Aerial Distance

(in km.)

1 National Park/Wildlife

Sanctuary

- - -

2 Tiger Reserve/Elephant

Reserve/ Turtle Nesting

Ground

- - -

3 Core Zone of Biosphere

Reserve

- - -

4 Habitat for migratory birds - - -

5 Lakes/Reservoir/Dams - - -

6 Stream/Rivers - - -

√

75 m2

200 m2

100 m2

1475 m2

--

1500 m2

28025 m2

23750 m2


7 Estuary/Sea - - 32.0 km

8 Mangroves - - -

9 Mountains/Hills - - -

10 Notified Archaeological

sites

- - -

11 Any other Archaeological

sites

- - -

12 Industries/Thermal Power

Plants

- - -

13 Defence Installation - - -

14 Airports Vadodara - 70.0 km

15 Railway Lines* Khambhat - 6.0 km

16 National / State Highways* SH 89 - 2.05 km

* 0.5 km from Railway lines/ National / State Highway should be maintained.

F. Description of the flora/vegetation within 7 km under following headings.

1. Agricultural crops: Juvar, Bajri, corn etc.

2. Commercial crops: Juvar, Bajri, corn etc.

3. Plantation: Neem, Gulmahor, Amli, etc.

4. Natural Vegetation/Forest Type:

5. Grass Lands: Around 18%

6. Endangered species: No

7. Endemic species: No

8. Others (Please Specify): --

G. Description of fauna (non-domesticated) within 7 km under following headings.

1. Total listing of faunal elements- 42 nos.

2. Endemic fauna species - Nil

3. Endangered Species- Nil

4. Migratory species-

5. Route of migratory species of birds and mammals- Nil, most of are native

6. Details of aquatic fauna (if applicable) - 5 nos.

III. Meteorological Parameters

A. Seasonal-Monitoring Data (continuous monitoring for one full season except monsoon

should be carried out)

1. Temperature (in 0C)

(a) Maximum – 44.00C (b) Minimum – 20.0

0C (c) Mean – 33.7

0C

2. Rain fall (in mm) - No rainfall during study period

(a) Maximum - ___ (b) Minimum - ___ (c) Mean - ___

3. Mean value of humidity (in %) – 37.6%


4. Inversion occurrence

(a) In percentage (b) Height in meters 50-1500 mtr.

5. Seasonal Wind-rose pattern (16 points on compass scale)

Pls. refer fig. 3.7, page no. 3.48 of chapter-3 of EIA report for wind rose.

6. Hourly Mean Meteorological data (based on one full season data collected at

site required as input for air quality modeling)

Hour Low/Medium

Cloud amount

(in OCTAS)

Wind

Speed in

(Km/h)

Predominant

wind

direction

Ambient air

temperature

(in deg K)

Hourly

stability

Mixing

depth

(in m)

1. 3.2 WNW 308 5 50

2. 2.9 WNW 305 5 50

3. 2.9 WNW 305 5 50

4. 2.9 WNW 305 5 50

5. 1.9 NW 304 5 50

6. 1.9 WSW 304 5 50

7. 1.9 WNW 304 5 50

8. 0.0 NE 307 2 100

9. 0.0 NW 307 2 400

10. 0.0 WNW 307 2 500

11. 0.0 WSW 312 2 1000

12. 0.0 W 312 2 1000

13. 0.0 WSW 312 2 1000

14. 3.5 SSW 314 2 1500

15. 3.5 WSW 314 2 1500

16. 3.5 SW 314 2 1500

17. 2.9 SW 312 2 1500

18. 2.9 SSW 312 5 1500

19. 2.9 SW 312 5 2000

20. 4.8 SSW 310 5 700

21. 4.8 SSW 310 5 400

22. 4.8 SSW 310 5 50

23. 3.2 WNW 308 5 50

24. 3.2 WNW 308 5 50

Attach additional sheet as required.

IV. Ambient Air Quality Data

[Frequency of Monitoring should be as per guidelines of CPCB and monitoring should cover

one full season (excluding monsoon)]

A. Season and period for which monitoring has been carried out - March-15 to May-15

B. Frequency of sampling - Twice a week for one location


C. Number of samples collected at each site:

Date,

Time &

Location

Wind

Direction

& Speed

24 hourly Concentration as

monitored (in g/m3)

SPM, RPM, SO2, NOx, CO

Permissible

Standard

(As per EPA/

SPCB consent)

Remarks

(Name of the

instrument and

sensitivity)

Pls. refer table 3.8 & 3.9 of chapter-3 of EIA report.

D. 24 hourly concentrations (in g/m3)

Project site

Pollutant (s) Maximum Minimum Mean 98%

PM10 71.4 55.7 64.7 71.4

PM2.5 40.8 29.3 34.2 40.4

SO2 12.2 9.8 10.9 12.1

NOx 16.6 11.5 14.0 16.5

Neja


PM10 65.0 55.5 57.9 65.0

PM2.5 37.8 26.0 31.0 36.6

SO2 12.7 8.9 10.6 12.6

NOx 14.6 11.1 12.8 14.5

Navagam Bara


PM10 68.9 55.3 61.5 68.2

PM2.5 35.6 23.4 28.5 34.5

SO2 13.8 11.3 12.6 13.8

NOx 15.2 12.9 13.9 15.1

Lunej


PM10 64.4 50.7 54.9 63.0

PM2.5 36.2 26.4 30.6 35.9

SO2 14.8 10.5 12.2 14.3

NOx 19.0 12.2 14.2 18.3

Sokhada


PM10 68.0 51.3 59.6 66.4

PM2.5 36.6 28.2 31.6 35.9

SO2 17.3 10.3 13.0 16.1

NOx 17.1 13.4 15.1 16.9

Khambhat


PM10 67.1 49.1 58.2 66.7

PM2.5 41.4 25.2 33.0 40.9

SO2 15.0 12.2 13.5 14.9

NOx 18.9 13.7 15.7 18.3

Paldi


PM10 62.0 53.8 56.5 61.4

PM2.5 34.9 28.1 31.1 34.7

SO2 14.7 10.9 12.8 14.7

NOx 16.2 12.5 14.5 16.0


Nagra


PM10 61.1 47.2 53.1 60.8

PM2.5 33.8 25.9 29.9 33.6

SO2 16.7 11.3 13.1 16.6

NOx 15.5 12.8 13.9 15.3

D. Specific air pollution issues in the project area.

Not observed any issue.

V. Manufacturing Process details

A. Raw materials (including process chemicals, catalysts, & additives).

List of raw

materials to be

used at all stages

of manufacture

Physical and

chemical nature

of raw material

Quantity

(tonnes/month)

full production

capacity

Source of

materials

Means of transportation

(Source to storage site)

with justification

Pls. refer chapter-2, table 2.4, page no. 2-18 of chapter-2 for list of raw materials.

B. Brief description of the process : Pls. refer sec. 2.10 of chapter-2

of EIA report for mfg. process.

C. Details of process technology know how/collaboration: Self develop process

D. Production profile (tonnes/year):

Name of Products, Byproducts and

Intermediate Products

Existing Proposed activity

(new/modernization

/ expansion)

Total

A. Main Products -

1. Mono Chloro Acetic Acid (MCA) - 300 MTPM 300 MTPM

2. Chloro Acetyl Chloride (CAC) - 150 MTPM 150 MTPM

3. Tri Chloro Acetyl Chloride

(TCAC)

- 150 MTPM 150 MTPM

4. Sulphur Mono Chloride - 100 MTPM 100 MTPM

5. Aluminum Chloroide - 350 MTPM 350 MTPM

6. Ferric Chloride - 500 MTPM 500 MTPM

B. By-Products -

1. Mother Liquor of MCA - 55 MTPM 55 MTPM

2. HCl - 30% - 1710 MTPM 1710 MTPM

3. Sodium bi Sulphite (20-30%) - 340 MTPM 340 MTPM

4. Sodium Hypochlorite (20%) - 25 MTPM 25 MTPM

C. Intermediate Products

1.

2.

- - -

E. Means of transportation of raw material and final products:

Means of Transport Raw material Final Product

(in TPA) (in TPA)

1. Road

2. Rail

3. Pipeline

4. Others, Please specify

40000

18000


VI. Water

A. Water Requirement (cum/day):

Purpose Avg.

Demand

Peak

Demand

Source Type Treated/

untreated/

Fresh/

Recycled

Remarks

1. Project

(i) Process 0 0

Bore well

90.5 KLD fresh

water

8.5 KLD

recycle

(ii) Cooling water 20.0 20.0

(iii) DM water 3.0 3.0

(iv) Dust

Suppression

- -

(v) Drinking 5.0 5.0 --

(vi) Green Belt 7.0 7.0

(vii) Fire Service - -

(viii) Others

(Boiler, scrubbing)

64.0 64.0

2. Township --

(i) Green Belt

(ii) Drinking

(iii) Others (Please

specify)

TOTAL 99.0 99.0

B. Source of Raw Water Supply

S. No. Source Cu.m./hr. Cu.m./day

1 Sea -- --

2 River -- --

3 Groundwater (Bore well) -- 90.5

4 Other surface water bodies

(Please specify)

-- --

C. Lean Season flow in case of surface water source (cusecs/cumecs): -

D. Groundwater (a) Recharge Rate/Withdrawal rate

1. Ground water level (metres)

(i) Pre monsoon

(ii) Post monsoon

(to be obtained from Central/State Ground water authorities)

E. Competing Users of the Water Source:

S.

No.

Usage Present Consumption

(cu.m/day)

Addition Proposed

as per local plan

Total

Surface Ground Surface Ground Surface Ground

1 Irrigation 85% Negligible 85%

2 Industry 5% 5%

3 Drinking 5% 5%

30 mtr.

20 mtr.


4 Others (Please

specify)

5% 5%

Total 100% 100%

F. Physico - chemical analysis of Raw Water at intake point: Pls. refer table 3.15 of

chapter-3 of EIA report - “Project site”

G. Physico - chemical analysis of treated water to be used in project/township.

Proposed project and not start any activities yet.

H. Wastewater Management

1. Description of waste water treatment plan with flow chart.

Pls. refer sec. 2.15.1 and figure 2.2 on page no. 2.15 and 2-29 of chapter-2 for

scheme of effluent treatment and flow diagram of ETP.

2. Characteristics of discharge stream(s) before and after treatment:

Item Characteristics

Before After

pH 6.5 7.5

TDS (mg/L) 1490 1550

SS (mg/L) 150 90

COD (mg/L) 180 80

BOD (mg/L) 45 <15

O&G (mg/L) 10 7.5

Sulphate (mg/L) 350 350

Chloride (mg/L) 450 410

Phenolic Compound (mg/L) <0.01 <0.01

Ammonical Nitrogen (mg/L) 50 30

3. Daily discharge (m3/day) from different sources

(a) Plant Operation

(b) Workshop

(c) D.M. Plant Effluent

(e) Other (Utility)

Total

4. Quantity of water recycled

(a) (in %)

(b) (in cum/day)

5. Details of recycling mechanism: Treated water from ETP will be recycle in

scrubber.

-

-

3.0

4.5

13.0

-

8.5 m3/day

(d) Domestic

5.5


6. Mode of final discharge/disposal of treated effluent: No disposal outside

Mode Length (in m.) Quantity (in m3/day)

(i) Open Channel - -

(ii) Pipeline - -

(iii) Others - -

Total -

7. Point of final discharge: No disposal outside

Final Point Quantity discharged (in m3/day)

(i) Green belt within the plant/township --

(ii) Agricultural Land --

(iii) Fallow Land --

(iv) Forest Land --

(v) River/Stream --

(vi) Lake --

(vii) Estuary --

(viii) Sea --

Total --

8. Lean season flow rate in case of discharge in a river/stream (cusecs): NA

9. Downstream users of water (in case of river, reservoir, lake) (cusecs): NA

(a) Human

(b) Irrigation

(c) Industry

(d) Others (Pl. specify)

10. Analysis of river water 100 metres upstream of discharge point and 100 metres

downstream of discharge point (except in rainy/monsoon season) along with details

of aquatic life.

We are not going to discharge w/w in river hence not applicable.

11. What is the predicted impact on water quality of the receiving body due to

discharge? (Briefly state the prediction tool adopted).

We are not going to discharge w/w in river hence not applicable.


VII. Solid Waste Management

A. Details

S.

No.

Source Qty. (TPM) Form (Sludge/

Dry/ Slurry etc.)

Composition

1 Raw water treatment

plant

-

2 ETP 50 kg/month Sludge

3 Process -

4 Spent Catalyst -

5 Oily Sludge -

6 Others

A Discarded containers/

barrels/

liners

Drums-100

Nos./month

Liner: 150

kg/month

Solid

B Used Lubricating Oil 0.1 Kl/year Liquid

C Distillation Residue 0.7

MT/month

B. If waste(s) contain any hazardous/toxic substance/radioactive materials or heavy

metals, provide data and proposed precautionary measures. --

C. What are the possibilities of recovery and recycling of wastes? --

D. Possible users of Solid Waste (s).

Fly ash will be generated as solid waste which will be sold to brick manufacturers.

E. Method of disposal of solid waste (s).

Method Qty. (TPM)

1. Landfill

2. Incineration

3. Recovery

4. Downstream users

F. In case of landfill - Not applicable, we are not going to create land fill site

1. Is solid waste amenable for Yes No

landfill

2. Dimensions of landfill

3. Life of landfill years

4. Proposed precautionary and mitigative measures along with design features

0.05

0.7

--

--


G. In case of incineration: Not applicable

1. Details of incinerator

(i) Type

(ii) Size

(iii) Capacity

(iv) Fuel

2. Likely composition and quantum of emissions: NA

S.No. Composition Quantity (in cu.m/hr.)

VIII. Noise Pollution Control and Management


A. Source

B. Level at Source (dB)

C. Level at project boundary Capacity (dB)

D. Abatement measures (give source-wise details)

IX. Fuel/Energy Requirements

A. Total Power Requirement (MW)

Project Township Other (pl. specify) Total

Present

(in existing)

- - - -

Proposed 225 kVA - - 225 kVA

Total 225 kVA - - 225 kVA

B. Source of Power (MW)

SEB/Grid Captive power plant DG Sets

Present -- -- --

Proposed 225 kVA -- 200 kVA

Total 225 kVA -- 200 kVA

C. Details of Fuel used

S.

No.

Fuel Daily Consumption (TPD) Calorific

value

(Kcals/kg)

% Ash %

Sulphur Existing Proposed

1

2

3

4

5

Gas

Naphtha

HSD

Fuel Oil

Coal

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

75 lit/hr.

-

-


6

7

Lignite

Other (Pl.

specify)

-

-

-

Bio fuel

(Briquettes)-12

TPD

Briquette:

3200

Briquette

- 12-15%

D. Source of Fuel (Distance in km)

1. Port

2. Mine

3. Refinery

4. Storage depot/Terminal

E. Mode of Transportation of fuel to site

1. Trucks (numbers/day)

2. Pipeline (length in km.)

3. Railway Wagons (numbers/day)

X. Atmospheric Emissions

A. Flue gas characteristics (SPM, SO2, NOx, CO)

S. No. Pollutant Source of

Emission

Emission rate

(kg/hr)

Concentration in flue

gas (g/m3)

1 SPM Stack

attached to

boiler + TFH

0.179 0.125

2 RPM

3 SO2 0.014 0.010

4 NOx 0.036 0.025

S. No. Pollutant Source of

Emission

Emission rate

(kg/hr)

Concentration in flue

gas (g/m3)

1 SPM Stack

attached to

D G Set

0.019 0.080

2 RPM

3 SO2 0.006 0.025

4 NOx 0.007 0.030

B. Size distribution of SPM at the top of the stack

S. No. Range % by weight

1

2

3

4

Micron

1-10 Micron

10-20 Micron

<20 Micron

50.0 km

3 to 4

-

-


C. Stack emission Details (All the stacks attached to process units, boilers, captive power

plant, D.G. Sets, Incinerator both for existing and proposed activity).

Plant

section

& units*

Stack

No.

Height

from

ground

level (m)

Internal

Diameter

(Top)

(m)

Emissio

n Rate

(kg/hr)*

Temp. of

Exhaust

Gases

(deg K)

Exit

Velocity

(m/sec)

Exhaust Gas

Temp Density Specific

Heat

Volumetric

Flow

(m3)

Boiler

(1 TPH)

+ TFH

1st 30

(common

stack)

0.450 SPM:

0.179

SO2:

0.014

NOx:

0.036

438 10 438 1430.66

m3/hr.

D G

(200

kVA)

2nd

11 0.150 SPM:

0.019

SO2:

0.006

NOx:

0.007

453 15 453 238.44

m3/hr.

Reaction

Vessel

(MCA)

3rd

21 0.300 HCl:

0.006

Cl2:

0.002

323 7.5 323 476.89

m3/hr.

Reaction

vessels

(CAC &

TCAC)

4th

21 0.300 HCl:

0.007

SO2:

0.009

Cl2:

0.002

323 8.5 323 540.47

m3/hr.

*Note: Please indicate the specific section to which the stack is attached. For e.g.: Process section,

D.G. Set, Boiler, Power Plant, incinerator etc.

Emission rate (kg/hr.) for each pollutant (SPM, SO2, NOx) etc. should be specified.

D. Details of fugitive emissions (Indicate the points of fugitive emissions and quantities

estimated).

Source of fugitive emission:

There will be chances of generation of acid fumes, Cl2 from material handling area,

process area etc. There will be also changes of generation of PM (Dust) from

packing/finishing area.

Pls. refer table 2.7(a), page no. 2-22 of chapter-2 of EIA report for estimated

quantities of fugitive emission.

E. Predicted impact on air quality (as per CPCB Guidelines for conducting the air quality

modeling).


XI. Pollution load statement (Applicable to Expansion and Modernization Projects only)

Parameter Existing

Plant

Proposed

Expansion/Modernization

Total Remarks

1. Land area (ha)

2. Raw water (m3/day)

3. Power (MW)

4. Waste water (effluent

generation) (m3/day)

a. Process

b. Domestic

5. Air emissions (gms/hr.)

a. SPM

Not applicable as our is a new unit.


b. CO

c. SO2

d. NOx

e. Others (like HC, Cl2,

NH3 etc.)

6. Hazardous Chemical

Storage (give item-wise)

7. Solid waste

(TPD)

a. Non-Hazardous

b. Hazardous

XII. Storage of chemicals (inflammable/explosive/hazardous/toxic substances)

S.

No.

Name Number

of

Storage’s

Capacity

(TPD)

Physical and

Chemical

Composition

Consumpt

ion

(in TPD)

Maximum

Quantity of

storage at

any point of

time

Source of

supply

Means

of

transpor

-tation

Pls. refer table no. 7.1 of chapter-7 of EIA report for storage of chemicals

XII. Occupational Health and Industrial Hygiene.

Pls. refer chapter - 7 & 10.

A. What are the major occupational health and safety hazards anticipated. (Explain briefly).

B. What provisions have been made/propose to be made to conform to health/safety

requirements. (Explain briefly).

C. Details of personal protective equipment provided/to be provided to the workers.

D. Details of proposed measures for control of fugitive emission/odour nuisance from

different sources.

E. Details of fire protection and safety measures envisaged to take care of fire and explosion

hazards.

XIV. Pollution Control Aspects

A. Details of Pollution Control Systems:

S. No. Existing Proposed to be installed

i) Air - Multi Cyclone with bag filter

ii) Water - ETP consisting of primary,

secondary & tertiary treatment units

iii) Noise - Acoustic enclosure to noise

generating equipments

iv) Solid Waste - Separate storage area with

impervious platform

B. Efficiency of each pollution control equipment/system installed.

1. Existing Units

S. No. Name of the System

Equipment

Design Efficiency % Present Working

efficiency %

1 Our is a new unit


2. Proposed Project

S. No. Name of the System Equipment Design Efficiency %

1 Cyclone, bag filter 90%, 98%

2 Scrubbers 98%

XV. Green Belt Plan

A. Total area of project/township (in ha.)

B. Area already afforested (for existing projects), in ha.

C. Area proposed to be afforested (in ha.)

D. Plant species proposed

1. Indigenous

2. Exotic

E. Width of green belt (minimum, in m.)

1. Along plant boundary

2. Roads and avenues within the plant

3. Ash Dike

4. Township

5. Other-ornamental, garden spaces

6. Commercial plantations etc.

F. Trees planted & proposed Nos.

1. Planted

2. Survival rate

3. List of species planted

4. Proposed

5. List of Species

XVI. Construction Phase Management Aspects

A. Estimated duration of construction in months

B. Number of persons to be employed for construction

1. Peak

2. Average

C. What provision has been made for the sewage treatment for the construction

workers?

Soak pit

--

1500 m2

Indigenous

Pl. refer ch. 10

4 months

40

20

28025 m2

75%

New unit

Pl. refer ch. 10

Pl. refer ch. 10


D. How the fuel (kerosene/wood, etc.) requirement of labour force will be met to avoid

cutting of trees from the adjoining areas.

We will provide kerosene to family of workers.

E. Proposed Health care Measures with emphasis on protection from endemic

diseases.

Part time doctor will be appointed.

F. Educational and other social welfare measures proposed.

Given in chapter-10 of EIA report.

XVII. Human Settlement:

S.

No.

Aerial distance from the periphery of the site

Up to 500 m from

periphery

500 m to 3000 m

from the periphery

3000 m to 7000 m

from the periphery

1 Population


2 Number of

Houses

3 Present

Occupational

Pattern

XVIII. Rehabilitation & Resettlement Plan (Wherever applicable)

A. Village(s) affected by the project: Not applicable as there is no Rehabilitation &

Resettlement is involved

S.

No.

Village (Tribal/Others) Population Occupation Average Income

per annum

B. Population to be displaced: Not applicable as no Rehabilitation & Resettlement is

involved

S.

No.

Name of Village Population

Land oustees

only

Homestead oustees

only

Land and Homestead

oustees

C. Salient features of Rehabilitation Plan. - Not applicable as no Rehabilitation &

Resettlement is involved

(i) Site where the people are proposed to be resettled

(ii) Facilities proposed at the resettlement site

(iii) Compensation package

(iv) Agency/Authority responsible for their resettlement.

XIX. Expenditure on Environmental Measures

A. Capital cost of the project (as proposed to approved by the funding agency/ financial

Institutions.

(Rs. Lakhs)

100 lakhs


B. Cost of environmental protection measures (Rs. Lakhs)

S. No. Recurring Cost per annum Capital Cost

1 Air Pollution Control 14.0 25

2 Water Pollution Control 2.0 5.0

3 Noise Pollution Control - -

4 Environment Monitoring and

Management

2.0 30

5 Reclamation borrow/

mined area

-- --

6 Occupational Health 0.5 15

7 Green Belt 0.5 10

8 Others (Rain water harvesting

& Haz. Waste management) 1.0 15

Total 20.0 lakhs 100 lakhs

C. Details of organizational set up/cell for environmental management and monitoring.

Pls. refer sec. 10.3.3, page no. 10-3 of chapter-10 of EIA report.

D. Details of community welfare/peripheral development programmes envisaged/ being

undertaken by the project proponent:

Pls. refer chapter-10 of EIA report for CSR activities.

XX. Public Hearing details:

A. Date of Advertisement:

B. Newspapers in which the advertisement appeared

(with copies)

C. Date of Hearing

D. Panel Present

E. List of public present along with address and occupation

F. Summary/details of public hearing report

S.

No.

Issues raised Recommendation of

panel

Response of Project

Proponents

1. Shri Jayantibhai Jethabhai Patel,

Sokhda Industrial Association,

Ta: Khambhat,

Dist: Anand.

He stated that looking to the

products and the presentation made

by M/s. Karan Intermediates Ltd.,

it seems that there will be no waste

water discharge and hence no water

pollution from the unit.

- -

11.09.2015

Guj: Divya Bhaskar

Eng: Indian Express

14.10.2015

RO, GPCB-Anand

Add. Dis. Collector & Add.

Dist. magistrate-Anand

Details are given in

minutes of Public hearing


He further said that there would be

some air pollution for which they

have proposed air pollution control

measures.

He added that he hoped that the

industry would run their air

pollution control measures such

that the air emission does not cause

any problems to the farmers and

their land. He then welcomed the

project to the Sokhda area.


Collector, explained the project in brief once again to the people and encouraged them to raise

questions. He also stated that this industry was going to invest Rs. One Crore towards EMS

facilities and so the people could ask questions regarding where it was going to be utilized. He

also said that generally problems arose after an industry came up and they had an opportunity to

pose questions before the industry came up and hence they should do so.

He then asked the project proponent, whether there were other similar projects in the region.

The representative of the industry replied that yes, there were around four projects in the region

manufacturing the same products but through a different route.

2. Ms. Shweta Thakkar,

Student of Environmental

Planning,CEPT University,

Ahmedabad

She asked where would the waste

water be discharged?

She then asked when the industry

was going to release HCl, Cl2 etc.

into the atmosphere, why was

ambient air quality monitoring

carried out only for four parameters

of PM10, PM2.5, SOx and NOx?

She further asked the depth of water

table in the area.

She then finally asked the quantity

of surface water and underground

water, which was going to be used.

-

The representative of the

project proponent replied

that only 8.5 KLD of the

treated waste water would

be reused, the rest of the

water used in scrubbers

would be finally sold as by

products.

He replied that although

only these four parameters

were shown in the

presentation, HCl, Cl2 and

VOCs have also been

measured, which has been

given in the EIA Report.

He replied that water was

found at around 30-35

mtrs and was also a little

saline.

He replied that only

ground water was going to

be used for water

consumption in the

project.


3. Shri Pinakinbhai Bhrahmbhatt,

Ex-President Khambhat

Municipality

Ta: Khambhat

Dist: Anand

He stated that the people of the area

wanted industries to come up so that

employment was generated.

He added that the authorities would

surely look at the EMS measures

before granting EC to the project. He

further stated that, he & all the

people of the area welcomed

projects that followed all the

Environmental laws.

- -

The data and information given in this Performa are true to the best of my knowledge and belief.

Date: 16.11.2015 Signature of the Applicant with full name

& address.

Place: Neja

Given under the seal of organization

on behalf of whom the applicant

is signing.


LIST OF DOCUMENTS TO BE ATTACHED WITH THE QUESTIONNAIRE

(Industry Sector Projects)

S. No. Documents to be Attached

1. Topographic map of the site indicating contours (1:2500 scale)

2. Topographic map covering 7 kms radius from the periphery of the site indicating

main features

3. Wind rose diagram of the site (Seasonal)

4. Wind rose diagram of the site (Artificial)

5. Site map indicating the positions of ambient air quality monitoring stations vis-à-

vis wind direction

6. Flow sheet of the process adopted indicating mass input/output, brief description

of the process including technological and engineering details

7. Alternative technologies considered along with details of criteria used for selecting

the technology and results of evaluation

8. Approval of ground water board/ irrigation department/ Municipality etc. for

supply of water

9. Mass balance for water used by the project in a flow chart

10. Flow chart for waste water treatment with mass balance

11. Site map indicating solid waste disposal facilities

12. Approval of electricity connection and supply of electricity

13. Lay out map of the plant showing the position of stacks for deciding the inter stack

distance

14. Site map indicating the storage facilities

15. Approval of Chief controller of explosives for lay out and storage of hazardous

substances

16. Layout of green belt indicating width on all sides, trees, lawns and bushes

17. Copy of advertisement issued in respect of public hearing

18. No objection certificate from the pollution control board

19 In case of proposals for expansion copies of renewals of consent from SPCB /

PCC

20. In case of expansion proposal copy of approval of factory inspector

21. Copy of the application submitted to the State Government for the forest clearance

in case diversion of forest land is involved

22. Comments/Observations/Recommendation of Chief Wildlife Warden in case

wildlife habitat/ migration path exists within 25 kilometers of the project site

23. Hydrogeological report in case ground water is to be used and/or the area is

drought prone or the waste water is likely to be discharged on land

24. Environmental Audit report for the previous two years in case of expansion of

existing undertaking.

25. In case the proposal involves installations in coastal zone, copy of the application

forwarded by the State Government

Annexure-V NABET/QCI Certificate

NABET/EIA/327/IA14 The Director San Envirotech Pvt. Ltd. 424, Medicine Market, Opp. Shefali Centre, Paldi Cross Road, Paldi, Ahmeda bad-380007 (Kind Attention: Dr. Mahendra Sadaria)

May 12,2014

Dear Sir,

QCI - NABET Scheme for Accreditation of EIA Consultaht Omanization

. his is with reference to yquiapplication to QCI - NABET for ~ccreditation a* ElA Consultant Organization. t.'

We are pleased to inform you that based on Document & Office Assessments, the Accreditation Committee has recommended provisional accreditation of your organization as per the scope given in Annexure II and Ill. Also find attached'herewith the following:

a. Results of various aspects of assessment of your organization (Annexure I). b. Non-Conformances/Observations/Alerts issued after Initial Assessment (Annexure IV). c. Detailed Terms & Conditions of accreditation (Annexure V): d. Guidelines for addressing Non-Conformances/ Observations/ Alerts (Annexure VI). e. or mat to be followed for'mentioning the names of the experts involved in EIA reports prepared by . .

San Envirotech Pvt. Ltd. (Annexure VII).

~lease'confirm the correctness of spellings of the names of the e~~erts'mentioned in Annexure: Ill. Please also check the QCI website for the Minutes of the Accreditation Committee Meeting January 22 and February 13, 2014 for observations related to your application, for compliance. You are advised to visit QCI website t o check clarifications on the.Scheme issued from time to time for necessary actions at your '

.

end.

' The accreditation of your organization will be for a period of three years starting-December 21, 2013, the date of ofice assessment. The continuation of the accreditation will be confirmed based on surveillance assessment to be carried out after 18 months from the date of initial accreditation. Surveillance assessment will be conducted t o ensure compliance with NABET Scheme including . the . details mentioned ,

in your Quality ~ a n u a l and the terms & conditions mentioned in Annexure V. .

May we request you for your confirmation of acceptance of the terms and conditions attached. Compliance to above will enable us to issue you the requisite accreditation certificate.

We thank you for your esteemed support in making this Scheme successful and for your participation in this national cause.

Thanks and best regards, . .

Yours sincerely,

C m

(vip\n Sahni) C.E.O.

Institution of Engineers Build~ng, 2nd Floor, Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg, New Delhi - 110 002, India Te!. : +W -11-2337 9321. 2337 8057 Fax . +91-11-2332 3415 e-mail : [email protected] Website : www.qcin.org

ABC

Text Box

A-67

QCI Scheme for ADMditation of EIA Consultant Organizations

Scope of Accreditation Annexure I k

Name of the Consultant: San Endattech Pvt, Ltd. 424, Medicine Market, Opp. Shefati Centre,Paidi Cross Road, Paldi, Ahmedabad-380007

I I 4 ( Thermal Power Plants t. I

', . ..

1 1 21 1 drugs and intermediates excluding drug formulations, rubbers; basic organic chemicals, other synthetic organic chemicals

51. No.

2

3

and chemical intehedlates) . , ' Building and larde construction projects including shopping malls,

Sector No.

9

l7

r

Total = Seetors* i

38

I *Sectors allocated to individual EIA ~a)rdimtors w e mentioned in ~nnexure 111. 1

Name of Sector i

Cement Plants Pesticides industry and pesticide specific intermediates (excluding formulations) Synthetic organic chemicals industry (dyes & dye intermediates, bulk

& (Vip~n Sahni)

C.E.O.

Category A/B

B.

A

multiplexes, co~mercial. complexes, housing estates, hospitals, institutions 1


B

ABC

Text Box

A-68

Annexure-VI Copy of Terms of Reference (TOR)

ABC

Text Box

A-69

ABC

Text Box

A-70

ABC

Text Box

A-71

ABC

Text Box

A-72

ABC

Text Box

A-73

ABC

Text Box

A-74

ABC

Text Box

A-75